¥ ia ee CAAA fy ht. i 14 PA 3 i ry i ibopon . 2h tt ol) : £ EEE B PEEVES Ex i LE FEY RE \ PAA Al A thy RIAN ist 3 Xs EU Ea UR A han SUK or i - Rh y ran neat ERA RENE Nd A Cs WA i i Ra ihe J CRS ocr MLR LS NER Ligh SUSIE A i fob f MERRY AE rere ; ERAN ita RHR : rN i § Sn H ot Oth \ EA : | Gos [Hy me ¥] i Hn Cin) ni Ari a fa be AL Ee a : x : ; EI = i 3: fad a 23 i133 ee AA, ) 4 Ary) 1 "le Ary oe VBE ED) AH Kh - 7 WAT holo ty i! pL ETRE EY LESEAPAR ERE LLL CALS LA) | “4 CT + ami SL ih JIA i - RR S£ % 2 SAE ARAL AR Sit Win) 4: A a ore : [ — WAH) Sh +121 5400 i H SRT fis A ODE i RATAN EVAL AR Fh, g - uy a a 8 4 # 3 aH 3 3h * it ¥ if A ® * i » n 2 a ¥ ? id 4 5 1 % iu 1 3 ef g 1 15 3 VE ] ans SHI dt 232 DERE ALE Sn ere ph ATI IRR fo ln Ards Ho i Ra | ME (a ae UR ae Ht Britt RH AT ) ka fo Lh f yD Ady bs Nv Re tent xi) 3 y hi, ) ER " hl nr Tay pes A or PEA Tu mh (i A) yi on WA ANP nN JF REM) RIN AAS limes yi od 51, J 4) Fatal fyn) foot ma J } RP IRE oi Wi aes HH WE HOE fa Cede 1 i HES i cy AL HH { ta SEL Ea) rh oN Ra ad pIIREEL] i UCR $A AE hh ty ol CO Wi a i) J CUMIN) ai [Rt d i i alld I Du Boni i ih An LAH iy dit p hi) ii 4) has i! ta! ER a Alf - { iru ai i : of Al) oe ea HAR i RAI i H nay lwo HS LINHA i AEA 1 br PARA AT hay (a b 5 NAA UHR $3558 rt i ra 2 : y | Oe ETN : SARA A iy ar fr br yi ha A i Lo ST yon in (hey fq pA . ; AI GSD ORK, oi us DR ey Py AT Pe ra bd Se — ef . 2) Ld GRA oY sexs ANCIENT | MOESO | =onsney MODERN ITALIC ROMAN GOTHIC. ROMAN. GOTHIC. WRITING. A | Aas TA ade | Ya I B|F |Bb |'8b |Bb | Z7 C [T= Ccch| € ¢ |Cecch| € co DIA Ina imalnelo F |€ E e Ec |Fe & FF re | St FF | 2/4 G |Geoy |G g | ®g|Gyg Zz H |h Hh | § 4 |B: |Z 4 Y 11 Ti4L 31 1d I J] 31 (47 FI 4 | K Kk hk | KE #2 £1] I, iA nl £1 171 ZO M | M Mm ( ffim| Mm | MH » N | N Non | AuniNan | 22. 0 |S 0 o Dg |0o @ a p | Pp Dp Pp |p QO |Qq |@g|Qqe | 2, RIK Br Ry |[Rr Zr C148 8 3 5 ais: & a ff T (TP YaT is IT g ¢ Vv |D Ua |B uw|Us | Za Awe Vy [Bp Ye [| 2, v Ww [ID nw | Ww | Za ¥ (Mom iX x | XxX 2 | Z- Y | ¥ 7. 4 x Z z ! : i Zo DUTCH OF THE Origin and Progress of the Duich Language; EMBRACING List OF THE MOST CELEBRATED NETHERLANDS WRITERS WITH SPECIMENS OF SOME OF THE DUTCH PROSE AUTHORS ; to which are added RAKES ON THE BUTCH GRAL FAMILIAR PHRASES AND DIALOGUES, AND FORMS OF ADDRESSES WITH ENGLISH VERSIONS; AND Translating Exercises o BY T MARSHALL Nullum nomen naturaliter constitutum est, neque uuquam, sicut subjecta res a natura est, ita quoque a natura ven fente vocabulo nuncupatur. Sed hominum genus, quod et ratione et oratione viget, nomina posuit, eaque quibus libuit literis syllabisque conjungens, singulis subjectarum rerum substantiis dedit. BOETIUS, de Interp. / Second Edition. Carefully revised and with additions. See HTD Ga Carrere Amsterdam , P. N. VAN KAMPEN, j Rotterdam , vpLisuep By T. MARSHALL & Co. 1854. Zo PREFACES . INTRODUCTION DUTCH GRAMMAR . ; DUTCH ORTHOGRAPHY AND PRONUNCIATION LETTERS Alphabet Sounds of the Letters Sounds of the Single Vowels. Sound of the United Vowels . Sounds of the Single Consonants Sounds of the United letters ch and ij General Observations on Dutch Pronunefation, Aviont, and Spelling . DUTCH ETYMOLOGY .. . . . . Worps:. .. . . . 0.0, Derivation of Words Primitive or Simple Words Compound Words ; Division of Words or the Parts of Se ARTICLES . Nouns... . ou. Declension Gender Masculine . Feminine . Neuter . Nl Formation of the Fontaine of nouns . Number of nouns. General rules for Bele 1, ior Case 759 Vi “ Nominative Genitive Dative . : : Objective . . i LE, Declension of the Arlo : Declension of the Article and Noun Observations on the Cases of Nouns Praxis on the Union of an Article and Two or Nore Neate Apmerives oo... . Sy Derivation nd Fornaio of Atjectives Declension of Adjectives . . . Observations on the Declension of AMjontives Degrees of Comparison . Declension of the Comparative and Sepeihidve of 1 Jectives:, Le Sli ae a Numeral Adjectives . . . . Cardinal Numbers =.» .o il nw iv v5 Ordinal Numbers . . : Sige sal Praxis on the Union of an Avivo. a om and an Adjeclive’ o.oo, Pronouns . VERBS . Personal Pronouns . rb Declension of Personal pronouns . . Declension of Personal Pronouns with zelf Possessive Pronouns a Declension of Possessive Pronouns . Demonstrative Pronouns... on od. Declension of deze, dit; die, dat; gene, dexzelve; doglfde on snp aah aR Relative Pronouns . g Declension of Relative Piitosns Interrogative Pronouns ; Praxis on the use of Pronouns Conjugation of Verbs . Moods . Participles Tenses . Number 53. 58. 59. 60. 62. 63. 64. ro oJ. 67. ADVERBS . Person... . Auxiliary Verbs vi Conjugation of zullen : “ hebben . Un or wexen worden Verbs Actiye Regular Verbs . Conjugation of the Reg. Verh Antive ren . Formation of Moods and Tenses . Irregular Verbs viids ; Conjugation of the Irregular Verb Sion : Verbs Passive Conjugation of the Verb Peeve i zn. Reflective Verbs Conjugation of Verbs Reflective Neuter Verbs... .... Conjugation of Verbs Neuter Impersonal Verbs . Verbs used Interrogatively - nd Neusiively Conjugation of Compound Verbs . , Praxis on the use of Verbs Praxis on the use of Adverbs Prepositions . Pariicles vas wn Initial Particles. i Terminational Partieles:. .. . Principal Prepositions Praxis on the Prepositions . CONJUNGTIONS Ee NG List of the Priciivd Conpanntions Praxis on the Conjunctions INTERJECTIONS Praxis on the Interiodtions DUTCH SYNTAX Sentences . Explicative Scntence Interrogative Sentence VII Bs : VIII vv CON ZEST. Imperative Sentence Simple Sentence Compound Sentence Concord Government . Rule I. wo JL wiv TH. » IY, ».o VV. » VI. » VIL » VII, » IX, yx » XL » XII. » XIII, » XIV. »: XV. » XVI. » XVIT. » Xvi, » XIX. XX. » = XXI. » XXII nw XXUIL ni: XXIV. » XXV. » XXXVI. Concord of Article and Noun Omission of the Article . Ellipsis of the Article Two or more Nouns referring to one object . ii Two or more Nouns pring to different objects . Concord of Adjective and Noo The Adjective and Noun with zijn or worden . ik Adjectives governing chit Cases Adjectives requiring certain Prepo- sitions : Ellipsis of the Adjective : Ellipsis of the Noun : The Comparative degree requires be The Superlative degree and the geni- tive or van, uit, or onder . Cardinal numbers require the noun in the Plural . Al followed by de Concord of Personal Pronouns Ellipsis of the Personal Pronoun The Indefinites men, iemand, nie- mand, het, er, daar The Reflective Pronoun zich . Concord of Possessive Pronouns Ellipsis of Possessive Pronouns Concord of Demonsirative Pronouns The Pronouns degene, diegene, and hetgene . The Pronouns deniie and de The Pronouns dusdanig and zoodanig Concord of the Relative and Antecedent 124. 122. 1923. 124. 125. 126. 121. 128. 129. 131. 132. 138. 139. 140. Rule XXVII. ! t welke, wie, and wat » XXVIII. | » XXIX. ogalives wat and welke ». XXX ) A d Nominative v XXXL Ellipsis of the Nc » XXXII. First, Second, or Third person as Nominative . 3 » XXXII. Singular and Plural as Nondalive » XXXIV. Tense » | XXXV. Mood . » XXXVI. Infinitive Mood » XXXVI. Participles . » XXXVI. Two Verbs Cay » XXXIX. The Verbs zijn and worden » XT. Verb and Possessive Case » XLI. Verb and Dative Case . . 2 XLIL Verh Active and Objeclive Case » XLII Verb Neuter and Preposition » XLIV. _ Position of Subject, Attribute, and Object » XLV. Adverbs . ; » XLVI Prepositions govern oe Objective » XLVI. Conjunctions ; » XLVHI. Conjunction and Pndiontive Hoos » XLIX. Conjunction and Subjunctive Mood a Conjunctions requiring other Conjunc- tions . . os ». LL Power of Conbinetions in Sonicare » LIL Interjections TITLES OF ROYALTY, NOBILITY, AND CIVIL RANK, with their abbreviations, as used in diplomatic do- cuments , correspondence, and newspapers . FAMILIAR PHRASES AND DIALOGUES PROSODY ; PRAXES ON THE DUTCH GRAMMAR . Opkomst, Bloei, en Verval der letleren Huig de Groot Prosodie De Batavieren IX 141. 142. 143. 144. 145. 146. 147. 148. 149. 151. 152. 153. 155. 156. 157. 159. 160. 161. 162. 1173. 192. 194. 196. 198 \ CONTENTS. Het Eiland der Batavieren. ei 5.200, Geschiktheid van Eurepa voor Zonant en Handle 200. Geschiktheid van ons Vaderland voor Zeevaart en Handel 202. De geschiktheid der Nederlanders daarvoor . . . — Invloed van Eigenbelang op de juistheid onzer waar- nemingen . 204. Het betrachten der Ded 2086. 299, Kwaadsprekendheid . . . . THE PRONUNCIATION OF FOREIGN WORDS . . 215, EXERCISES FOR TRANSLATING INTO DUTCH. . 216. PRE! to the first edition, To fill the place which appeared to form a hiatus in the list of English works on the Dutch language, led to the publishing of this compilation; and we hope, in some measure at least, to have fur- nished a summary exposition of the materials, the powers, and the peculiarities of this language. It being a matter of interest and curiosity to acquaint ourselves with the origin and progress of any art or science on the study of which we enter, whether for the enlightning of the mind, expansion of the intellect, or as merely necessary for the occupations of life, so it is presumed that the short sketch of the origin and progress of this language, and: the notice of the most eminent Dutch writers, and some of their productions as comprehended in the introduction, will not be deemed here out of place. Copious illustrations are annexed to the rules, and, in suitable places, a praxis on the rules is annexed, which latter, whilst it exhibits the structure of the language and its genius, may be used also as a reading and translating exercise ; and the Praxes on the Dutch grammar may ~ be employed for the same purposes by the more advanced student, ~ as an accompaniment to the translating exercises. The contents of this compilation are comprised under Four General Divisions: 1. An exhibition of the letters and their powers, or Dutch ~ Orthography: 2. An exhibition of the materials of which the language is composed, and the various modifications of which those materials are susceptible in composition, or Dutch Etymology: 3. The prin- ciples for combining these materials in the proper construction of ~ sentences or significant propositions, or Dutch Syntax : and 4. Illus- ‘ irations of, or a Praxis on the foregoing. XII ; PREFACE. i The Orthography and Inflections as fixed by Professor Siegenbeek, and Mr. Weiland, have been strictly adhered to, whilst the opinions of polemics on some particularstof the Dutch Grammar have been passed over; in cases howeve » where the orthography or inflection is dubious or manifold, that form has heen chosen which appeared to be of more general adoption. In short, precision has been obser- ved with a due regard to brevity, and minuteness of detail without falling into prolixity ; and in the quantity of illustrations a regard has been paid to copiousness without rendering the work too voluminous. ROTTERDAM, saNuvARY, 1842. PREFACE to the second edition, The favorable reception of the former edition of this compilation, and the increasing demand for it, have induced the publishers to issue the present reprint; in doing which, in compliance with suggestions frequently made to them, they have enlarged the work with some pages of Familiar phrases and dialogues, and a short series of progressive Exercises for translating into Dufech. The work has been throughout, with the assistance of a native Dutch grammarian, carefully revised; and care taken in the arrangement to render it an efficient progressive and familiar guide both to teacher and learner of the Dutch language, and to whom, with all due respect, it is submitted. ROTTERDAM, sepTEMEBER, 1854. CONTENTS : 1. Reason and Language. — 2. Origin and Progress of Language. — 3. Language of the Antediluvians. — 4. Dispersion of the Posterity of Noah — 5. Peopling of Europe by the Japhatic race. — 6. Celts, and Celtic Language. — 7. Sclavonians and Sclavonian Lan- guage.— 8. Teutoni, and Teutonic Language. — 9. Scandinavians and Scandinavian Language. — 10. Upperand Lower Teutonic. —11. Cesar and Tacitus first notice the Batavians. — 12. Salic Francs, Frisons, Saxons, and Batavians. — 43. Salic Code. — 14. Origin of the Dutch. — 15. Gothic and Roman Alphabet. — 46. Frison and Frankish Languages. — 17. Lex Frisionum. — 18. Succession of the Dynasties of Holland. — 19. Collection of Laws by Sibranda. — 20. Frison, the Language of the Court of King Ethelbert. — 24. Existing specimens of ancient Frison and Flemish. — 22. Fall of the Roman Empire. — 93. Revival of Learning in Europe — 24. Present Flemish and Dutch Languages. — 25. Dutch Provincial Dialects. — 26. Literature and Language of The Netherlands in the 13 th. century. — 27. — 14 th. Century. — 28. — 15 th. Century. — 29. — 46 th Century ; division of The Netherlands ; Hooft modifies the Dutch Orthography. -— 30. — 47 th Century; Orthographicai peculiarities. — 31. — 18 th Century.— 32.—19 th. Century. — 33. Flemish Language and Literature. — 34. Siegen- beek’s spelling. — 35. Population speaking the Language of The Neth- erlands. 1. Reason and Language are so intimately blended, that the former may be considered as the matter and the latter as the instrument by which the mental faculties are called forth and rendered apprehensive: they are those charactaristics of ‘human nature which elevate man so pre-eminently in the scale Yo { { \ XIV INTRODUCTION. >a of created beings. Language, then, as the instrument of rational intercourse between man and man, demands our first and especial study; for the cultivation of language, taken in its widest extent, is no other than the cultivation of thought and right reason, and the most efficient manner of communicating our ideas, our designs, our sensations, and our actions to others, either by speech, or by signs as in writing and print. 2. The origin of language must then, be coeval with, or, must immediately have succeeded, the developement of reason or the mental faculties, and its advancement towards perfection progresses with the advances made in the arts and sciences and in the culture of our social affections. 3. In the earliest ages, man had but few wants; his habits were simple; the arts of life, except the primitive stages of agriculture and the chase, may be supposed scarcely to have existed, or could have been cultivated only as far as the simple pastoral and nomade habits of life demanded and suggested; whilst the various objects in nature and art, as they presented themselves, would naturally receive a name, purely arbitrary, and as suggested by chance, or by an analogy to some other name previously created. In such a state of society, language could make but little progress, and could not advance beyond the mere names of the comparatively few objects in nature which presented themselves, and the names of such ideas and inventions as would arise in such a mere pastoral life. These names must have been subjected to continual changes, and, sometimes even to falling inte utter oblivion, circumstances incidental to a language maintained only by oral transfer. Such we may suppose to have been the case with the language of the Antediluvian race, whose language was probably the Hebrew or a primitive form of it. It falls only to the part of a refined and generous people, advanced in the arts and sciences, to mature and enrich a language. The Grecians and the Romans, both excelled in this particular; and in later times, the modern western European nations, in Xv consequence of their cultivatio ; and the arts, have brought their languages to an advanced state of refinement ; and, of these, the English language, from the wide diffusion of it, the advancement which this nation has made in the arts and sciences, seems to have become richer in words, and of more extensive use than perhaps any other language, ancient or modern. 4. As Noah and his family were the only human beings saved at the Universal Deluge, soit is to be inferred that the language of the antediluvians remained the only one on earth down to the Babel dispersion, about which period the descendants of Noah spread out in different directions. The Mosaic history, as also that of other ancient historians, agree in confirming that the posterities of the three sons of Noah, Shem, Ham, and Japhet, seem to have extended over the following parts of the globle: that of Shem over Southern Asia: That of Ham over the countries stretching south from the Euphrates, as Arabia, Palestine, Egypt, and the continent of Africa: and the peopling of Europe is ascribed to the posterity of Japhet. The language of the Shemetic race was the Hebrew, with their dialects Chaldee, Siriac, Arabic, &ec.; and are rciorise by being written from right to left. Of the language spoken by the posterity of Ham little is known, but it is supposed by some to have been that now spoken by the tribes of Middle and Southern Africa. The language spoken by the descendants of Japhet, is ge- nerally supposed to have been the Sanscrit, or a dialect of it; and is considered as the root of the European languages, the Greek, Latin, Celtic, Sclavonic, and Teutonic. 5. The time when, and the part where the descendants of Japhet passed over from Asia into Europe, is not clearly ascertained. They appear to have entered Europe about ten or eleve centuries before the Christian era, in three distinct streams of population; and those people known under the name XVI INTRODUCTION. of Celts or Celt were probably the first who entered Europe, and must have crossed the Kimmerian Bosphorus between the Black Sea and the Sea of Azeph. They extended along the south western regions of Europe, having been impelled forward in that direction by later emigrants, the Gomerians or Teutoni. They inhabited the countries of Spain, part of Gaul, and crossed over into Britain. 6. The language spoken by this people, is called the Celtic, from a part of ancient Spain, in Cesar’s time, having been called Celtic Iberia; and a great part of Gaul, in his time, was called Gallia Celtica. That the Celti entered Britain from Gaul is inferred from the relative situations of these Countries, and from the analogy of the language of the ancient Britains with that of Celtic Spain and Celtic Gaul. 7. The Second Great Stream of inhabitants which entered Europe from Asia, comprehends the Sclavonian or Sarmatian nations. They appear to have entered Europe some centuries subsequent to the entrance of the Celti. They occupied the Eastern Parts of Europe; as, Russia, Poland, Eastern Prussia, Moravia, Bohemia, &ec. These people gave rise to another class of European languages, as the Russian, Polish, Bohemian, &e. 8. The Third Stream of European population which entered Europe, probably in the same part as the Celti, but at a period subsequent, settled along the banks of the Danube, and extended in a southern direction, along the Rhine, forcing the Celts forward before them in a south western direction. In Caesar's time, these people were called Teutoni or Germani; and in later ages, they were known under the name of Get or Goths. The language spoken by these people is called the Teutonic, or Indo Germanic; and is divided into two Great branches, the Scandinavian and Germanic. 9. The Scandinavian branch’ includes the Icelandic, Danish, Norwegian, Sweedish, Finlandish, &ec. 10. The Teutonic is divided into Upper and Lower. The First Subdivision, the Upper Teutonic is that spoken by XVil an and ine people of Austria, Bavaria, and Upper Saxony, d the Moeso-Gothic, thé Allemannic, and the High German. These nations having mixed Jess with their northern neighbors; the Scandinavians, their language bears less analogy to that of these people than the Lower Teutonic. The Second Subdivision was the Lower Teutonic, or that spoken by the Anglo-Saxons, Frisons, and the nations extending throughout Western Germany to the Rhine, and into France as far as Ostend. These languages are known under the names of Anglo Saxon, Low German, Frison, Frankish, Ba- tavian, and Flemish. From what has been said, the roots and cognate dialects of the modern Dutch language may be exhibited thus: GOTHIC, INDO-GERMANIC, or TEUTONIC. Scandinavian. Upper Teutonic. Lower Teutonic. TT ca NR, ea a a Icelandic. Anglo-Saxon , Fri- Danish. Moeso-Gothic, Ali- son , Batavian , Swedish. mannish. Flemish, Low-Ger- Norwegian. man, Frankish. Pictish. —— a TTT Lowland Scotch. Flemish and Modern Dutch, being cognate languages, with their Modern German. provincial dialects , the Frison, Guelde- rish, Overyselish , &e. Such is the received opinion as to the arrival and direction taken by the three great streams of population from Asia in Europe; and also as to the nations which sprang from them. War, pestilence, and famine, would, with the lapse of time, Hed A # he XVHI INTRODUCTION. tend to detach and further separate one tribe from another, and would consequently give rise to the existence of new distinct tribes or nations; and, in the course of ages as new objects and ideas presented themselves, each tribe would give them a name according as chance or ingenuity might suggest; and thus form a new dialect or language differing more or less from the parent one and from that of their neighbors. In this manner may be traced the origin of the Teutonic Language, - and of the various languages or dialects which have taken root from it. 11. Julius Caesar, as appears from his Commentaries of the invasion of Western Europe by the Romans under his command, first extended his conquests to these parts, about fifty years before the Christian era; this elegant writer speaks of a people, called Batavi, located towards the mouth of the Rhine, between the Waal and the other northern branches of that river, and they seem to have extended from Dordrecht to about Haarlem. These Batavi emigrated into these parts from the country of Hesse, in middle Germany, about 100 years before the Christian era; and probably their language partook more of the Lower than of the Upper Teutonic, but of this no proofs are extant: these people first fell under the Roman dominion and subsequently became incorporated with the Frisons; the former never afterwards existed as a distinct nation, but re- mained intermixed with the Frisons, Franks, and Lower Saxons. Tacitus, the Roman historian, who was made governor of Gallia Belgica, in the reign of the Roman Emperor Vespasian, about sixty years after Christ, next gives some account of the inhabitants of this part of Europe. He found them divided into various pelty tribes, living in a rude state; and leading a nomadic life, but represents them as being hardy and brave in war. The early history of these people, as well as their language, is of course involved in the darkness of that age, and continued so until about the thirteenth century, on the revival of learning in Europe. XIX 12. A race of people, coffipuse » ons, Saxons, and Bataves, came into notice, in A with another nation of Europe, called Salian Franks who were originally a tribe in a part of Germany, now called The Frankish Kreis; the latter subsequently extended their conquest over the district now known under the denomination of The North and South Net- herlands, and the countries stretching south of them, as France, part of Spain, the greater part of Germany, Italy, &e. 13. These Franks, having brought the Frisons, Saxons, and Batavians under their subjection, and all having a resem- blance of manners, and possessing the same sense of liberty, having formed themselves into one formidable body or state, framed, about the middle of the fifth Century, the Salic code. This code took its name from the river Yssel, on the banks of which they were chiefly settled. This code was probably written in the Low Teutonic dialect, however, it has been handed down to us in the latin language only, but a close examination of it, leads to the conclusion, that it was originally written in a Lower Teutonic Dialect. 14. The conquests of these Franks, in Lower Saxony, Friesland, and the country of the Bataves, their intermixing with these nations, who all spoke dialects of the lower Teutonic, laid the foundation of the language of The Netherlands; but it was not till the thirteenth century that it became cultivated and known as a written language. Of the dialects * the present Dutch partakes more of that of the DBatavian, into which the Frison, Lower Saxon, and Frankish, as being of cognate origin, will have flown; but much is here left to mere conjecture, as sufficient data do not exist to enable us to trace with precision the etymology of all the words constituting the present Datch. » The remnants of a remote antiquity in Holland,” says Mr. Bowring, » are few and scattered. It has been in all times a country — the dispositions and the habits of whose people have been quiet as its inlands' waters, yet easily affected by external circumstances — too weak to be the arbiter of Lo XX INTRODUCTION, - 4 its own fate — and too closely hemmed in by mightier nations, not to feel every shock which agitated them. The ebb and flow of its (early) political vicissitudes swept away most of its (earlier) national traditions. Of all the Teutonic branches The Nether- landers have preserved the smallest portion of the old popular literature.” 15. The Alphabet of these Frisons and other Lower Teu- tonic tribes was a modification of the so called Moeso-Gothic, which was a modification of the Greek; first introduced from Greece amongst the Goths, the tribe or nation of Eastern Europe and Western Germany, by one Bishop Ulphilas, about 400 years of the Christian era. Ulphilas modified these letters to a form suited to the genius of those rude and warlike people. These letters, in the course of ages underwent other various modifications by the different Teutonic nations, according to the arbitrary whims of the writers, and the nature of the materials on which they wrote. i Next followed the universal adoption of the Roman character, which is also a modification of the Greek, and the Greek is a modification of the Phoenician, which is admitted to be the most ancient written language known. When the Romans completed their alphabet, is not satisfactorily ascertained, but was probably two or three centuries before the Christian era. There are no documents remaining of written ancient Frison, nor of any other of the Low Teutonic dialects; in which particular they remained behind-hand with their neighbors the Moeso-Goths; however, as has already been adduced, the Salic Law, is supposed to have been written in the Frison dialect, and it is also naturally to be inferred that it was written with a Moeso-Gothic character or a modification of it. It was during the dark age between the fall of the Grecian and the Roman empire, and the revival of learning in Europe in the thirteenth century, that the adoption of the Roman character throughout Western Europe superceded the Gothic, and became general. Owing to the turbulent state of society INTRO XX1 in that period, little attention was paid to literature, and that little was exclusively confined fo the Christian Clericals and their disciples, when all the writing that was made, was in Latin, with a Roman character, first on parchment, and later, on paper which was brought into use in the fourteenth century. Johannes Amerbach, a celebrated Swiss printer of Bazel, first introduced into these parts the adoption of the present Roman and Italic Letters, about the commencement of the sixteenth century. Aldus Manutius, a printer at Venice, invented the Italic Characters, and from these are formed the present writing characters, which are the Roman altered to admit of being more easily and conveniently joined. The present German characters, and Modern Gothic, and so called Old English, are all more modern modifications of the ancient Gothic of Ulphilas, which appear somewhat to resemble the Phoenician, the alphabet of the Shemelic languages or those used by the Hebrews , Chaldeans, &c. The Roman and Italic characters partially continued in use in these parts down to the invention of printing, which has led to a uniformity in the form of these letters, and their universal adoption in Western Europe, and they are not likely to undergo any modifications for the fature. 16. The Frisons opposed the domination of the Franks. They remained an independent state about two centuries, having the whole extent of The Netherlands under their do- minion, but were subdued about 794. A. 6. by Charlemagne, who, having made himself sovereign of the nations of the western continent of Europe, favored and encouraged the language of the Franks, it being that spoken by a great por- tion of his subjects. After the decease of this monarch, the language of the Franks continued to be in favor with the court of France, for a considerable period. Under the reign of Charles-Le Chauve, it gave way to the Romana Rustica or Lingua Romana, a dialect of the south of France, derived principally from the Greek and Latin. XXII INTRODUCTION. 17. Charlemagne, in the year 798. A. 6. caused a collection of the common laws of the Frisons to be made, which col- lection exists at this day under the name of Lex Frisionum. | These laws were originally written in Low Teutonic, as is proved by the laws themselves, though there are no existing copies of them in this language. The intestine wars, which agitated and ravaged the countries of Europe during a series of years, swept away the productions of science. 18. After the death of Charlemagne, his empire became 3 divided among his successors; and the Feudal lords or Counts rendered their estates hereditary. The Northern division of The Netherlands, which then formed a part of Higher Lorraine, fell under the dominion of Thierry who assumed the title of Count of Holland and Zealand, and Lord of Friesland. This dynasty continued till the end of the thirtheenth century, when it was transferred to the House of Hainault, which continued till the middle of the fourteenth century, when the government of Holland was transferred to the Emperor Lewis of Bavaria. This dynasty ended with the death of Jacqueline, in 1436. After the death of Jacqueline the government of Holland was resigned to John of Burgundy. The Burgundian dynasty continued till the death of Mary, only daughter and successor of Charles, surnamed the Rash. | Mary married with Maximilian of Austria, and, on her death, | the House of Austria succeded to the dynasty of Burgundy. Philip II of Austria married the daughter of Ferdinand, King of Arragon and Castile, in 1494, whereby The Netherlands | became united to the Spanish dominions. The Spanish dynasty ended with the peace of Munster, in 1648, when the Pro- vinces of Friesland, Holland, Zeeland, Utrecht, Gelderland, | Overijssel, and Groningen, raised themselves into the republick of the Seven United Provinces, under the dynasty of the House of Nassau, with the title of Stadtholder. North-Brabant, | and Limburg, were added subsequently. j 19. Some laws successively promulgated in Friesland, about XXIII the end of the tenth century, wege collected into a code, in the beginning of the thirteenth century, by one Sibranda. These laws belong to the flourishing period of the Frisons; about which time the country extending from the Weser to Ostend was known under the name of Friesland. Some of these laws were made at a very remote period, and previous to the time of Charlemagne, and even some of them seem to have existed previous to the Salic-Law. Though this Code was not written entirely in the dialect of the Franks, still, the col- lection made under the name of the Lex Frisionum is met with throughout. 20. There are many proofs that this Frison dialect was a language generally and extensively cultivated during several centuries. Ethelbert, an Anglo-Saxon King, and descendant of Hengist, who reigned over Kent in Great Britain, about the end of the sixth century, during his reign, caused a code of laws to be drawn up, mention of which is made in the annals of Savilian. This code has a remarkable analogy to that of the Lex Frisionum; and the language is the Frison dialect of the fourteenth century; so that there can be no doubt but that this Frison was the language of the court of Ethelbert, and leads to the conclusion that it was the language spoken by those northern invaders of Britain, called Anglo-Saxons, but who, with much probability, were for the most part Fri- sons, with their neighbors the Angles and Anglo-Saxons. 21. The most ancient existing documents of The Netherlands Teutonic dialect, which is now the language of The Netherlands, is a map of Brussels, of the year 1229, and another of Middleburg, of 1254. The language employed in these documents is pure, harmonious, and of an entire formation. On a coum- parison of the language of these two documents with the language spoken at present in Holland and Belgium, the former will be found to differ more from them, in its orthography, than the latter. About this time, 1254, King William, Count of Holland and Zealand, issued a proclamation to the citizens XXIv vTboueTion of Middleburgh, on the Island of Walcheren. All Government orders of this nature had been previously written in Latin. This and a charter of Brussels, A. D. 1229, are the most ancient written documents of this nature extant, and the lan- guage will be found to differ litle from that which is spoken in the Flemish Provinces at this time. Copy of the Charter of Brussels A. D. 1229. Je Geinvte bi der gratien Gods Hertoghe van Brabant / Ende ic Geinric spn oudftc sone wi doen u cont dit gheferifte allen dengenen die nu spn, en Die nakomende spn/ dat wi overmids vroeden rade onfer mamuen en der scepenen en deg gefworne van Bruefele defen coven hebben gefet binnen Bruefele bt trouwen ende bi ecde onseg manne ende gemeenteee Den poerteren van Bruefele Defen cove te houden om gemeine orbove ende vordane meer in defe manieren, Modern Duich. Ik, Hendrik, bij de gratie Gods, Hertog van Braband, en ik, Hen- drik, zijn oudste zoon, wij doen u weten dit geschrift aan al degenen, die nu zijn, en die nakomende zijn, dat wij, ten gevolge van den wijzen raad onzer mannen, en der schepenen en der gezworenen van Brussel, deze keuren hebben gezet binnen Brussel, door trouw en door eede onzer mannen , en gemeenlijk de Poorteren (Burgers) van Brussel deze keuren te houden tol algemeen nut en voortaan meer op deze wijze. Literal Translation. I, Henry, by the grace of God, Duke of Brabant, and I, Henry, lus eldest son, we make (to) you known this writing to all those who now are, and who are lo come, that we, in consequence of the wise counsel of our men, and of the sheriffs, and of the sworn of Brussels, have established these statutes , in Brussels, through the fidelity and oath of our men, and commonly the burghers of Brussels: to keep these statutes, for general use, and for the future more in this wise. INTRODUCTION. : XXV Charter of Leiden A. D. 1264. Wi Flores Grave van Gollandt/ van Jelant/ nde Here van Uricsland maken cont alle den ghenen / die desen brief sullen sien/ of hoven lefen/ dat wi hebben ghegheoen Rutghere den Scomakere / ende KRonstance sinen brodey / Derdhalf movghens Lants in eghin- dgem / Di ligghen alvenast dey Burch van Leiden / ende dat vor~ seide Land hevet Daniel van den Warde quite ghelchonden/ als dat bp ’t held van ons te lene. Ghegheoen alsmen fehrivet vive nde neghentig. Literal Translation. We, Florens, Count of Holland, of Zealand, and Lord of Fries- land , make known to all those who will see this letter , or hear it read , that we have given to Rutgheare, the Shoemaker, and Con- stance, his brother , two and a half acres of, land, in possession , which lie nearest the castle of Leiden , and this aforesaid land has Daniel van den Warde given up, so as he held it from us in fief. Given, as men date, four and ninety. From the foregoing sketch of the Origin and Progress of the Frison, showing it to be a dialect of the Lower Teutonic, it is also rendered obvious, that this, in common with the Lower Saxon, Frankish, and Batavian, was the indigenous language of The Low-couniries or Netherlands; the dialects of the neighboring nations, flowing into it according as the inroads of the one on the other, gave rise to an intermixture of the people and their respective dialects. The present language of The Netherlands is allowed to be the most perfect of any of the Teutonic dialects. 22. After the fall of the Grecian and Roman Empires, » those two great theatres of human glory, ” about the end of the fourth century of the Christian era, succeeded the Gothic Age, so called from those rude and warlike people, the Goths and Vandals, the latter comprehending the ancient inha- bitanis, the Kimbrian or Scandinavian nations of the North XXVI INTRODUCTION. of Europe. This so called age continued for the space of a thousand years. These Goths and Vandals, under their leader Alaric, A. CG. 410, having expelled the Roman invaders from their territories, pursued them to the very seat of their empire, overpowered the city of Rome, annihilated her institutions and government, and spread devastation over the wide extent of her vast dominions. With the fall of the Roman Empire, Literature, and the Arts and Sciences, ceased to be cnltivated in Europe; and a state of predatory warfare and barbarism succeeded an advanced stage of civilisation. During this period, some remains of learning were indeed retained, and partially cultivated by the devotees of Christianity; but, from the rude and agitated state of the politics of those times, all the learning was confined to the precincts of their monastaries; it is to these clericals that we are indebted for the preservation of most of the productions of the learning of the Greeks and Romans. 23. In the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, learning again revived in every state of Europe; since which period, these nations, particularly England, France, Germany, and The Neth- erlands, have produced men of learning and genius equal to those of antiquity. The invention of the art of printing, by Laurens Koster, of Harlem, in the fifteenth century, contributed in a remarkable degree to the promotion of learning and the diffusion of knowledge throughout every part of the civilized world. Mr Bowring, an elegant writer as well as a man of much literary taste and judgment, makes the following judicious remarks on the character and opinion of the Dutch, as inserted in the Foreign Quarterly Review, for April, 1829: » The susceptability of the Dutch, who are, according to common parlance, naturally cold and phlegmatic to the opinions of others, and their disposition to avail themselves of every testimony which they imagine will serve to set their literary character right with the world, have led them to cling with wonderful tenacity to the sometimes indiscriminating praises of a few INTRODUCTION. XXVIL writers who have, as they think, honored them with particular ‘notice. The fact is simply this, that the Dutch have paid their fair and full contribution to the great intellectual treasury. They have paid it in their own way, and with their own. Il is not that this merit has been denied them — but inquiry res- pecting it has seldom been made — the Dulch people only require to be better known in order to be more highly thought of. 7 Of the few works in the English language on the Dutch language and literature, we only know of the three following: John Bowring’s Batavian Anthology: Bosworth’s Origin of the Dutch: and the Essay above quoted, which first appeared in the Foreign Quarterly, and has been subsequently reprinted in Holland; these three little works are interesting for the facts and opinions developed on the subject. Of Dutch grammars, in the English language, we known of two only that are worth mentioning: Van der Pyl's Dutch Grammar, Dort: and Hazendonk’s Dutch Grammar, London. Of Dutch and English Dictionaries , the first published was compiled by Henry Hexham, who calls himself a soldier, and, as seems from his preface, was serving in the wars then carrying on in The Netherlands. It was printed at Rotterdam, in 1660, in 1 Vol. 4°. In 1670, appeared that of W. Sewel, 2 Vols. 4°. Amsterdam , 1670. Next followed Holtrop’s, 2 Vols. 8° Blussé and van Draam, Dort, which is the most elaborate and the best that has yet appeared. Other works of this nature, in a more or less compressed form , have subsequently been published, among which are, Bomhoff's Dutch and English Dictionary, 2 Vols. 12. Thieme Nymegen ; and that of Hazendonk, in 1 Vol. 12. London. Hooiberg, by Blusse en van Braam; and Picard, by Noman & Son, these three latler are of the so called pocket size; and latterly a good Dictionary of this sort by Tauchnitz, Leipsic. 24. The language which is at present spoken throughout The 0ld or Northern Netherlands, and known under the name of the Dutch language, differs somewhat from that spoken by the Belgians, whieh is known hy the name of the Flemish XXVIII INTRODUCTION. language; this difference will be recognized on a comparison of the specimens of the writers of the thirteenth century to the present time; and the change in the two languages will | ) be found to have been chiefly produced about the commen- cement of the sixteenth century, in consequence of a change in the politics of the northern and the southern divisions of these provinces. 25. There are met with in The Netherlands, as in all other countries, provincial dialects, differing more or less from the language spoken and received as that of the people at large, and which is the language of the Court, the Metropolis, and the Learned. The dialect of the peasantry of the province of Friesland partakes more of the ancient Frison, whilst that of the peasantry of Guelderland and Overijssel retains much of the ancient Low-Saxon, intermixed with the Modern Dutch; the dialect of the southern provinces of Belgium, bordering on France, is a mixture of Flemish and French, and constitutes what is now known under the name of the Walloon, a French patois. 26. Here follows a list of men of learning and genius of this country, who have distinguished themselves by their literary writings, and purity of language; from which it will be seen that Holland, taking into consideration her small extent of territory and her population, is not behind any of her neighbors in the production of men of learning, either in point of number or measure of genius. THE THIRTEENTH CENTURY. JAkoB VAN Maernant, a Fleming, surnamed the father of Nether- lands literature , born in 1235, died about 1300. His works consist of Rymbybel , Historia Scholastica of Comestor; Spieghel Historiaal, Universal History; der Natueren Bloeme, Natural History; Wapene Martyn and Verkeerde Martyn, dialogues between Jaco and Martyn. Mwrlant frequently refers to earlier Netherlands poets, but their works have not been handed down to us, INTRODUCTION. XXIX Meris Stokg, a Hollander, lived in the lafter part of this century. Rymchronyk, history of the events of his own of lime. GRERAERT L1ENHOUT, or BroEDER GHERAERT , Natuurkunde des Heelals , treatise on Physics and natural history. Jan van Heeru. Rymchronyk, being a History of John I, Duke of Brabant. The writings of J. van Mwerlant are the earliest authentic literary productions in the languages of The Netherlands, the following spe- cimen exhibits the style and spelling of that period. Ende omdat ic Slamine ben Met goedey herte biddic hen Die dit Dietfehe sullen lefen/ Dat si mps genadich wefen; Ende lefen sive in somich woort/ Dat in hey is ongehoort/ Men moet om de vime souken Misfelike tonghe in bouken. In Modern Dutch. En daar ik een vlaming ben, bid ik hen, die dit Hollandsch zullen lezen, dat zij genadig zijn jegens mij; en als zij lezen eenig woord dat bij hen ongehoord is, men weet, dat om aan den rijm te komen, men moet zoeken gemengde taal in boeken. Translation. And as I am a Fleming, I gracioustly pray those who may read this Dutch, that they be merciful unto me; and if they read any word which they have not (before) heard, (it is that) we must seek in books for a mixed language to get at the ryme. The following is a specimen of the same century, from Melis Stoke. Men scree dugent seventich en sefe Als Diederte hadde grote langhenesfe/ Dat land te hebbene wedey algadsy / Dat grave Slovens was spns vader. XXX INTRODUCTION. In Modern Dutch. Men schreef in (het jaar) duizend zes en zevenlig, dat Diederick | zeer verlangde terug te hebben al het land dat hoorde aan den Graaf Floris zijnen vader. : Translation. They write in one thousand and seventy siz (1076) that Thierry had a great desire to have all that land back which belonged to Count Florens his father. The writers afore-mentioned are the only ones whose pro- ductions have been handed down to us, though van Mzerlant frequently refers to earlier poets, but of these no M S. remains, ° with, however, the exception of the celebrated poem Reinert de vos, one of the most popular works ever published; who the author of this poem was, does not appear to be indisputably established, but is generally allowed to have been Willem van Utenhoven, a Flemish priest. It was written about 1250, ° in the Flemish of that century, and of which M M. S S. are still in existence, one of which is at Stutigardt, another at Antwerp, and another in England. THE FOURTEENTH CENTURY. 27. In this century the productions of literature are still scant, whilst the orthography will be found to be much the same as that of the former. In this century lived: Lopewnik van VertHEM, a Flemish priest. Spieghel Historiel, being a continuation of van Merlant's Universal History, 1250 down to 1316. | Nicrags pE KLErk. who wrote Brabandsche Geesten, being a history | of the Dukes of Brabant; born in 1280, died in 1350. Jomannes Dexens. Dietsche Doctrinael, a didactic poem on morals. Hexorik vAN Axe, Hoe dichteren dichten selen, a poem on the | art of poetry. | Crags Witsens. Der Minneloep, an erotic poem, in the spirit of | the French Troubadours. | INTRODUCTION. XXXI Down to his period the works of all the fore-mentioned writers were written in verse. The following is a specimen of the style and orthography of this century. Dien deze woerden niet en ghenoeghen Dic mag hem tandecen saken vocghen / En laten dit lict ongefonghen / Dacy en is npemant toe ghedwonghen Ge lesen dinghen die hi lace; En sthey wes ic hebbe ghemackt Dats opt vecbeteren al ghedacn Degheenre die hem het verfiaen. Crags WiLLemsz. In Modern Dutch. Hij (aan) wien deze woorden niet genoegen (doen) mag zich tol andere zaken voegen, en laat dit lied ongezongen, daar niemand gedwongen is iets te lezen dat hij laakt, en inderdaad hetgene ik gemaakt heb is gedaan om verbeterd te worden door diegene die het beter verstaan. Translation. He whom these words do not please may apply himself to other matters , and leave this song unsung, as no one is forced to read things which he contemns, and indeed what I have made, is made to be improved by those who better understand it. THE FIFTEENTH CENTURY. 28. This century was also barren of literary interest, The Netherlands at this time being much oppressed by civil wars. It was at this period that the Kamers der Rederijkers, Chambers of Rhetoricians, were first instituted, suggested from habits of association, and from the existence of like institutions in France. Philip de Schoone was a member. However, from a passion for foreign literature, which prevailed at this time, they introduced iy number of words from the French, and rather corrupted the language and injured the taste of the people, than improved the one or the other. XXX INTRODUCTION. It was at the close of this century thal a Duteh translation of the Old Testament from the Vulgate was made, and is a specimen of purity of language; the first edition was printed at Delft, in 1477. The discovery of the art of printing by Laurens Jansz. Koster | of Haarlem, was also made in this century, which must be considered as an important event in the history of literature. The following writers belong to this period : | R. Acricora, born in Groningen, in 1455, died in 1485. Poelry. Hexprik VAN Azkmasr, made a collection of fables. | A. ve Rovere. Chronyk van Vlaandren, history of Flanders; Rhe- loricale Werken , poems on various subjects. Jan pe Wert. De nieuwe Doctrinel and Spiegel van Sonden , being poems on morals, in which are exhibited the spirit of the age. Jaco Vint. Poetry. The following is a specimen from one of the above writers. Maar gheen ic) en esfey dat recht is gaande/ Ban dc menscye / die upwacert heeft slaande Be ligdhaem recht ten hemelwarrt stasnde/ Dus waert wel redjt dat in hom baende ®hepeing / dat hem altoos vermaende pn gheoer: so dat hp dat spacnde. Jacos ViLr. In Modern Dutch. Maar er is geen dier, dan de mensch, dat regt gaat, en dal het ligchaam regl opwaarts staande houdt naar den hemel, dus het ware goed dat gepeins ontstond bij hem, dat hem altoos vermaande van zijn gebrek, zoo dat hij het spaande. Translation. But there is no animal that walks erect except man, who holds his body standing erect towards heaven. Thus it was indeed good that reflection arose in him , which always admonished him of his defects, so that he weaned himself of them. INTRODUCTION. XXXIII THE SIXTEENTH CENTURY. 29. We are now arrived at an important epoch in the language and literature of this country; a comparison of the number of writers in this century, with that of the three previous ones, will prove what a considerable advancement must have been made. The bursting forth of the reformation, the throwing off of the dependance of The Netherlands on Spain, and the consequent division of them into two states, gave rise to the existence of two distinct sects and nations, under the denomination of The Dutch or Netherlands Republic of The Seven United Provinces, and that of Flanders or The Flemish Provinces. This separation led to the formation of a new orthography and construction of the language, differing more and more in progress of time from that of the Flemish, as will be exhibited in the specimens which follow. In 1574, the University of Leiden was established. Here follows a list of the most emiment writers of this century: Anna Byns, surnamed the Brabant Sappho, born at Antwerp, in 1520. Referynen, poems on various subjects. Marruys ne Casteneyn, Const van Rhetoriken , a treatise on poetry. Evpewaeroe oe Deese. Waarachtige fabulen der dierem, being a collection of fables. Jan Fruyriers. Christelyke Onderwysinghe and Ecclesiasticus, being sacred poems; Korte Beschryvinghe, enz. being an account of the siege of Liege, in 1574. : Puinies van Marwix vax Str Auveconor. Byenkorf, the bee-hive, a satire; Davids Psalmen, the Psalms of David; Vriendelijke Ver- maninghe and Trouwe Vermaninghe, exhortations to his country-men. Jax Barrist Houwaerr. Pegasides plyn en Lusthof der Maegden, an erotic poem ; Onderwysinghe, a moral poem; De vier Uiterste van den dood, an elegy. Karen van Mawoer. Levens der schilders, lives of painters; Der grondt der edele vrye schilderkonst, a treatise on the art of painting; De Olyfbery,and De harp en of des hertensnarenspel,being sacred poems. Dirk Vorkrrr Coorwuurt, born in 41574. Gebruik en misbruik van tydelyke have, use and abuse of temporal goods, a moral poem. XXXIV : INTRODUCTION. Roemer Visscurr, surnamed the Martial of Holland, born at Am- sterdam, in 1574, died in 1620. Anna Visscher, born at Amsterdam, in 1584, died in 1651. Poetry. Mania TressenscuADE VIsSCHER, sister of Anwa Visscmzr. Poetry. Henorik LAvrentz SeiecuEL, born at Amsterdam, in 41549, died in 1612. Hertspieghel, being a collection of didactic poems and elegies. Cornernis Kiniaax, born in 4537, at Duffel in Brabant, died in 4607; author of a Latin and Dutch Dictionary. In this century lived also the celebrated Theologian Erasmus, | the learned Vossius, and Arminius, who wrote in Latin only. The following are specimens of the Flemish and of the Dutch language of this century. | Eom cleen hondekin toufde spn meester end Geere/ Q.uicfteertede met dobbelen keere / Danfende/ fpringende jeer plpfant Gp fteeckt) custe/ lecte/ on trocteldet fre. EpEwaERD DE DEENE. In Modern Dutch. Een hondje toefde zijnen meester en heer, het kwispelstaartte met dubbelden keere, dansende en springende zeer aardig; hij streek het, kuste, lekte, en troetelde het zeer. Translation. A little dog amused his lord and master, he wagged his tail from side to side, dancing, and jumping very prettily; he stroked it, kissed, licked, and fondled it very much. The following is a specimen from a North Netherlander of this same century. Wat bast how ’s werelts vrpheid deens siel is gebonden et dupsent aanclevende dootlphe sonden ? Wat scha’et ook de rpcke 3icl des lichaoms banden ? Uict; bp pronct met 3pn meesters cluisters cerlyck / ecg dan menigh 30t met hetens van gout begeerlpek / Dev vromen bopens coven hun / den vanger tot schanden. Dirk VonkErtz. COORNHERT. INTRODUCTION, XXXV In Modern Dutch. Wat baat des werelds vrijheid aan hem, wiens ziel is gebonden met duizend aanklevende doodelijke zonden? Wat schaadt ook der rijke ziel des ligehaams banden? Niets; hij pronkt eerlijk met zijn meesters kluisters, meer dan menig zot met ketens van begeerlijk goud, de boeijen der vromen eeren hen, den vanger tot schande. Translation. What avails the liberty of the world to him whose soul is bound with ¢ thousand cleaving mortal sins? what also do the bands of the body injure the rich soul? Nothing; he shows off, honored with his master’s fetters more than many fool with chains of coveted gold, the fetters of the pious honor them, to the shame of the imprisoner. THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY. 30. We now leave the Flemings and the Flemish language, it being in this century that The Netherlanders, intirely threw off their allegiance to the King of Spain, and erected themselves into the Republic of The Seven United Provinces, and appropriated to themselves a government, new laws, manners, and customs, and in short, a new language, which is no other than the Flemish modified to their own notions and views; it is this language, the Dutch, the language of The North Netherlanders, that we shall now exclusively treat upon. It was Peter Cornelis Hooft, who, after having travelled through France and Italy, and acquired a perfect mastery over the language of The Nether- lands, laid the foundation of the present Dutch language. Here follows a list of the brightest Dutch literati of this century. Jax pe Bruse, born in 1585, died in 1658. Poetry. Lavrens Rear, born at Amsterdam, in 4583 , died in 16317. Poetry. GerBrANDT BREDERODE, born at Amsterdam, in 1585, died in 1618. Poetry. Dirk Rarapn Kamenurzew, born at Gorkum, in 1586, died in 1626. Poetry. Prerer Cornents Hoorr , surnamed the Dulch Tacrrus, born at XXXVI INTRODUCTION. Amsterdam in 1381, died in 1647. Nederlandsche Hystorién, a Hystory of The Netherlands; Gheraardt van Velzen, Bato, and Granida, tragedies; minor poems and letfers. Joost van Vonpes, surnamed the prince of Dutch poets, the Sha- kespeare of Holland, born at Cologne, in 1587, died in 1679. Author of many beautiful tragedies, odes, satires, and other poems. Jacos Cars, surnamed the modern Ovid, born at Brouwershaven, in 1577, died in 1660. Didactic poetry, Tales, Fables, &e. JakoB WESTERBAEN, born in 1599, died in 1670. Poetry. i Anna Maria Scavurmans, born at Cologne, in 1607, died in 1678. She spoke fluently ten languages, ancient and modern. Jan Kru, born in 4602, died in 1644. Poetry, JeremMIAs DE BeckEr, born at Dordrecht, in 4609, died in 1666. Lof der Gierigheid , the Praise of Avarice, a satire; besides which he made some epigrams and elegies. | Jax Vos, born at Amsterdam, in 1620, died in 1662. Poetry. Emanven van Mereren, born at Antwerp, in 1538, died in 1612. Wrote a History of the Low countries and nations bordering upon them. Danien Joxkrass, born in 4600, died in 1654. Poetry. Daxter Heins, born at Ghent, in 1610, died in 1635. Literature and Poetry, known also as a Latin writer by the name of Hernstus. Kasper van Bagrite, born in 1584, died in 1648. Literature and Poetry ; known also as a Latin wriler by the name of BarnAEus. Konstantisy Hutscens, born at the Hague, in 4596, died in 1687. Koornbloemen , consisting of moral poems and satires; Sneldichten , Epigrams. J. AxtoniDEs vAN DER Gogs, belter known by the name of p’Ax- ToNIDES , born at Goes, in 1647, died in 1684. Bellona aan Band , Bellona in Fetters, an ode; De Y-stroom, the River Y, an epic poem ; Traxil, a tragedy. TroMAs Arests. — Poetry. Karmariva Lescarnne , born at Amsterdam, in 1649 , died in 1712. Lijkrede op de Ruiter, an Elegy on the death of admiral pe Rurter; also some dramatic pieces. Jonannes VouLennovex, surnamed Guldenmond, golden mouth, born at Vollenhoven, in 1631, died in 1708. Leerredenen, sacred discour- ses; Mengeldichten , poems on miscellaneous subjects, chiefly pastoral. ReIvier Assno, born at Amsterdam, in 1622, died in 1669. Poetry. INTRODUCTION. XXXVil GeraERDT BRANDT, born at Amsterdam, in 1626, died in 685, Historie der Reformatie, History of the Reformation; Leven van br Ruirer, van Hoorr, van Vonoen, Life of pe Rurrer, of Hoorr, and of VoNDEL. Huer pe Groot, belter known by the name of Grorivs, born at Delft, in 1583, died in 1645. Theology and Poetry; also celebrated as a Latin author on Jurisprudence. J. Oupaan, 1628 - 1692. Poems, chiefly on political subjects ; also some tragedies, and a treatise on Roman antiquities. Lucas Roreans, born at Amsterdam, in 1654, died in 1710. Willem de Derde, Winuianm III of Orange Nassau, an epic poem; de Boere Kermis, the Fair, a heroic comic poem ; Scyrra, AlNeas, and Turnus, tragedies. Jan van HeeMskERK, born at Amsterdam, in 1597, died in 1656.Poclry. The following specimens will exhibit the Dutch Orthography of this period, which will be found to differ from that of the present century in these particulars; 1. the final ¢ is used for d, as in witgexondert for wilgezonderd, excepted; 2. the y for i and ¢; as in keymelyke for heimelijk, secret; 3. the aa, ee, oo for the long a, e, o final; as in, verstaaken for verstaken, stopped; onweetend for onwetend, ignorant; oopen for open, open; 4. the A alter g; and the z for s; as in, zommighen for sommigen, some; 5. y was used for ie, as in yder, for ieder, every. Het arm onwetend volk (weenigen uitgezondert die ongerust in de Spaansche trouw, zich hier en daar, aan heymelyke oorden , verstaaken) vergadert in 't Raadthuys; de Spanjaarts daar voor : en zag men zeekeren Geestelyken, met zommighen van hun, al een wyl op en nceder wandelen. Deez, toen alles te hoop (gekomen) scheen , komt der weerlooze troepe verkundighen, dat zy veygh waaren, en op hun gewisse te denken hadden. Maar het aanzeggen, bearbeyden, en sterven, was een ding. Men rukt de groote poort oopen ; leydt eenpaarlyk aan, en schiet af, plompverlooren in ’t hondert; met een gillen en schreeuwen, yder 't hart deed sluyten, en de hairen te berg sfaan. P. C. Hoorr. XXXVI INTRODUCTION, Translation. The poor ignorant people (few excepted, who having no confidence in the faith of the Spaniards, concealed themselves here and there in secret corners), assembled in the council-house ; the Spaniards there before it; and there was seen a certain clergyman, with some of them, for a time, walking up and down. The former, when they were gotten together , comes and announces to the defenceless croud, that they are mear death , and must think of their consciences. But to announce, to prepare, and lo perish, was a matter. They force open the great door; level (their muskets) at the craud, and fire, -at random ; with a sreaming and crying, that every heart ceased to beat, and their hairs stood on end. The Seventeenth Century is considered as the Augustan age in the history of the Literature of The Netherlands. This age, says the learned Professor Siegenbéek, « was so glorious to the Duteh na- tion thai it would be difficult to discover in the history of any other people, a period of such resplendent fame and greatness.” THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY. 34. In this century many men of learning and genius appeared. Slight or no changes were made in the orthography in this period, the language remaining for the most part, as modified by Hooft, and continued so till the adoption of the spelling fixed by Siegenbeck, at the commencement of the present century. Here follows a list of the most eminent writers. JAN vax Broekmumzew, born in 1649, died in 1707. Poetry. Langer ten Kate, born at Amsterdam, in1674, died in 1732. den- eiding tot de kennis van het verhevene deel der Nederlandsche sprake, ntroduction to the knowledge of the sublime of the Dutch langnage. Husert Kornrnisz Poor, born at Abswoude near Delft, in 1689, died in 1733. Veldxangen, pastorals; De Maan by Endymion ; De Verliefde Venus, amorous poems. G. van Loox. History and Antiquity. S. FerraMa, 1694 - 1738. Translation of the Henriade and Tele- machus, also some Dramatic pieces. INTRODUCTION. XXXIX Lucas Scuermer, 1688 - 1742. Epic and Pastoral poetry. \ Eurzasern Konaprr-Hoomiaw. Schouwburg der verwoesting, an elegy on the instability of wordly affairs. Arvorp Hooevirer, born at Vlaardingen, in 41687 , died in 1763. Abraham de Aartsvader, the Patriarch Abraham, an epic poem. Luxreria van Merkew, born ai Amsterdam, in 1722, died in 4789. Nut der Tegenspoeden , a moral poem on the advantages of adversity; David and Germanicus, epic poems; Beleg van Leyden, a tragedy, and other Dramatic pieces. Pieter Laweenpyx, born at Amsterdam, in 1683, died in 1756. The Drama ; author of several comedies. ; Smwon Syn, born at Harlingen, in 1731, died in 1804. Opkomst en Bloei der Nederlanden , a philosophical view of the origin and prospe- rity of The Netherlands; also a lyric poem on the same subject; de Myteleners, a tragedy. Justus van Erren, born at Utrecht, in 168%, died in 1735. Holland- sche Spectator, Dutch Spectator. B. HuyprcorEr, born at Amsterdam, in 1695, died in 4778. Proeve van Taal- en Dichthkunde, Specimens of the Art of Language and Poetry ; also many admired Dramatic pieces, and other minor poems. Witten van Haren, bornin Vriesland, in 1662, died in 4708. Friso, an epic poem; de Vrede, a lyric; Leonidas, an ode. Onno Zwier van Haren, born at Leeuwarden, in 4743, died in 1779. De geuzen, The Beggars, a heroic poem; also other poems ; Dramatic pieces, and some prose productions Jan Wacewaar, born at Amsterdam, in 1709, died in 1773. Vader- landsche Historie, history of the mother-country, from the latest period down to the middle of the 18th century, in 21 Vols. Historie van Amsterdam, History of Amsterdam. J. C. Baroness pe Lanvoy, born at Breda, in 4738, died in 1782. Beleg van Haarlem, Leo de Groote, Cleopatra, tragedies; also some odes, and satires. J. Nomsz, born at Amsterdam, in 4738 , died in 1803. Willem de Eerste, Prins Maurits, epic poems; Maria van Lalain, and Numa Pompilius, tragedies ; also some comedies. Jacozus Bouuamy, born at Flushing, in 4757, died in 1786. Vader- landsche Gezangen , patriotic songs ; amorous poems and odes , gene- rally popular and admired. Pierer Nrevwranp, horn near Amsterdam, in 41764, died in 4794. XL INTRODUCTION. Orion, an ode; an elegy on the death of his wife, and some Ana- creontics. Hieronymus van Arregn, born at Gouda, in 1746, died in 1803. Dichtkundige Verhandelingen, treatises on poetry; Schoone Kunsten en Wetenschappen, on the theory of the Fine Arts and Sciences ; Gedichten voor Linderen, Poems for Children, the Watt's Hymns of Holland. Van per Aa, born at Zwolle, in 4718, died in 1802. History , and Natural Philosophy. D. J. vax Lennep, born at Amsterdam, in 4724, died in 1774. Li- terature ; Philology. J. F. Martiser, born in North-Brabant, in 1729, died in 1794. Natural History; Physics. Dirk Smits, born at Rotterdam, in 1702, died in 1752. Poetry : amongst others, de Rotte stroom , the river Rolle, a small river entering the Mase at Rofterdam. | The following is a specimen of one of the prose writers of this century. Ons land, alem doorsmeden met wateren en Rivieren, poelen, en meiren, krieli, waar men zich wende, van kleine vaartuigen, waarop de boeren Schippers zijn. Zij onderhouden door dat middel de gemeenschap van alle Steden, en Dorpen; en, hoe onmatig deze vergelyking ook moge schynen, daartoe wordt in onderscheidene opzigten dezelfde vaardigheid , zo niet hetzelfde beleid vereischt, dat men van nooden heeft om op eenen Zeelogt geen nutteloos gezel le zyn. Geen Nederlandsche boer, die len minsten niet van loeven en laveeren weet; weinigen, die niet geleerd hebben een vaartuig fe bestieren, te gissen hoe veel winds het voeren kan, tegen wind en stroom te roeien, dwarrelwinden te voorzien, of zich te redden uit een onverwacht gevaar van zinken of vergaan. Velen onder hen, in hunne geboorleplaats deze zaken lang genoeg als tydverdryf en spel bygewoond hebbende, kunnen de verzoeking niet wederslaan, van ook eens op den ruimen Oceaan fe zwerven, alwaar zy dan gemeenlyk voor al het overige geene trage leerlingen zijn. S. STYL. INTRODUCTION. XLI Translation. Our country, everywhere intersected with waters, rivers, pools, and lakes, abounds, withersoever one turns, with small vessels, of which the peasants are captains. By this means they maintain an intercourse between the cities and villages ; and, however inconsistent this comparison may seem to be, there is, in many respects, the same dexterity required, if not the same management, that is necessary in an experienced shipmate on a voyage. There is not a Dutch peasant who has not learned to steer a vessel, to guess how much wind il can carry, to row against wind and stream, to foresee whirlwinds, or to extricate himself from sudden danger of sinking or perishing. Many of them having followed this long enough as pastime and amusement, cannot withstand the temptation, of once roving on the wide ocean, where, in every respect, they are ge- nerally clever apprentices. At this time an increased taste for poetry prevailed throughout the country, and the rederykers attained no small degree of celebrity, and effected more in the cultivation of this art, than in the century preceding; and were regarded as the nurseries in which the poetical genius of Hooft, Vondel, and others were nurtured. THE NINETEENTH CENTURY. 32. The following list embraces the most distinguished writers whose works have appeared between the latter part of the eighteenth century and the present time. P. vax Winter, born in 1745, died in 1807. Poetry. W. A. Ocnerse, 1760 - 1826. Essays and orations. J. Le Frank van Berckmpy, 1729 - 1812. Poems and essays on various subjects Jan Freoerik Henmers, born at Amsterdam, in 4767 , died in 1843. De Hollandsche Natic, an epic poem; Bardenzangen, Lyric Poems; Het Haarlemmer Hout, Haarlem Wood, an elegy ; Lof der Zeevaart, A Eulogy on the Nautical Art, and other poems. A. Kuuir, 1735 - 1807. Speeches and (realises on law and jurispru- XLil INTRODUCTION. dence, in which much learning, penetration, and judgement are ex- hibited. Joan Merman, born at The Hague, in 1733, died in 1828. Juris- prudence, Statistics, Literature, History, Biography. Arenp Foxke Simonsz., born at Amsterdam, in 1753, died in 1812. Literature. He wrote generally in a satirical or humerous style, his master piece is Moderne Helicon. A. Loosses , Pz. born at Harlem, in 4761, died in 1818. Maurits Lijnslager ; Hillegonda Buisman; Susanna Bronkhorst, &e. Romances in which the manners and customs of the Dutch, at different periods, are depicted ; Jakoba van Beijeren, &ec. and many other historical romances, all much deservedly esteemed. Martinus Stuart, born in 1763, died in 1826. Romeinsche Geschiede- nis, Roman History ; Essays; Leerredenen, Sermons; De Mensch zoo als hij voorkomt, Man as he is Found; and other historical works, all of approved merit. Dr. van Wonnsen. Travels in Turkey, Natolia, and The Crimea; Rusland beschowwd, political economy and manners of the Russians. Haarngr. Travels in the East. — CG. pe Jone. History; Travels in the Mediterranean and the East. — Runvis Fert, born at Zwolle, in 1753, died in 1837. De Ouder- dom, Old Age; het Graf, the Tomb; epic poems; Thirza &ec. trage- dies; Fanny, &c. romances; odes, treatises; Brieven aan Sophie, a conlroversy against Kant's doctrine. (Vrouwe) Madam K. W. Biuperouk, wife of W. BrupERDUK , born in 1777, died in 1830. Poems on various subjects. WrLLen Biuperpuik, born at Amsterdam, in 1756, died 1831; one of the most learned men, and one of the most voluminous writers of his time , his works are comprised in about 430 volumes 8°. contain- ing poems, essays, history, Dutch grammar, &c. He is admitted to have been the greatest linguist of his day; he spoke twenty two lan- guages. N.G. van Kanerx, born at Harlem, in1776, died in 1839. Geschiedenis der letteren en wetenschappen , History of Literature and the Sciences; Lotgevallen der dichtkunst, history of ancient and modern poetry; over de Heldendichien, essay on epic poetry; and many other works of standard merit. J Kinkur, born at Niewer-Amstel, in 1764, died in 1845. Wijsgeerige algemeene Theorie der Talen, General and Philosophic Theory of INTRODUCTION. XLII languages ; poems on various subjects; Verlossing en Herstelling van Nederland, Liberation and Restoration of The Netherlands, alyric poem. J. L. pe Jonge, 1736 ~ 1816. Essays and Poems on various subjects; a translation of Thompson's Seasons, and Young's Night Thoughts. J. Kavtenaar, 41759 - 4821. Poems, Essays, and Orations; Lofrede 0p Schultens, an oration on Schultens, is one of the finest orations in the Dutch language. P. L. vax pe Kastesie, 1748 - 1810. Divine songs. J. H. vax per Panu, born at Rotterdam, in 41763, died in 1840. Author of various sermons, Funeral orations, Essays, &e. Nederlands Herstelling, Restoration of The Netherlands; Essays; he made a tran slation of the Bible. G. Bruivive. Philology. — J. ImMeRrzEEL, Jr., born at Dordrecht, in 1776, died in 1841. Poetry; Fiction: Huig van ons Hugo of the Wood, an elegiac plein; De Moederliefde, Maternal Love; and other poems. (De Vrouwen,) Mesdames Bekxpr-Worr and Dexen. Willem Le- vend ; Sara Burgerhart; Cornelia Wildschut, romances; Wandelingen door Bourgondié, a descriptive poem. — H. van Www. Historische en Letterkundige Avondstonden, and Huisxittend Leven, criticisms on the history, literature, and customs of The Netherlands, exhibiting much learning and zeal. Sanven Isc. Wisestus, 1769 - 1848. Polydorus; Adelaide en Mat- ilde; Jon; Alcestes; Maled-Adhel; Prins Karel; tragedies; Het Her- dersuurtje, the shepherd's hour, an erotic poem. — H. H. Kuuw, born at Amsterdam, in 1773. died in 1829. Lyric poems Tragedies; Odes; Elegies. Bareno Krisn. Oldenbarneveld; Heldendood van de Ruiter, Lyric poems; Monttyne, a tragedy ; Odes; Elegies, &c. Wirsex Gyspepk. Literature , Phylology , Poetry; Woordenboek , Biographical Dictonary ; Eer en Eerxucht, Honor and Ambition, a satirical poem; Epigrams. J. A. WeiLann. scribleriane , humerous essays. — Marais SieeeNsEeg, born at Amsterdam, in 4774. Grammar; Verhan- deling over de Nederlandsche Spelling, Treatise on Dutch Orthography. Jacopus Scuprrema, born at Franeker, in 4767, died in 1835. Litera- ture, History, Philology ; Staathundig Nederland , Biography of The Ne- therlands States-men ; Peter de Groote , relation of the residence of Peter the Great in The Netherlands ; Rusland en de Nederlanden, the influence XLIV INTRODUCTION. of Holland on the civilisation of Russia; Geschied- en Letterkundig Mengelwerk , Historical and Literary Miscellany; and other works of standard merit. ; P. Weiann, born in 4754, died in 1842. Phylology; Nederduitsch Taalkundig Woordenboek, Dictionary of the Dutch language; Neder- duitsche spraakkunst, Dutch Grammar ; all standard works. A Yeey. Kerkelijke Geschiedenis, History of the Christian church; Geschiedenis der Nederlandsche Taal en Letterkunde, Hystory of the Dutch Language and Literature. — Hamaker, — Oriental Literature. — R. H. Armzensicus; 1777 - 1824. Poems on various subjects. H. vax Loemem, 1775 - 1843. Poems. J. Konmve, 1770 - 1832. History. | GrisserT KarEL Grave van Hooeewpore, 1762 - 1834. Author of political essays, distinguished for depth of penetration, sound reasoning, and beauty of style. J. C. Heue, Poetry. E. A. Borger, 1788 - 1820, Theologian. Lilterature and Poetry. M. C. van Hain, born at Vianen in 1768. Literature; Poetry; Translator of Classic Authors. H. Torrens, born at Rotferdam, in 1780; one of the most popular poets of the day. Lukretia, a tragedy; Het Gevallen Meisje, The Fallen Maid; Willem de Eerste, a lyric poem; Minnedichtjes , erotic poems ; Romances and Ballads. J. vax Lenser, born at Amsterdam, in 1774. Literature; Poetry; Roos van Dekema, Romance B. H. Lurors, born at Zutphen, in 4787. Literature; Philology. J. v. pn. Hoop, born at Rotterdam in1802, died in 1841. Poems on various subjects, also some romances and Legends. Isaac pa Costa, born at Amsterdam, in 1797. Poelry. J.M. Kemper, bornat Amsterdam, in 1776, died in 1824. Jurisprudence ; Statistics ; Orations delivered on various occasions; Poems and Treatises. CG. W. WesterBaan. Literature ; Poetry. F. van Teuren. Pulpit Eloquence. Seanpavw. — Poetry. StARING VAN DEN WiILDENBORGH. 1767 - 1840. — Poetry ; Ada van Holland ; Adelina Verleid, and other poems. J. NierstrAaas, born in 1796, died in 1828. Poetry. Poems on va- rious subjects. INTRODUCTION. XLV Jeronimo oe VRiEs. Geschiedenis der Dichthkunde , History of Dutch Poetry, down to the 18th. century. C. Loors. 1767 - 1843. Poems on various subjects. J. van Warnes. 1759 - 1837. Poems on various subjects, and some dramatic pieces; is a much admired poet. Warnsink. — Poetry, J. F. WiLens, born at Antwerp. Over de Hollandsche en Viaamsche Schrijfwijzen, oa Dutch and Flemish Orthography. J. Bosscua. History. Nederlands Heldendaden te land , Heroic actions of the Dutch on the Seas. Wirnuis. — Poetry. J. P. vax Carenne. — History. Rurernwarr. — Natural History. Temmink. — Natural History. Corror p'Escury. — History; Hollands roem in Kunsien en We tenschappen , The Renown of Holland in the Arts and Sciences. Toussaint. Historical romances. A. pe Jager. — Philology. Horurrr. — Philology; Poetry. Hogurrr , Bosscua , van Heuspe, Horman-PeErLkame, B. F. Tybpe- MAN, Gounorver ,, Karsten, and others, distinguished as Latin writers. P. vax Limure Brouwer , born in 41795 , died in 1847. History and Romance. W. Messcuert, born in1770, died in 1847. De Gouden Bruiloft, the gol- den wedding, or fiftieth wedding day anniversary, a much admired poem. D. J. J. Oosterzee. Phylology, Sermons. C. W. Orezoomer. Phylosophy, critical and literary Essays. Groew vAN Prinsterer. Political essays, History. Many more contemporary writers of eminence might be added to this list, but our limits preclude their insertion. The following extract from an essay by van der Palm who, as already stated, is allowed to be one of the purest prose- writers that Holland has yet produced, will exhibit the state to which the language has arrived, both as to its orthography, and its structure. Er is voor de menschelijkheid geen schooner schouwspel, dan de val eens Dwingelands. Nooit zag de wereld er een’ grooteren dan LXVI INTRODUCTION. Narorron BonapaRTE, nooit eene vernedering gelijk aan de zijne. Gansch Europa lag aan zijne voeten. Pruissen had in eenen veldslag alles verloren en bestond slechts door des overwinnaars genade. Duitschland huldigde zijnen verdrukker onder den nieuwen fitel van: Beschermer ; Zwitserland onder dien van Bemiddelaar. Belgié was reeds vroeg aan Frankrijk gehecht; de Hollandsche gewesten, lang geplaagd en uitgemergeld , waren eindelijk zonder schaamle inge- zwolgen. Gekwetste eer had Denemarken voor hem gewonnen. Zweden | had een’ Franschen krijgsman tot de erfenis der Karels en Gustaven geroepen. In Italié werd geene andere magt geéerbiedigd dan de zijne. Translation. There is not for man a more delightful spectacle than the down- fall of a tyrant. The world never witnessed one greater than that of Napoleon Buonaparte, never was there a humiliation like his. All Europe was prostrate before him. Prussia in one campaign had lost 3 all, and existed only at the mercy of the conqueror. Germany paid. homage to its oppressor under the new title of Protector ; Switzerland, under that of Mediator. Belgium was already at an earlier period joined to France ; the Dutch provinces for a long time harrassed and exhausted , were finally swallowed up in it without a blush. Wounded honor had gained Denmark over to him. Sweden had a French warrior chosen lo the heritage of the Charleses and the Gustaves. In Italy no authority was recognized but his. 33. Since the separation of the Northern and Southern provinces of The Netherlands, in the middle of the seventeenth century, down to the present time, the Flemish language and literature has made little advance, and few Flemish works of reputation have appeared in that period; of these may be here noticed the following: De Ira, The Rage, of the Jesuit de Meijer; Verhandeling over de Nederduitsche Taal en Letterkunde opzigtelijk de Zuidelijke Provincién der Neder- landen, A Treatise on The Netherlands language and Literature, especially the Southern Province of The Netherlands, by F. Willems, a Patriotic Fleming. Behaegel, a Fleming, has written an elaborate Nederduitsche Sprackkunst, Grammar of i INTRODUCTION. XLVII | The Netherlands Language, Bruges, 183C, in which he some- | times exhibits sound penetration and reasoning, and developes the mechanism of the language : his criticisms on some of the changes Cin the Dutch orthography, as fixed by Siegenbeek , are founded on an objection to a deviation from that of the more ancient writers. Conscience, author of De Leeuw van Viaenderen, The ‘Flemish Lion; and De Loteling, The Recruit; may be ranked as one of the most emine rmish writers, of the day. The following extract from the fore mentioned Flemish work: Nederduitsche Spraakkunst by Behaegel, will show how little (the present Flemish Orthography differs from that of the 16th. century , whilst a comparison of it with that of the Modern Dutch will exhibit some of the principal changes which have heen ; made in this particular. Modern Flemish. Den mensch is geboren om wel te redeneren, alle de pogingen, welke men tot de opvoeding der kinderen aanwendt, moeten de ont- wikkeling en verbetering der zielsvermoogens voor doclwit hebben, en men zal hun nooyt redenlyk maaken indien men met hun niet redeneert. Het grootste heyl welk men aan de jongheyd, en by ‘gevoig aan geheel de maatschappy , kan toebrengen, is, in het leeren der menschelijke kennissen, eenen leerweg te volgen, welken, niet op eene wilkeurige, maar op cene redencerende wys voord- 'gaande, het verstand der kinderen meer ontwikkele, en hun gewenne van in alle hunne werken volgens de reden fe handelen; hetwelk niet alleen moet invloed hebben op de kunsten en weetenschappen welke het voorwerp hunner verontlediging zijn, maar zelfs eenen grooten spoorslag weezen kan, om te komen tot het bestendig geluk _waarvoor den mensch geschapen is. Translation. Man is born to reason rightly, all the means which are employed in educating children must have for object the developing and im- proving of the mental faculties, and we shall never make them rational if we do not reason with them. The greatest good which XLVIII INTRODUCTION. we can confer on youth, and consequently on society, is, in the teaching of human knowledge, to follow that path which unfolds more and more the understanding of children; not in purswing an tad Soh a SRR ie arbitrary , but rather a rational manner, and to accustom them to act, in all that they do, according to reason ; which must not only have an influence on the arts and sciences, which is the object of their pursuits, but can even prove to be an important means of arriving at that permanent happiness for which man is created. 34. During the last forty years much has been done for the improvement of the Dutch language, particularly in giving to it a fixed and standard orthography. The institution of a literary society at Leiden, under the title of Maatschappij der Nederduitsche Letterkunde, Netherlands Literary Society, has done much in the furtherance of this object; one transaction of this society was the issuing of a plan for a Dictionary of the Dutch language, which was carried into execution by Mr. Weiland, who adopted a spelling previously laid down by Professor Siegenbeek, in his Verhandeling over de Neder- duitsche Spelling, Treatise on the Dutch Orthography. This Dictionary received the approbation of the society, and the spelling of Professor Siegenbeek became sanctioned and adop- ted by the Dutch Government, by an edict, in 1805; and these two works are now universally accepted by the nation at large, as standard works of reference for the orthography and structure of the language. 35. The language of The Netherlands compared with the English and most other European languages, is not spoken over a great extent of territory, and is the mother tongue of not more than about six millions and a half of souls. ie (HO OG —— DUTCH GRAMMAR. Dutch Grammar , Hollandsche Spraakleer, is the art of speak- ing and writing the Dutch language in accordance with the practices and prescribed rules of the most eminent learned men of the Dutch nation, and as established by the usage and custom of the Dutch at large. Dutch Grammar, like the grammars of other European lan- guages, is divided into Orthography , Etymology, Syntax, and Prosody. DUTCH ORTHOGRAPHY. Orthography , Kklank- en spelkunst, treats of the sounds and powers of letters, and of their combinations into syllables and words. Words or names of things and ideas are conveyed from man to man by modifications of the voice, which is speech , spraak; or by letters combined into written words, as signs for con- veying these names from man to man, which is writing, het schrijven. LETTERS. A lelter , eene letter , is the sign or mark used in writing or printing to represent words or the names of things and ideas. The letters of the Dutch language , as at present used in writing and printing, are the same in form as those used by the English , but some of them are differently sounded. 5 pai fr Em, 4 a DUTCH PRONUNCIATION ro The whole of the letters, twenty six in number, is called the Alphabet, or a. b. c., het alphabet; these letters are thus formed and sounded ; THE ALPHABET. A. a. sounded a as heard in father. B. b. .y bay bed. O. co % say o say. D. d. . day ” day. E. ‘ec vy a, like e in bed. PB. if, % ef, as heard in foot. | Gig. hil gay, see remarks under this letter. | H. bh, o haa, as heard in hard. y. i ” e, like 'e in be, Fig. oy ya, like y in yelp. RK Lk 4 kaa, as heard in king I. 1 » el ” lion. M. m.. 5 em man, N. n. 2 en 29 no. 0. e. o “ no. P. p. » pay » pay. Q. gq 5 coo 7 cooper, Rr » err 5 erT. Ss, 5 er " mess. Tt % tai » tailor. 0 un ” 00 5 tool. V..v » vai » vain. W. w. ” way, see remarks under this letter. xox > ecks, as heard in decks. Xv ” 3 » mine. Zz ’ zed zed. Of these letters, ¢, x, vy, and c¢ uncombined with h, are only met with in some proper names or words taken over from other languages, - The letters of the alphabet are divided into vowels and consonants. The vowels , klinkletters, are a, e, ©, 0, u, representing a simple sound which can be perfectly uttered by itself. The conspnants, wmedeklinkers, which form the remainder of the alphabet , cannot be perfectly uttered without the aid of one of the vowel sounds; as, bo, be; c, ce; f, ef, &e. AND ORTHOGRAPHY. 3 THE SOUNDS AND POWERS OF THE LETTERS. The letters of the Dutch Alphabet, represent, separately and combined , thirty eight different distinct sounds which may be compared with analogous sounds in English ; except those of u, ui, eu, euw, ¢, and ch. Every letter , entering into the composition of a word , must be sounded ; as, blad, leaf. THE SOUNDS OF THE SINGLE VOWELS, A. A has a short and a long sound. It is short when placed before a consonant in the same syllable , and is sounded partly like a in cat, and partly like a in malt; as heard in al, all. bast, bark. kat , cat. bak-ken, to bake. markt, market. ark, arch. It sounds long at the end of a syllable, and is then like that of a in father ; as heard in sla, salad. ma-ken , to make. sta, stand. ha-len, fo fetch. ra-den, to advise. la-den, to load. KE. E has three sounds: a short, a long, and a soft short. It is short when placed before a consonant in the same syllable, and is like the English e¢ in bed ; as heard in heb , have. leg, lay. pen, pen. bed , bed. hen, them. en , ond. E is long in words of two or more syllables when the accent falls on it, and it then sounds like the English a in make ; as heard in he-den, to day. ve der, feather. we-reld , world. le-der , leather. me-ten , fo measure. le-zen , to read. It has a soft short sound when terminating monosyllables , and when terminating a syllable in words of more than one syllable when the accent does not fall upon it; and it is then sounded like the English e in begin; as heard in 4 DUTCH PRONUNCIATION 3 de, the. be-ginnen, to begin. ga-ve, gift. ze , them. hit-te , heat. goe-de, good. 1. I has two sounds : a sharp short, and a soft short. ] It is sharp short when followed by a consonant in the same . ; syllable and is sounded like ¢ short in English; as heard in vinden , fo find. blik , tin. lid , limb. in; in. wind , wind. zin, inclination. It is soft short at the end of unaccented syllables in polysylla- j bles, and sounds then like the above ¢ short, but is softer ; as ] | heard in wijzi-gen, to modify. aankondi-gen, fo proclaim. I-talié, Italy. bezi-gen , to use. i-voor , ory. huldi-gen, to insta I has no long sound and never terminates an accented syllable; 77 being substituted for the long 7. 0 has a short and a long sound: it is short when followed by a consonant in the same syllable and sounds like the short English 0 in not; as heard in om, for. mond , mouth. pond, pound. Or more open , as in mol , mole. slot, lock. volgen, to follow. It is long at the end of accented syllables in words of more than one syllable , and is then sounded like the long o in English as heard in bone; as in bo-ter, butter. Zomer , summer. openen, to open. wo-nen, to lve. bo-ven , above. ko-men, to come. w. U has a short and a long sound. It is short when followed by a consonant in the same syllable, and is sounded like the short English « in hut; as heard in dun, thin. vul-len , to fill. nut, use. zus-ter, sister. hut, Aut. fust, cask. AND ORTHOGRAPHY. 5 It is long when terminating accented syllables in words of more than one syllable, and is sounded like the French u, or German ii, and nearly like the English oo in booty ; as heard in muren , walls. naburen , neighbours. vuren, fires. hu-ren , to hire. duren, to lust. kuren, caprices. SOUND OF THE UNITED VOWELS. The double vowels aa, ee, oo, uw, are sounded like the same single vowels when long; however some will have ee and oo sounded sharper than the e and o lang; as, Aa, as heard in daad , action. aal , eel. slaap , sleep. raad , counsel. taal , language. gelaat , face. A syllable never ends in ae; thus monosyllables in aa, taking a particle, drop one of the &’s, and the final consonant is car- ried to the particle, as in daad , da-den, rad, ra-den ; aal, a-len. Ee, as hard in been , leg. veel , much. deel, part. neen, 70. tee-ken , to draw. dee-len, to dwide. The sound of the ee when spoken sharper than that of long e, is like the English a as sounded in the north of England by the vulgar. This diphthong is sometimes divided into two syllables and the diaeresis (..) is then used to the last, thus: &é, as in priéel, a bower , geént, engrafted. Oo , as heard in boot, boat. voor, for. dood , death. nood, need. noot, nut. boom , tree. The sound of oo, as heard in slooten , ditches, is sounded by some sharper than the o long as heard in sloten , locks. Du, as heard in ' muur , wall. duur, dear. huur , fire. ZUUT ,. SOUT. be-stuur , direction. guur , sharp. 6 DUTCH PRONUNCIATION A syllable never ends in wx; in monosyllables in uu, {aking a particle, one of the vowels is dropped and the final consonant is carried to the particle; as in muur, mu-ren; vuur, vu-ren, c. The diphthongs and long diphthongs ai, adi, au , aau, eu, eeu, er, ie, teu, oe, oer, 00i, ou, and ui, are thus sounded : Ai. This union is only met with in the exclamation ai! 0/ and is sounded partly like the English long 7 and o:. Aai. The sound of this long diphthong is a combination of the long Dutch @ and short 7, being nearly like that of the English long 7 in idle; as in dp taai , tough. zaai-jen , fo sow. fraai, pretty. kraai, crow. kaai, quay. maai-jen, fo mow. haai, shark. saai-jet , worsted. Au. The sound of au is that of a long and «% short combined, and approaches to the sound of aw in English; as in paus , pope. dau-wel, slut. au! oh! Pau-lus, Paul. kauw , jackdaw. au-gustus , august. Aau. The sound of this long diphthong is like that of au lengthened; as in laauw , lukewarm. gaauw , quick. maau-wen , fo mew. naauw , narrow. raauw , raw. flaauw , feint. 3 2 ? Ei. The sound of ei is a combination of the sounds of the short e¢ and short soft 7, and is nearly like that of ¢ long in English; as in meid , maid. vermij-den, to avoid. reis, journey. bei-de, both. klein. small. lei-den, to suffer. Eu. The sound of eu is a combination of the short sounds of | ms ¢ and wu, approaching to the sound of the English u in rule; : as in reuk, scent. leu-nen, fo lean. eu-vel, evil. deun , ballad. heuvel , Zul. heup, lip. Eeu. The sound of this long diphthong is that of the long ¢ and short # combined; as heard in sneeuw , snow. leeuw , lion. spreeuw , starling. meeu-wen, to mew. eeuw , century. ecu-wen, lo eternize. AND ORTHOGRAPHY. Ie sound like the long e¢, as in me; as heard in riet, reed. dier, animal. lie-den , people. ziel , soul. tien, ten. lie-gen , to lie. Tew. The sound of ew is a combination of that of ie and u short; as heard in nieuw , new. nieuws, news. nieuwigheid, newness. hieu-wen, to cut. Oe. kieuwen , gill. Is sounded like the English oo in cool; as heard in boek , book. toen , then. doen, to do. kalkoen , turkey. hoek, corner. bezoe-ken , to visit. Oci. The sound of this triphthong is that of oe swerving into that of 7 soft short; as heard in foei! fi! loei-jen, to low. snoei-jen, to lop. stoei-jen, fo jest. broei-jen, fo hatch. Oot. The sound of oot is that of oo, and 7 soft short; as heard in hooi, hay. hooi-jen , to make hay. gooi-jen, to throw. nooit, never. kooi , cage. mooi, pretty. Ou sound like the English ow in bound; as heard in oud, old. hout, wood. zout , salt. kous, stocking. bouwen , to build. trou-wen, fo marry. Ui. The sound of ui is that of the » short swerving into that of the soft short 7; as heard in huis, house. bui-ten , without. ruiter, horseman. krui-den , herbs. muis , mouse. vuist , fist. THE SOUNDS OF THE SINGLE CONSONANTS. The eonsonanis, b..e, d, 7, b, Ek, L,m,n, np, s, 1,0, and z, in syllables, are sounded in Dulch as in English; though b,c,d, k,p, t,and v, have in Dulch a different name sound from that in English, as is exhibited in the alphabet; however there is no difference in their sounds in syllables. 8 DUTCH PRONUNCIATION The consonants ¢, j, w, have sounds peculiar to the Dutch language : j being sounded like the y in English, and the sounds of ¢ and w have no analogous sounds in English. The consonants are divided into labials , lipletfers ; linguals , tongletters ; dentals , tandletiers ; and gutturals , keelletters , being so named from the organs mainly called into use in their utte- rance. The labials are those pronounced by the motion of the lips; as, bof. mp, UW The linguals are those pronounced by the motion of the tongue against the palate; asd, I, n, », &. The dentals are pronounced by bringing the tongue to the teeth; as s, %, and c¢ sounded soft like s. The gufturals are those whose sounds are formed in the throat ; as, ¢g, k, q, « sounded ks, and c sounded k Consonants are also divided into soft and sharp: the soft consonants are b,d, g,1!, m,n, r, v, w, and 3: the sharp consonants areich, 7, bh, Ek, p, 5; and A consonant, between two vowels, is joined lo the latter; as, ba-den , to bathe; mo-gelijk , possible ; vrou-wen , women. Monosyllables ending with a consonant preceded by a short vowel generally double the final consonant in the plural; as, bal, a ball, ballen ; pop, a dol, poppen ; klip, a rock, klippen ; there are however many exceptions to this rule: as, god, deity, goden ; hof , court , hoven ; slot, lock, sloten, and many others. Two consonants between two vowels are commonly separated ; as, blik-sem , lightning ; don-der , thunder; mor-sig, dirty; except when the consonants are preceded by a particle ending with a vowel ; as, ge-bleven , remained ; be-grip , comprehension. When three consonants come between (wo vowels in words of two or more syllables, the first consonant remains to the foregoing syllable and the two last to the following; as, dien-sten, services ; vorsten , princes. Bb is sounded bay in the alphabet; but in words it sounds as in English; as in baard, beard , babbelen , Zo babble. knabbelen , io Znaw. bed , bed. be-ker , cup. rab-belen, to rattle. AND ORTHOGRAPHY. 9 QC. C sounds say in the alphabet. In syllables, it has two sounds: hard like k, before a, o, u, and r; soft before e, 7, and y, as in Ca-to, Caio. Cupi-do, Cupid. ci-der, cider. commis-saris, commissary. ce-der, cedar Cy-rus, Cyrus. ¢ is mute before z in Czar, emperor of Russia. D sounds day in the alphabet; but in syllables, it is sounded as in English; as in dak, roof. de-ken, sheet. don-deren , fo thunder. daad , action. dood , death. dod-derig, drowsy. Er. F is sounded in the alphabet and in words as in English ; as in wolf, wolf. dof-fer, cockpigeon. begra-fenis , funeral. fakkel , torch. graf, grave. flu-weel , velvet. graaf, earl. pof-fen , to bounce. €. G is sounded gay in the alphabet; it has a more guttural sound than the hard English g, and is produced by drawing the root of the tongue still more downwards into the throat; as heard in goed, good. be-gin , beginning. wag-gelen , to stagger. groot, great. rege-ring , government, nut-tigen , to use. BE. H is sounded haa, as in the alphabet; in words it sounds as in English and must be always heard ; as in hoed , ‘Zat. he-mel , /eaven. be-handelen, fo treat. helft, ialf. hand , hand. ge-haat, hated. 5. J sounds yay in the alphabet, and in words ils sound is analogous to that of y in English; as in 10 DUTCH PRONUNCIATION ja, yes. be-jaard , aged. jaar, year. Jan, John. juichen, fo rejoics. - be-jammeren, to lament. Fe. K is sounded kaa in the alphabet, and in words it sounds as in English ; as in kat, cat. klank , sound. kik-ker, frog. Kin, chin. ker-ker, prison. keu-ken, kitchen. L. L has the same sound as in English, both in the alphabet and in words ; as in : lang , long. kal-len, fo babble. stal-len, to stall. le-ven, to lve. le-lie, Lilly. mal-len, fo jest. NE. M is pronounced in the alphabet and in words, as in English ; as in mank, lame. maar, but. talmen, fo loiter. melk , melk. mom , mask. kam-men, to comb. RN. N is sounded as in English , both in the alphabet and}in words; as in naad , seam. bin-nen , within. wen-nen, to accustom. neen, #o. danken, fo thank. nooit, never. BP. P sounds pay in the alphabet, and in words as in English; as in pik, pitch. pen, pen. pap-pig , pappy. pa-pier, paper. po-pulier , poplar. pap , pap. Q. () in the alphabet sounds coo, as in cook; in words, it sounds like k. AND ORTHOGRAPHY. 1H This letter is only met with in proper names and words adopted from other languages, and even in these words the % is often used instead of it; as in Qua-liteit, or kwa-liteit, quality. uad-raat or kwa-draat, quadrature. ’ » 4 Y. q q quar-to or kwar-to, quarto. quad-rant or kwa-drant, quadrant. R s sounded err, in the alphabet; in words it has always the hard sound of the English 7; as in rijk, rich. be-daard, sedate. her-zien, to review. waar-lijk, really. waar), true. har-rewar-ren, to wrangle. S. S is always, sounded as in English in the alphabet; in words it sounds like the sharp English s in sin; as in. saai, serge. muis, mouse. sis-sen, fo siss. som-tijds, sometimes. sits, chintz. lis, loop. Words in s final, not doubled in the plural, and when the particle begins with a vowel, the s is then generally changed into z in the plural, as in huis, house, huizen; muis, mouse, Mmuizen; except kous, stocking, kousen, and some others. wr. T sounds fay in the alphabet, and in words it sounds like ¢ in title ; as in tand, tooth. tien, ten. hut, Aut. ten-ger, tender. stot-teren , fo stutter. hut-ten, huts. ve. V sounds vay in the alphabet, but in words, it is sounded as in English. It is never doubled, and never terminates a syllable; as in vet, fat. sto-ven, to stew. vleesch, flesh. vro-lijk , cheerful. vis-scher, fisherman. ge-vaar, danger. Ww. W has a sound between the English w and v, it is half labial 12 DUTCH PRONUNCIATION. and half dental, and is uttered by bringing the lower lip and upper teeth slightly into contact; as in wel, well. wal, rampart. werken, fo work. wil-len, to will. wen-nen, fo accustom. wen-telen, to roll. Xx. X is sounded ecks in the alphabet, as also in words; it is met with only in in proper names; as in Xe-nophon, Xenophon Xer-xes , Xerres. Alex-ander, Alexander. Alex-andrié, Alexandria. ®. Y is sounded in the alphahet partly like the English z, and partly like the Dutch ¢, it may be said to be a sound between the two: this letter is now expunged from the modern Dutch alphabet, the ij being substituted in its stead; it is thus met with only in old spelling, and proper names from other languages; as, Cyrus, Cyrus; Assyrié, Assyria; Abyssinié, Abyssinia; however, some modern writers with the late M* Binperpwk at their head, maintain the use of y in some words. Z is sounded as in English, both in the alphabet and in words; as in Sv ra gwen zand , sand. zeelt, tench. be-zeeren, fo hurt. ziel, soul. be-zielen, to animate. zeer, sore. SOUNDS OF THE UNITED LETTERS CH, AND 1J. CHa. The ch is sounded still more guttural than the ¢, but somewhat sharper ; as in visch, fish. doch, but. schen-ken, to gewe. schip, ship. bosch, wood. be-schrijven, to describe. S, in monosyllables ending in sch, preceded by a short vowel, when inflected , the s is doubled ; as in wisch, a fish , visschen ; bosch , a wood , bosschen. AND ORTHOGRAPHY. 13 HB. The combined letters ¢ are used instead of the long # or i, and also in place of the Greek y. They are sounded nearly like the long English ¢ in wine; as in mij , my. mijn , mine. schijn, appearance. j, my gn, ’ zijn, his. fiju , fine. lijm , glue. We must here inform the learner; that the sounds of the let- ters g, q, u, w, 7 can only be acquired by the assistance of a competent teacher. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS ON DUTCH PRONUNCIATION, ACCENT, AND SPELLING. Every letter composing a monosyllable, and every syllable in a compound word, are distinctly sounded: in words of more than one syllable there is always one of them on which a particular stress is laid , Which is called accent, and this syllable is called the accented syllable, and is the root of the word or radical syllable. Dividing a word into syllables or syllabication is the analysis of it into its root, and the particles, and words of which it is composed. The root of a word is the elementary syllable; as, min, love, in min-naar , lover. Particles are those syllables added to words in their inflections, or in extension of their meanings : when placed at the beginning of words, they are called Initial Particles , and when at the end, they are called Terminational Particles; to the former class be- long: be, er, ge, her, mis, on, onl, ver, and wan; and lo the latter : aar, eel, er, erew, iy, 5, ing, 15, 000 ori oodgen; they always constitute a distinct syllable; as, be-min-nen , to love ; ge-haat , hated ; lij-der , sufferer. For the sake of euphony, a letter is sometimes added to a word , and sometimes one letter is supplanted by another ; as, 1. The short soft e is often placed at the end of a word to give it a softer sound ; as in God , Gode , God. rust, ruste, rest. taal , tale, language. maat, mate, measure. 14 DUTCH PRONUNCIATION hoop , hope, hope. leer, leere, doctrine. dag , dage, day. spraak, sprake, speech. Yrouw, vrouwe , womart. huizing , huizinge , residence. goed , goede , good. breuk, breuke, rupture. 2. The short soft e is also often placed before the terminational particles ijk and loos; as in gelde-loos , moneyless. rij-kelijk , richly. verdrage-lijk , supportable. onnoemelijk , nameless. vorste-lijk , princely. moedeloos , lowspirited. bevattelijk , comprehensible. schriftelijk , in writing. In all such like cases, the e and preceding consonant form a distinct syllable. 3. D is often placed before er, in order to break the otherwise too hollow sound ; as in bitter-der, bitterer. huurder, tenant. zuiverder , purer. uitvoer-der, performer. 4. V having too soft a sound to terminate a word, is sometimes replaced by f in words ending in #s or jk, and the termination is preceded by the short soft e; as in begraven , begrafe-nis, funeral. laven, lafenis, refreshment. erfe-lijk , hereditary. sterven , sterfelijk, mortal. erven RE : ’ | erfe-nis, inheritance. 5. G preceded by n in the same syllable , is sometimes replaced by %£ in compounds; as in jon-ker, boy. jong { jonk-heer, young nobleman. jonk-vrouw, young lady. Renton, Basinkedes a little king. koning-lijk , royal. ontvangen , ontvanke-lijk, receivable. 6. Some words admit of being spelled differently, not having as yet atlained a fixed form ; asin artillerie , artillerij, artillery. groffelijk , grovelijk, roughly. gerief , gerijf, convenience adem, asem, breath. AND ORTHOGRAPHY. 15 bondel, bundel, bundle. afschrapsel, afschraapsel, scrapings. aanwendsel, aanwensel, custom. and many others. All words introduced from foreign languages, will have the accent on the last syllable, as also words taking the terminationals ij, en, or kant; as in priéel, bower, kronijk, chronicle. krediet, credit. monarch, monarch. branderij, distillery. profijt, profit. garnizoen, garrison. muzikant, musician. except the verbs in erem, which take the accent on the first e; as in grave-ren, fo engrave. solde-ren, fo solder. boetse-ren, fo work in relief. rege-ren, to govern. debiteren, to debit. Marks or accents are sometimes placed over the diphthongs ee in één, one, and oo in vddr, before, in situations where they require an extraordinary emphasis; as in the first when employed as a numeral; and in the latter, when employed as an adverb. Latin, Greek, and Hebrew proper names, retain for the most part the same spelling in Dutch, that they have in the language from which they are derived: as, Cato, Cyrus, Xerxes, Virgilius, Adam. Modern European christian names retain for the most part the Latin orthography, except in some cases wherein they conform more or less to a modification accordant with the genius of the Dutch Janguage ; as in Jacobus, Jakob, Jaap, Koos, James. Catharina , Katrijn, Trijn, Ka, Catherine. Cornelius , Kornelis, Kees, Nelis, Cornelius. 16 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. Etymology , woordgronding, en woordvorming, treats of words or | the parts of speech, their derivation and various modifications. WORDS. A word, een woord, is the name of a thing, animate or in- animate; it is also the name of a state or quality of a thing. One, or two, or more letters united, form a syllable, and a syllable must have at least one vowel; as, al, all; man, man. Dutch words, as being of Teutonic origin, when simple and uninflected, are mostly monosylables, but these monosyllables, in their inflections, commonly take one or more additional syllables; as, lees, read, le-zen, to read, ge-le-zen, read. Two or more words also become united, and thus form words of so many sylla- bles; as, goed, good, heid, ness, goed-heid, goodness; huis, house, houd, keep, er, er, huis-houd-er, housekeeper. DERIVATION OF WORDS. Derivation of words, woordgronding, is the tracing of them to their origin or derivation from another language, as respects simple or primitive words; or in analysing them into their respective pri- mitive or simple words or roots, as respects compounds; words, therefore, as to derivation, may be divided into simple and compound. PRIMITIVE OR SIMPLE WORDS. In the earliest stages of a primitive language , only three sorts of words could have been suggested : 1. Exclamations or Interjections, expressing pain or admiration ; as, ah! 0k / & 2. Nouns or the names of DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 17 things presented to the senses; as, father, mother, food, &e. 3. Verbs or Names of actions of the body, and emotions of the soul ; as, give, love; but as mankind advanced in civilisation and refinement, things and conceptions increased, and con- sequently the suggestion of those connecting and qualifying words known by the names of article, adjective, pronoun, adverb, preposition , and conjunction ; and subsequently , the inflec- tions of words. The creation of words or names for things and ideas, was the care and work of the earliest inhabitants of the earth, whose posterities spreading out and forming themselves into distinct nations, carried with them and retained the language of their mother country, and subsequently increased their vocabulary by creating names for new objects as they presented themselves, or by adopting the words of their neighbours, with such modifications of sound and spelling as suited their respective geniuses; and thus, in the course of ages, they formed another distinct language or dialect, differing more or less from that of the nation from which they originated. After this manner the words of the Dutch language had their origin; namely: 1. From the ancient Lower Teutonic, of which it is a dialect, as has already been shown in the introduction. 2. The Upper Teutonic, or High German. 3. It has, moreover, many words subsequently derived from the Latin and Greek, and from some modern European languages, as the German, French, and English, but such are for the most part words used in the arts and sciences, and they are not numerous, as the genius of the Dutch language does not easily admit of the incorporation of such like words, they being ever attended with a dissonance in their pronunciation; it is therefore that the compounding of words for new names, states, and actions, has been, and is at this day, generally availed of by the Dulch. In this particular their language is pre-eminently charactaristic, and inferior to none, ancient or modern, not excepting even the Greek. COMPOUND WORDS. The genius of the Dutch language readily admitting of the combining, almost at discretion , of two or more primitive words in the formation of compounds, the Dulch vocabulary has by this means been greatly augmented; these compounds are formed thus; from melk, milk, and 2 18 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. boer, a peasant, is formed melkboer, a milkman ; from Gods, of God, and dienst service, is formed Godsdienst, religion. Another class of compounds is formed by a noun taking a mono- syllabic word called a particle; as, aan, be, ge, her, mis, on, ont, ver, wan, which are initial particles, voorvoegsels; and aar, dom, er or ier, heid, rij, ing, is, ling, schap, sel, ster, and these diminutives, je, sken, which are terminational particles, achtervoegsels. The diminutives of nouns formed by adding the above particles je, sken, &ec. in the choice of which, harmony must be the guide, are thus used. 1, Nouns ending in ch, d, f, 9, k, p, s, t, and sch, take je, as, lach, a laugh, lachje, a smile; paard, a horse, paardje, a little horse; boek, a book, boekje or boeksken, a little book. 9. Nouns whose final letter is preceded by a long vowel sound, and nouns ending in lm, rm, or em, take pje; as, arm, an arm, armpje, a little arm, &c. 3, Tje is added to words ending in w, I, n, r; as, pasuw, a peacock , paauwtje, a little peacock; zaal a hall, zaaltje, a little hall, &ec. It is also employed with short monosyllables erminaling in b, g, 1, m, n, or 7, the consonant being doubled and followed by the short e; as, brug, a bridge, bruggetje, a little bridge; man, man, mannetje, a little man 4. Nouns sounded short, becoming long in the plural, take the same form when used as diminutives; as, blad, a leaf, blaadje, a little leaf; pad a path, paadje, a little path, &e. 5. Some nouns having a long sound for the plural, and some of those nouns plural in ers, and eren, form the plural diminutive in the same manner; as, ei, an egg, eijeren, eggs, eljertjes , little eggs; hoen, a fowl, hoenderen, fowls, hoendertjes, little fowls; slag, a blow, slagen, blows, slaagjes, little blows, &c. 6. Some nouns form the diminutive irregularly; as, meid, a maidservant, meisje, a little maid, probably from this word having been formerly spelled meyssen or meysen. Proper names form also their diminutives irregularly; as, Willem, William, Willempje, Bill or little William; Jacob, James, Kootje or Kodsje, Jim, Jimmy or little James. spd imac sion di SUE SSE DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 19 DIVISION OF WORDS OR THE PARTS OF SPEECH. Words or the parts of speech, de rededeelen , ave divided into nine classes: Lidwoorden, articles. Zelfstandige naamwoorden, nouns. Bijvoegelijke naamwoorden , adjectives. Voornaamwoorden, pronouns. Werkwoorden , verbs. Bijwoorden, adverbs. Voorzetsels , prepositions. Voegwoorden , conjunctions. Tasschenwerpsels, nterjections. Of these, the article, noun, adjective, and pronoun, are varied as (o gender, number, and case; the verb varies as to number, person, mood, and tense; and the adverbs, prepositions, conjunc- tions, and interjections, are not varied. ARTICLES. An article is a word put before a noun to show the extent of its meaning and to identify its gender in declension. There are two sorts of articles, the definite and indefinite. The definite article, het bepalend hidwoord, is de, the, masculine and feminine ; and het, the, neuter. This article points out more definitely the thing meant; as, de pen van den leerling, or, des leerlings pen, the pupil's pen; de zoon des vaders, or, de zoon van den vader, the son of the father; het boek van den leerling, the book of the pupil. The indefinite article, het onbepalend lidwoord , is een, masculine and neuter, eene, feminine, a or an, and is used before nouns in the singular number only , and when taken in a more general or indefinite sense; as, ik hed eene vrouw gexien, I have seen a woman, een boek van eenen leerling, or, een bock eens leerlings, a hook of a pupil. Articles are varied as to gender, number , and case, in which they must agree with the noun to which they belong. 20 DUTCH E1YMOLOGY. NOUNS. A noun is the name of a thing, of an action, of an emotion, or of an idea; as, boom, tree; huis, house; werking, working; schrift, writing; liefde, love; boosheid, anger; nedergheid , humility ; verheerlijking , exaltation. | Nouns are divided into eigene namen , proper names, as names of persons or places; as, Amsterdam , Amsterdam , the metropolis of Holland; Vondel, Vondel, a Dutch poet: and into gemeene naam- woorden , common names or the names of things in general; as, water , water; stad, city; deugd, virtue. Nouns are varied by geslacht, gender; getal, number; and naamval, case; which is called verbuiging der naamwoorden, declension of nouns. DECLENSION. Declension is that change in termination to which nouns and their subordinate words , as articles, adjectives, and pronouns, are subject, with respect to gender, number, and case. GENDER. Gender, geslacht, is the distinction of sex in nouns by their ter- mination or otherwise. In the Dutch language there are three genders: masculine, man- nelijk ; feminine, vrouwelijk; and neuter, onzijdig. MASCULINE. 1. Proper names of men are masculine; as, Johannes, John; Jacobus, James; Joris, George. 2. Common nouns expressing the conditions of men; as, heer, gentleman; fuinman, gardener; koopmanr, dealer; knecht, man- servant: except those nouns ending in wacht, watch; as, schildwacht, | sentinel ; nachtwacht, watchman, which are feminine. 3. The names of precious stones; as, agaat, agate; diamant, diamond. 4. Nouns ending in dom, expressing rank or condition; as, adeldom , nobility ; ouderdom, old-age; rijkdom, wealth. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 24 5. Nouns ending in em, sem, Im, and rm, as, adem, breath; balsem, balsam; halm, stem; darm, gut. 6. Nounds ending in er, derived from verbs; as, snuiter, pair of snuffers, from, snuiten, to snuff. 7. The names of trees, boom, tree, which is masculine, being understood; as, etk, eikenboom, an oak, oaktree; except linde, linden-tree , which is feminine; but lindeboom is masculine. FEMININE. 4. Proper names of females are feminine, vrouwelijk ; as, Johanna, Jane, Maria, Mary; Katrijn, Catherine; except all diminutives in je; as, Jansje, Jane; Mietje, Mary, &ec. which are neuter. 2. Common nouns which signify a feminine state or occupation; as, zuster, sister; maaister, seamstress: except wijf, a low vulgar female, also all diminutives in je; as, zustertje, a little sister, &ec. which are neuter. 3. Nouns ending in schap, derived from adjectives; as, blijdschap , Jjoyfulness ; gramschap, anger ; as also those formed from other nouns, implying a unity of persons; as, priesterschap, the clergy; broe- derschap , fraternity; except, gezelschap, company , and genootschap, companionship , which are neuter; except also when a dignity is signifyed; as, broederschap, brotherhood ; stadhouderschap , the dignity of a stadholder. : 4. Nouns ending in ing, derived from verbs; as, belooning, reward; vermaning, reprimand; berisping, chastising. 5. Nouns ending in 4; as, hoovaardij, pride; dieverij, theft; except those words beginning in ge; as, gerij, driving of horses; getij, the tide, which are neuter. 6. Nouns ending in is; as, belijdents, belief; begrafenis, funeral; erfenis , heirship, &ec.: except, vonnis, a senténce; vernis, varnish, which are neuter; geluigenis, witness, is generally feminine. 7. All nouns ending in heid; as, wijsheid, wisdom; goedheid, goodness. 8. All dissyllables ending in te, as, hoogte, height; moeite, trouble, & also many trisyllables derived from verbs; as, begeerte, desire, from begeeren; gedachte, remembrance, idea, from denken, to think. 9. The letters of the alphabet, and the figures; as, ene a, an a; eene 3, a three, &c. 22 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 10. Nouns ending in s¢; as, dienst, service ; gunst, favour ; winst, 1 profit, &e. 11. Derivatives in aadje; as, stellaadje, a scaffolding, from stellen , to place; boschaadje, a grove or copse, from bosch, a wood. NEUTER. 1. Proper names of countries, cities, and villages; as, Holland, Amsterdam , Scheveningen, a maritime village in Holland; except those which are preceded by de or den; as, de Haag, the Hague; de Briel, the Brill ; de Oudenbosch, the Oudenbosch ; de Leidschendam, the Leidendam ; and de Bosch, Bois-le-duc, which are masculine; some others are feminine; as, de Willemstad, the Willemstad; and het Goot, Gooi, which is neuter. 2. The infinitives of verbs and adjectives, used as nouns; as, het eten, eating; het kwade, the evil. 3. All diminutives of nouns in je, ke or shen; as, het meisje, the girl, het boekje or boeksken, the little book. 4. Nouns ending in sel; as, het voedsel, {ood ; een deksel, a lid, &e. 5. Many nouns beginning in ge, from nouns; as, het gebergle, the mountain; het geboomte, trees; and all nouns in ge, from verbs; as, het geschret, the crying, from schreijen, to cry. 6. Dissyllables beginning in be, ge, her, ont, or ver, as, het bedrog, the deceit; het geloof, the belief; het herstel, the recovery; fet ontslag, the relief; het verslag, the relation: except, ontvangst, receipt; herdruk, reprint; verwant, relation, which are masculine; and ontvangst, receipt; bekomst, getting, which are feminine. 7. The substances of the mineral kingdom ; as, het goud, gold; het tjzer, iron; het koper, copper: also the names of many pro- ductions when the species only is signified; as, het laken, cloth; het papier, paper. 8. All words ending in dom, signifying a body, or collection of persons; as, het priesterdom, the priesthood; het Christendom, 3 christendom, &e. The gender of some nouns is arbitrary; as, oogenblik, moment, masculine and neuter; and school, school, feminine and neuter. The following nouns are common to the masculine and feminine, and are called gemeenslachtige : bediende, a servant. vreemde, a stranger. beschuldigde, an accused. VIome, a pious person. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 23 bode, a messenger. vuilbek, a slut or sloven. getuige, a witness. weetniet, an ignorant. boel, a concubine. poortier, a door keeper. schijnheilige, Zypocrite. gevangene, a prisoner. verneemil , busybody. gids, a guide. kennis acquaintance. zieke, an invalid. Also nouns of this nature ending in ing, and noot; as, vreemdeling, stranger. echtgenoot, husband or wife, though , for their feminine, e is often added; as, vreemdelinge, a female stranger; echtgenoote, a wife. The following nouns are also common to both sexes, and are called gelijkslachtige , or zelfslachtige, which take one gender for both sexes; as, MASCULINE. arend, an eagle. olifant, an elephant. valk, a falcon. haas, a hare. reiger, a heron. vink, a finch. kameel, a camel. struis,, an ostrich. vos, a fox. leeuwerik, a lark. il, an owl. kwartel, a qua. ooijevaar, a stork. sperwer, a sparrow hawk. ekster, a magpie. FEMININE. : duif, pigeon. musch, sparrow. eend, duck. hagedis, lizard. rat, rat. tortel, turtle. kat, cat. slang, snake. wacht, guard. kraai, crow. snip, snipe. zwaluw, swallow. raaf, raven. gans, goose. muis, mouse. NEUTER, kind, child. paard, horse. wicht, infant, konijn, rabbit. schaap, sheep. hoen, foul. hert, stag. The compounds of nouns preserve the gender of the last noun in the compound; as, bierkan, a beer-can, is feminine; because ban, can, is feminine; whilst bier, beer, is neuter. The foregoing rules for distinguishing the genders of nouns, are 24 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. applicable only to a part of the nouns of the Dutch language, thus the gender of many not being resolvable into any precise rules or known grounds, and being thus apparently conventionaly established by the result of chance or caprice, the student must arrive at the gender of such by consulting the dictionary; however, an attention to the harmony of the sounds of the consonants, which undoubtedly has had much influence in establishing the gender of many nouns, will also afford the pupil much additional aid in his acquisition of this essential part of the Dutch grammar. FORMATION OF THE FEMININE OF NOUNS. Males and Females are sometimes distinguished by different words ; as ’ man, man. vrouw, woman. broeder, brother zuster, sister. zoon, son. dochter, daughter. neef, nephew. nicht, niece. hengst, stallion. merrie, mare, stier, bull. koe, cow. haan, cock. hen, Aen. reu, dog. teef, bitch. gent, gander. gans, goose. hert, kart. ree, hinde, doe. jongen, doy, meisje, girl. knaap, lad. deern, girl. heer, gentleman. mevrouw, lady. ram, 7am. 0oi, ewe. oom, uncle. moei, aunt. toovenaar, wizard. tooverheks, witch. weduwenaar, widower. . weduwe, widow. bok, Ze-goat. geit, she-goat. The feminine, in other cases, is formed from the masculine by a change of termination; as, 1. By adding in; as, koning, king, koningin, queen; god, a god, godin, a goddess; herder, shepherd, herderin, shepherdess; &e. 2. Nouns masculine ending in f, change [into v in the feminine, as, graaf, an earl, grevin, a countess; wolf, a he-wolf, wolvin, a she-wolf, &ec. + Saami Hl DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 25 3. Some nouns take es in the feminine; as, zondear, a male sinner, zondares, a female sinner; dienaar , a man-servant , dienares , a female servant; burger, a citizen, burgeres, a citess; god, a god, godes, a goddess, &c. 4. Compounds ending in man, change man into vrouw in the feminine; as, koopman, a male dealer, koopvrouw, a female dealer; buurman, a male neighbour, buurvrouw, female neighbour. 5. Nouns masculine in er, derived from other nouns, form the feminine in ster; as, from kof, a garden, hovenier , a male gardener, hovenierster, a female gardener; herberg, an inn, herbergier, a host, herbergierster , a hostess. 6. Nouns ending in aar, derived from verbs, take ster in the feminine; as, from bedelen, to beg, bedelaar, a beggar-man, be- delaarster , a beggar-woman ; &e. 7. Nouns ending in er, derived from verbs, form the feminine in ster; as from brouwen, to brew, brouwer, a male brewer, brouwster, a female brewer. 8. The feminines of natives of countries, take wrouw, preceded by the adjective form of the country; as, llander , a Dutch . Holland, Holland, { fofhander, 5 Path mos hollandsche vrouw, a Dutch woman. europeaan , a European. Europa, Europe, europesche vrouw, a European woman. engelschman , an Englishman. Engeland, England, { : | engelsche vrouw, an English woman. NUMBER OF NOUNS. Number of nouns, getal der naamwoorden, is the distinction of one from more than one. There are two numbers; the singular, enkelvoudiy , and the plural, meervoudig : the singular denotes one; the plural more than one. GENERAL RULES FOR FORMING THE PLURAL. 4. Nouns singular in e, form the plural by adding =; as, hoogte, height, hoogten, heights; bede, prayer, beden , prayers: except di- minutives, which take s; as, meisje, girl, meisjes, girls. 92. Words ending in ei, take jen in the plural; as, rei, choir, reijen, choirs; lei, a slate, leijen, slales. 26 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. The letters of the alphabet are expressed in the plural by adding an ’s; as, twee a's two a's; drie b's, three b's; as also nouns from the ancient languages in « or, o; as, De Cato’s en de Pharao’s, ‘the Catos and the Pharaos. 3. Nouns ending in a single consonant preceded by a long vowel , take en in the plural; as, dier, an animal, dieren, animals; boom , a tree, boomen, trees; also words ending in two or more consonants; as, berg, a mountain, bergen, mountains; vorst, a prince, vorsten, princess ; kracht, power, krachien, powers. 4. Nouns ending with a consonant preceaed by a short vowel, double the consonant and take en in the plural; as, man, man, mannen, men; gek, fool, gekken, fools; os, an ox, ossen oxen; vos, a fox, vossen, foxes; bes, a berry, bessen, berries: except those ending in er, ster, el, em, en, sem, which take s; as, broeder, brother, broeders, brothers; venster, window, vensters, windows; parel, a pearl, parels; pearls; bodem , a bottom, bodems, bottoms ; degen, a sword, degens, swords; balsem , a balsam, balsems , balsams; to which exceptions may be added, bad, a bath; blad, a leaf; dag, a day; dak, a roof; gat, a hole; gelag, expence at an inn; pad, a path; rad, a wheel; slag, a blow; vat, a vat; bevel, an order ; gebed, a prayer; gebrek, a defect ; spel, a game; trek, an inclination; weg, a way; god, a god; gebod, an order; hol, a hollow; lot, a lot; schot, a shot; slot, a lock; all which do not double the consonant; as, baden, baths; &c. to these may be added glas, a glass, glazen, glasses; graf, a grave, graven, graves ; staf, a staff, staven, staves; hof, a court, hoven, courts. Many nouns ending in, er, aar, and el, take either s, or en in the plural ; as vader, father, vaders or vaderen , fathers ; broeder , brother , broeders or broederen , brothers ; dienaar , a servant , dienaars or dienaren, servants. 5. § preceded by a long vowel at the end of words, is generally changed into 2 in the plural ; as, reis, a journey, reizen, journies; bies, a rush, biezen, rushes; doos, a box, doozen, boxes; huis, house, huizen, houses; prijs, a prize, prijzen, prizes; the following nouns take also zen in the plural, laars, a boot; wvaars, a heiffer, which make laarzen, vaarzen. ? 6. Nouns ending in f preceded by a long vowel sound, change [ into v; as, korf, a basket, korven, baskets; raaf, a raven, “aven , ravens; groef, a hollow, groeven, hollows: but when pre- DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 27 ceded by a short vowel it is doubled; as, slof, slipper, sloffen, slippers; mof, a muff, moffen, muffs, &c. except, hof, a court; graf, a grave; staf, staff, which make hoven, graven, staven. 7. The termination heid , makes heden in the plural; as, goedheid , goodness , goedheden , goodnesses ; domhesd , stupidily , domheden , stupidities. 8. Man, a man, makes lieder, men ; as, koopman, a trader, koop- lieden , traders; krijgsman, a warrior, krijgslieden, warriors; &e. except the names of nations; as, engelschman, an Englishman ; engelschen, Englishmen; franschmon, a Frenchman, franschen, Frenchmen, &e. 9. The ¢ and a are changed into ¢ in the following words: lid, a limb, leden, limbs; smid, a smith, smeden, smiths; schip, a ship, schepen, ships; split, a rent, spleten, rents; stad, a city, steden , cities ; &e. 10. Some words, signifying different things, have the plurals differently; as, fkleed, a carpet and also clothes, makes kleeden, carpets, and kleederen , clothes; been, a leg and also a bone, been- deren, bones, beenen, legs; blad, a leaf (of a book), bladen, leaves, blad, a leaf (of a tree), bladeren, leaves. 11. Some nouns singular in 00 retain the oo in the plural; as, boom , a tree, boomen, trees: others do not: the following are those which retain the oo in the plural : boom, a tree. boot, a boat. poot, a foot. poos, a pause. loos, a rope. moor, a moor. booze, wicked person. brood, a loaf. dood, death. sloop, pillow case. moot, a slice of fish. sloot, a ditch. nood, a need. sloof, a slipper. noot, a nut. doove, a deaf person. stoom, a steam. doos, a bor. stoop, a liquid measure. droom, a dream. geloof, a belief. genoot, a companion. kroon, a crown. stoot, a push. koon, a cheek. hoop, a heap. lavoor, wash basin. lood, a lead. loog, lie. jool, a dunce. kleinood, a trinket. kloot, a ball. kuoop, a bution. loon, a reward, loop, a@ run. kool, a cabbage. loof, foliage. oog, an eye. oom, an uncle. oor, an ear. stroo, a straw. stroom, a stream. stroop, a theft. toog, w draught. toom, a bridle. toon, a tone. vloo, a flea. zoom, a seam. 28 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. Other nouns in oo, drop one of the o's; as, boog, a bow, bogen bows; boor, a bore, boren, bores, &c. 12. Nouns singular in ee sometimes retain the ee in the plural as, aalgeer, an eelspear, aalgeeren, eelspears; the following are those which retain ee in the plural: aalgeer, an eelspear. abeel, a poplar. barbeel, a darbel. been, a bone. beek, a brook. beer, a bear. beet, a beetroot. bekkeneel, the skull. bleek, a bleaching ground. bordeel, a bagnio. deeg, dough. deel, part. eed, an oath. eer, an honor. filomeel, a nightingale. fleer, a wicked female. fluweel, velvet. gareel, a trace. geep, banstickle. geer, a gusset. greel, a horse collar. heem, a wharf or dyke. heep, a bill. heer, Sir or Mr. juweel, a jewel. kameel, a camel. kaneel, cinnamon. kanteel, a battlement. kapiteel, a capital. kasteel, a castle. keel, a long narrow plank. keer, a turn. keet, a vat. kleed, dress. kwarteel, fourth part of a hogshead. leek, a layman. leen, a fief. makreel , mackerel. mees, titmouse. moskee , a mosque. nawee, after-pains. nawees, a child born after its fathers. neer, a whirlpool. (death. neet, a rivet. oordeel, judgement. pancel, a panel. pateel a disk. penseel, a-pencil. priéel, a bower. ree, a roe. scheel, the parting of the hair. scheen, the shin. slee, a sloe. snee, a cut. speek, a spoke. spree, counterpane. stee, a city, a place. steen, a stone. streem , a wale. tafereel, a table. teen, a twig. thee, tea. tooneel, a stage. truweel, a trowel. veeg, a scold. veem, a company. veen, a fen. vrees, a fear. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 29 korbeel, corbel. wee, a lamentation. krakeel, a dispute weegbre, a plantain. kreel, edging. weer, a weather. kreet, a cry. wees, an orphan. wijsgeer, a philosopher. zeep , soap. zweep , a whip. zee, the sea. zweer, an inflammation. zeem, honey-comb. Other nouns in ee, drop one of the e's; as, deen, a wild goose, denen, wild geese; keen, a chap, kenen , chaps; meel, meal, melen, meals, &e. This peculiarity in Dutch orthography is conventional, and, as will be perceived, is not resolvable into any fixed rule; the same may be said of the o and oo. CASE. Case , naamuval, is the relation which one noun bears to another, or lo a verb, or to a preposition. There are four cases in the Dutch language: de eerste naamval, the nominative case; de (weede naamuval , the genitive case; de derde naamval, the dative case ; and, de vierde naamuval, the objective case. THE NOMINATIVE CASE. The nominative case, de eerste naamval , expresses the name of a thing, and is the subject of which something is said ; as, de deugd is beminnelijk, virtue is lovely; het kind speelt, the child plays; de boom is hoog , the tree is lofty. THE GENITIVE CASE. The genitive or possessive case, de tweede nawmval, is the con- nection which two or more nouns have with each other in a sentence, and carries with it an idea of possession; as Gods geboden, God's commandments; Weilands woordenboel , Weiland’s dictionary ; this case is also expressed with the preposition van; as, de geboden van God; het woordenboek van Weiland. This case is also used when a portion of the whole is expressed; as, een stuk broods, a piece of bread; een glas wijns, a glass of wine; veel ongemaks doorstaan, to endure much fatigue ; de dap- perste des heers, the bravest of the army. hie ¥ 30 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. The genitive is also used with some adjectives and verbs; as der belooning waardig zijn, to be worthy of reward; gedenk des, think of it. THE DATIVE CASE. The dative case, de derde naagwval, is used when giving, offering, destining , or taking is implied, when any thing is done to the advantage or disadvantage of an object, or when resemblance is signified ; as, geef den jongen zijnen hoed , give the boy his hat ; den vaderlande zijn leven toewijden , to devote his life to his country; de zeebaden zijn velen menschen voordeelig , sea-bathing is bene- ficial to many people ; sterke dranken zijn den jongen lieden schadelijk , spirits are injurious to young people ; vette spijs is eener zwakke maag nadeelig, fat food is prejudicial to a delicate stomach; zi is harer moeder zeer gelijk, she is much like her mother. The prepositions aan, to; voor, for, are offen used to express this case; as when the substantives reject the article, or where the dative case is not clearly identified. OBJECTIVE CASE. The objective or accusative case, de vierde naamval, denotes the object upon which an active verb or a preposition terminates; as, hij heeft eecnen hoed gekocht, he has bought a hat; onineem haar den stok, take the stick from her; door elken vriend der mensch- heid, by every friend of mankind; een ieder in zljnen stand , every one in his station. DECLENSION OF THE ARTICLES. SINGULAR. PLurAL. Mase. Fem. Neut Masc. Fem. Neut. I. de de, het de, de, de, the. 5 des, or, der,or, des, or, der, or, der, or, der, or, ; of the. van den, van de, van het van de, van de, van de, . | den, or, de, der, den, het,or, | den, or de, der, den, or, | tothe. aan den, or , aande, aan het aan de, or,aande, aan de, 4. den, de, het, de, de, de, the. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 31 Masc. Fem. Neut. 1. een, eene, een, a or an, eens, or, eener, or, eens, or 9. ! 2 YD yr of a or an. van eenen, van eene, van een, has no plaral. 3 { eenen, or, eene, eener, een, eenen, or, * | aaneenen,or, aan eene, aan cen, Wn aordas. 4. eenen, eene, een, a or an. DECLENSION OF NOUNS WITH AN ARTICLE. SINGULAR. J Masculine. Feminine. 1... de mani, the man, de vrouw, the woman, 2 des mans, or, of the man, der vrouw, or, of the woman, : van den man, or, theman’s van de vrouw, or, thewoman’s. den man, or, ) de, der vrouw, or, ) 3. § cto the man, ye the woman. | aan den man, J © aan de vrouw, 4. den man, the man , “de Vrouw , the woman. Neuter. 1. thet kind, the child, { des kinds, or, of the child] van het kind, or, the child's : Ena he child v . 0 the chia. { aan het kind, 4. het kind, the child. PLurAL. Masculine. Femune. 1, de mannen, the men, de vrouwen, the women. der mannen, or, of the men, der vrouwen, or, of the women, "" ( van de mannen, or, the men’s, van de vrouwen, or, the women’s. { den mannen, or, de, der vrouwen, | to the men. joo the wonen. aan de mannen or, aan de vrouwen, 4. de mannen, the men. de vrouwen, the women. 32 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. Neuter. 1. de kinderen, the children, { der kinderen, or, of the children, { van de kinderen , Or, thechildren’s. den kinderen, or, | to the children. aan de kinderen, 4. de kinderen, the children, SINGULAR. Maculine. Feminine. X cen tuin, a garden, eenc bloem, a flower. eens tuins, or eener bloem, or 9. 202 {of a garden, 3 ay of a flower van eenen tuin, van eene bloem, eenen tuin, or, eene, eener bloem, s. : to a garden, to a flower aan eenen tuin, or, aan eene bloem, 4. eenen tnin, a garden, eene bloem, a flower. Neuter. I een paard, a horse, 2 eens paards, or, of a horse, “| van een paard > or, a horse's. eenen paarde, een paard, or £2 i Noa horse, aan een paard, f 4. cen paard, a horse. OBSERVATIONS ON THE CASES OF NOUNS. 1. Van is used for the genitive when the harmony of the sentence demands it. 2. Proper names preceded by a noun and adjective, or noun and article, generally take van in the possessive; as , de geboortestad van Laurens Koster, the native city of Laurens Kosler; het metalen standbeeld van Erasmus, the bronze statue of Erasmus; de Tacitus van Hooft, Hooft's Tacitus: it is also proper to say; Kosters geboortestad ; Erasmus metalen standbeeld; Hoofls Tacitus. 3. Van is also generally used to designate family origin, parly, age, size, weight, and value; as, de vermaarde de Ruiter was van geringe afkomst, the renowned de Ruiter was of humble birth; DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 33 Huig de Groot was Hollander van geboorte, Hugh de Groot was a Dulchman by birth; de thee is van China afkomstig, tea was first brought from China; van der Palm bereikte den ouderdom van xes en zeventig jeren, van der Palm attained the age of seventy six; een stuk laken van vier en dertig el, a piece of cloth of thirty four ells; cen kistje thee van 20 pond, a chest of tea of twenty pounds ; een man van geringe bekwaamheid , a man of little capacity ; voor de waarde van vijftig gulden, for the value of fifty guilders. 4. For the sake of harmony, ¢ is sometimes added lo nouns in the feminine gender, singular; as, der vrouwe, of, or to the woman; der bloeme, of, or to the flower; as also in the dative singular, ‘masculine, without aan ; as, den manne, to the man; sometimes also to the dalive neuler ,when expressed without the preposition aan; as, den hwize, to the house; den paarde, to the horse. 5. In familiar discourse, and also by poetical licence, the genitive is sometimes thus expressed: mijner zusters kinderen, my sister's children; instead of, de kinderen van mijne zuster; xij is haar moeders: troost, she is her mother's comfort ; instead of , xij is de troost van hare moeder. 6. The following nouns take en instead of s in the genitive: heer, gentleman; reus, giant; vorst, prince; prins, prince; graaf, an earl; paus, a pope; hart, heart; boer, peasant; mensch, man; kwast, brush; els, aldertree; beer, bear; nar, fool; gek, fool; leeuw , lion; hert, stag; also nouns masculine ending in e; as getuige, witness, &c.; being in the genilive, des heeren , des reuzen , &e., of the genlleman, of the giant, &ec, 7. The following neuter nouns take es in the genitive: huis, house ; kruis, cross; vieesch, flesh; paleis, palace; geest, spirit; as, des huizes, of the house; des kruises, of the cross; des vleesches, of the flesh, &c. 8. In familiar discourse the genitive is commonly expressed by van, and the dative hy aan; the use of the cases belonging rather to a more elevated style. 9. The preposition van is also employed in sentences where two or more genitives follow in succession, in order to avoid a cacophony ; as, de zoon des broeders van den bakkker wijns vaders, the son of the brother of my father’s baker. Gt DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. PRAXIS ON THE UNION OF AN ARTICLE AND ONE OR MORE NOUNS. Het rijtuig der koningin, De bladen van het boek, De bladeren der boomen, De toegenegenheid der moeder, De koetsier van den geneesheer der koningin, De Staten Generaal der Nederlan- den, Vondel , de Shakspeare van Hol- land, De vader bemint zijnen zoon. Het span voor de sleden bestaat doorgaans in honden, Des zomers (in den tijd des zomers) krabben de honden zich kuilen in den grond, Onder de regering van Willem den Eerste, De heer heeft eenen hoed gekocht, Zij is harer moeder zeer ongelijk, De leerling heeft de boeken gele- zen, Zegt den man, der vrouw, en den kinde, het nieuws, Des doods schuldig, Des levens zat, Debeste der vrouwen is gestorven, De eigenaar en de eigenares van de landerijen, Des vaders arbeid, en der moeders Zorg, Jongelingen onderwijzen, Geef den menschen brood, Geef eener vrouw een brood, Geef den kinde het brood, De heer des huizes, Bij den aanvang der vorige eeuw, The queen’s carriage. The leaves of the book. The leaves of the trees. The mother’s affection. The coachman of the queen’s phy- sician. The States General of the Nether- lands. Vondel, the Shakspeare of Hol land. The father loves his son. The team for sledges generally con- sists of dogs. In the summer, the dogs scratch (for) the earth. During the reign of William the Iirst. themselves holes in The gentleman has bought a hat. She is much unlike her mother. The pupil has read the books. Tell the news to the man , woman, and child. Deserving of death. Sated of life. The best of women is dead. The male’and female proprietors of the estates. The father’s labor, and mother’s care. To instruct young people. Give bread to the men. Give a loaf to a woman. Give the bread to the child. The master of the house. At the beginning of the last century. ‘De inrigting van mijne kamer, "Het aanschaffen van eenige klee- dingstukken, | Het onderhoud van het kind, Het handwerk dezer jufvrouw, Eene golf der zee, DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 35 The arrangement of my room. The procuring of some articles of dress. The maintainance of the child. The work of this young lady. A wave of the sea. ADJECTIVES. An adjective, bijvoegelijk naamwoord, is a word used fo express the quality of a thing; as, een goede jongen, a good boy; water is vloeibaar , water is liquid; de deugd is beminnelijk, virtue is amiable. The invention of these words must speedily have followed that of nouns, as the desire fo express the quality of things would soon be felt. DERIVATION AND FORMATION OF ADJECTIVES. Adjectives, like nouns, are sometimes of Teutonic origin, sometimes formed from nouns by the addition of a terminational particle , and sometimes nouns become adjectives from their situation in a sentence ; as, zijde, silk; een zjjden hoed, a silk-hat. The present and past participles of verbs are also often used as adjectives; as, een levend ligchaam , a living body; een geacht man, an esteemed man. Adjectives are formed from other words by taking one of the terminational particles achtig, baar , haftig, hande, ig, lei, lik, loos, sch, voudig, zaam; as, from water, water. leugen, lie. bewonen, io inhabit. lezen, to read. vrucht, fru. held, Zero. krijg, war. vier, four. moed, courage. jeugd, youth. goed, good. veel, much or many. God, God, waterachtig, watery. leugenachtig, lying. bewoonbaar, Zabitable. leesbaar, legible. vruchtbaar, fruitful. heldhaftig, %eroic. krijgshaftig, martial. vierderhande, four sorts. moedig, courageous. jeugdig, youthful. goedig , good inclined, velerlei, many sorts. goddelijk, godly. 36 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. bedriegen, to decetve. bedriegelijk, deceiving, wolk, cloud. wolkeloos, cloudless. dag, day. daagsch, daily. veel, many. veelvoudig, many-fold. honderd, Aundred. honderdvoudig, Zundred-fold. . leeren, to learn. leerzaam, docile. waken, fo watch. waakzaam, vigilant. Adjectives are declined by gender, number, and case, in which they must agree with the nouns to which they belong; to adjectives belong also, degrees of comparison, trappen van vergelijking. DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. MANNELLJK. Enkelvoudig. 1. de, or, een groot-e man. 2. des, or, eens groot-en mans. 3. den, or, eenen groot-en man. 4. den, or, eenen groot-en man. Meervoudig. 1. de groot-e mannen. 2. der groot-e mannen. 3. den groot-en mannen. 4. de groot-¢ mannen. VROUWELDIK. Enkelvoudiyg. 1. de, or, eene goed-e moeder, 2. der, or, eener goed-e moeder. MASCULINE, Singular. the, or, a great man. the, or, a great man’s. to the, or, {0 a great man. the, or, a gieatman. Plural. the great men the great men’s. to the great men. the great men. FEMININE. Singular the, or, a good mother. the, or, a goodmother’s. 3. de, der, or eene,or eener goede moeder. to the, or, to a good mother. 4. de, or, eene goed-e moeder. Meervoudiy. 1. de goed-e moeders. 2. der goed-e moeders. the, or, a good mother. Plural the good mothers. the good mothers’. 3. de, or, der goed-e moeders. to the good mothers. 4. de goed-e moeders. the good mothers. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 3T ONzrynic. NEUTER. Enkelvoudiy. Singular. het sterk-e¢ paard. the, or, ¥, } strong horse. een sterk paard. a des the, or 2, Gs Jsterk-en paards. Roe t strong horse's. eens a den, or to the 3! 307 {sterk-cn paarde. ? strong horse. eenen or, 10 a het sterk-e paard. the , or 4. P 2 OF) strong horse. een sterk paard. @ { Meervoudig. Plural. 1. de sterk-e paarden. the strong horses. 2. der sterk-e paarden. the strong horses’. 3. den sterk-en paarden. to the strong horses. 4, de sterk-e paarden. the strong horses. OBSERVATIONS ON THE DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. 1. Adjectives preceded by the definite article de, het, take an e in the nominative; as, de goede vader, the good father; de goede moeder , the good mother; het goede kind, the good child; as also when preceded by deze or dit, this; die or dat, that; as, deze goede jongen, this good boy; die goede vrouw, that good woman; dit goede huis, this good house. 9. Adjectives, before nouns masculine and feminine, preceded by possessive pronouns, take an e, but not before neuter nouns; as, mijn beste vriend, my best friend; mijne besie vriendin, my best friend; ons ongelukkig kind, our unfortunate child: except the adjective waard, precious, which takes e for all three genders; as, een waarde vriend, mijne waarde vriendin, mijn waarde kind. 3. Adjectives before nouns masculine, signifying an officer , ruler, or servant, and terminating in er, aar, ier, or ling; as, arbeider , laborer; leeraar, teacher; hovenier, gardener; hoveling, courtier; as also the nouns honing, king; vorst, prince; admiraal, admiral; overste. chief; heer, gentleman; meester, master; knecht, servant onderdaan , subject; vriend, friend; vijand, enemy ; huisvader , head of a family; man and mensch, man, sometimes take ¢ in the nominative and sometimes not. 38 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY, When the adjective qualifies the office of the person, it does not take the e in the nominative, but when it qualifies the person, it does; as, een goed koning , is a king who reigns well; een goede koning, is a king who is good as a man; een groot veldheer, a great general, een groote veldheer , a general who is great or tall in stature; in the "former case neither article nor adjective is declined; as, van een groot krijgsman, of a great warrior. 4; For the sake of harmony, some adjectives undergo a change before they take the e; as, 1. Those ending in ¢ take j; as, fraaz, fraaije, pretty; mooi, mooije, pretty; lui, luije, idle; 2. Adjectives in f and s change f into » and s into %; as, lef, lieve, dear; braaf, brave, brave; doof, doove, deaf; boos, booze, angry; grof, grove, coarse; broos, brooxe, brittle. 5, The final single consonant of adjectives, preceded by a short vowel, is doubled in inflection; as, dik, dikke, thick; dom, domme, stupid; dun, dunne, thin; laf, laffe, cowardly; smal, smalle, small; slap, slappe, soft; wit, wilte, white. 6. Some adjectives in ee retain the ee in declension ; as, algemeen, algemeene, general; they are: algemeen, general. geheel , whole. scheel , cross. bleek, pale. gemeen , Common. scheef, crooked. breed, broad. gereed, prepared. ter, tender. een, one. heel, all. veeg, near dying. geene, none. heet, Aot. wreed, cruel. gedwee, supple. Others drop one of the vowels; as, geel, gele yellow; veel, vele, much or many, &ec. 7, Some adjectives in 00 retain the oo in declension; as, blood, bloode, bashful ; they are: blood, bashful. goor, rancid. rood, red. bloot, naked. groot , great. schoon, beautiful. boos, booze, wicked. hoog, high. snood, base. doof, doove, deaf. loos, looze, false. voos, vooze, spungy. droog, dry. loos, less. zoor, rough. Other adjectives in 00 drop ome of the o's in declension; as, room, vrome, pious ; 8. Some adjectives are indeclinable; as, 4. Those ending in EE i dats DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 39 er and hande; as, allerlei, allerhande, all sorts, &c. 2. Those formed from nouns by taking en, signifying the material of which a thing is made; as, stalen, steel; houten , wooden ; horenen, horn; &e. 3. Adjectives in er derived from proper names of cities, towns, or countries ; as, Amsterdammer, Amsterdammer ; Parijzer, Parisian ; &e. 4. The cardinal numbers used as adjectives; as, fwee, drie, &c. ; except eer, one, which is declined like the article een. 9. The cardinal numbers are made into adjectives by taking sometimes de, and at others sie, for their termination, in con- formity with the harmony of the consonants; as , vier, four, vierde, fourth; acht, eight, achtste, eighth ; &c. but when two such numbers: come together, only one of them takes the form of an adjective ; as, vier en twintigste , twenty fourth ; honderd derde, hundred and third. 10. The adjective al, all, is never declined before the definite article de or het, or a possessive pronoun; as, al de menschen, all the men; al wwe goederen, all your goods. 14. The adjective agrees with the noun, te which it belongs, in gender, number, and case, and is placed between it and the article; as, een onderhoudend boek, an entertaining book; de ont- binding der oude rijken, the dissolution of the old empires: it agrees with the noun also when the adjective does not take an article before it, the noun being taken in a general sense; as, vlijlige leerlingen worden geacht, diligent pupils are esteemed. 12. If the adjective is separated from the noun by zijn, wezen, or worden, to be, it is not declined; as, deze zeeman is onver- saagd , this sailor is intrepid; een man (die) eerzuchtig en dapper (is), maar geenszins bemind; a man (who is) ambitious and brave, but by no means beloved. DEGREES Of COMPARISON. Comparison expresses a higher or lower degree of the quality conveyed to nouns by adjectives. There are two degrees of comparison, trappen van vergelijking ; the comparative, wvergelijkende, and the superlative, de overtreffende : the first expresses a quality superior or inferior in quality to the generality , whilst the latter signifies a state that cannot be exceeded; as, mine dochter is deugdzaam , de wwe is deugdzamer , maar de zine is de deugdzaamste, my daughter is virtuous, yours is more virtuous, but his is the most virtuous. 40 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. The degrees of comparison can also be expressed by meer, more, minder , less, meest, most, and minste, least; this mode is used when the adjective has a figurative sense and does not seem to admit of a direct comparison ; as, doordrongen , penetrated ; doorkneed impressed ; as in the sentences, hij is van die waarheid meer doordrongen den zij, he is more penetrated with this truth than she; gij zijt in de regisgeleerdheid meer doorkneed dan ww broeder, you have more knowledge of the science of law than your brother. Some adjectives are compared irregularly ; as, goed, good, beter, better, best, best; veel, much, meer, more, meest, most; weinig, little, minder, less, minst, least. Some adjectives expressing the highest or lowest degree of quality in themselves do not admit of comparison; as, allerlei, all sorts. achtvoudig, eightfold. beendroog, dry as bone. bloedwarm, bloodwarm. bloedlaauw, bloodwarm. doodstil, dead silent. doodbleek, deadly pale. driemaandsch, ihree months. dricjarig g, three years old. engelrein, pure as an angel. hemelhoog, Ligh as heaven. honigzoet. sweet as honey. ijzerhard, hard as iron. ijskoud, “ce cold. kurkdroog, dry as cork. kokendheet, boiling hot. loodzwaar, heavy as lead. tnondelis, by word of mouth. mondeling, onheilzwanger, pregnant with cala- parelzuiver, pure as pearl. mity. pekzwart, pitch black. pijlsnel, swift as an arrow. pestzwanger, pregnant with the pla- schriftelijk, written. gue. sneeuwwit, white as snow. vierkant, square. vuurrood, red as fire. zeskant, six-sided. zeshoekig, Zexagonal. The comparative degree is formed by adding er; as, groot, great, grooter , greater; zwarl, black, zwarier, blacker. The superlative is formed by adding st; as, koog, high, hoogst, highest ; zwart, black, zwartst, blackest; if the adjective ends in s, only ¢ is added; as, wis, wise, wijst, wisest. Adjectives ending in 7, preceded by a long vowel, form the comparative by taking der; as, duur, dear, duurder, dearer; dierbaar , affectionate, dierbaarder , more affectionate ; zwaar, heavy, xwaarder , heavier ; guur, sharp, guurder, sharper; &e Adjectives ending in 7 take jer in the comparative; as, fraar, DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 44 pretly,, fraagjer , prettier; mooi, prety, mooijer, prettier; lui idle , lugjer , idler. Adjectives ending in f or s, preceded by a long vowel sound, change f or s into ver, in the comparative ; as, lief, dear. licver, dearer ; braaf, brave, braver, braver: doof, deaf, doover , deafer ; boos , angry, boozer, more angry, &c. Compound adjectives are compared by inflecting the latter one of the compound; as, goedkoop , cheap, goedkooper , cheaper, goed- koopst , cheapest, &e. The comparative and superlative degrees, are declined like the positive. ’ DECLENSION OF THE COMPARATIVE AND SUPERLATIVE OF ADJECTIVES. The positive degree ts exhibited page 35. MANNELDIK. MASCULINE. Enkelvoudig. Singular. 1. de, or, een zwarter-e hoed. the, or, a blacker hal. 2. des, or, eens zwarter-en hoeds. of the, or, of a blacker hat. 3. den, or, cenen zwarter-en hoed. fo the, or, to a blacker hat. 4. den, or, eenen zwarter-en hocd. ike, or, a blacker hat. VROUWELDIK. FEMININE. Enkelvoudig. Singular. 1. de, or, eene schooner-e¢* viouw. the, or, a more beautiful woman. 2. der, or, eener schooner-e vrouw. of the, or, of amorebeautiful woman. 3. de, der, or, eene, eener schooner-e fo the. or, to amore beautiful woman. Vrouw. 4. de, or, eene schooner-e vrouw. fhe, or, a more beautiful woman. OnzispiG. NEvuTER. Enkelvoudiy. Singular. r = ip. he, ; i J grooter-e ship the, or, | peeks ahi, cen grooter schip. a * The e is%generally suppressed for the sake of harmony, 42 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. des, or ; of the, or ee ! f grooter-ea schips. 7 Ya greater ship. den, or, to the, or, : 3. '- . . oni grooter-en schepe oa greater ship iy oS gwaete ship, hoy or ! greater ship. een { grooter schip. a ) In like manner is declined the superlative. The plural of the comparative and superlative degrees presents no variation to that of the adjective in the positive degree. NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. Quantity is signified by converting the nouns of number or names of ciphers into adjectives, and ‘they then denote the number or quantity of a thing Number or quantity is expressed by the ciphers 1 to 9 which are made to signify any number required, according to their arrangement, the ciphers themselves are nouns of the feminine gender, but consi- dered as adjectives, they are classed into, 1. Hoofdgetallen or grond- getallen, cardinal numbers; and , 2. Algemeene telwoorden, ordinal numbers. CARDINAL NUMBERS. The cardinal numbers signify a collective, absolute, or partial quantity ; as, een, 1, one. elf, eleven. dertig, thirty. twee, 2, two. twaalf, twelve. veertig, forty. drie, 3, three. dertien, thirteen. vijftig , fifty. vier, 4, four. veertien, fourteen, zestig, sixty. vijf, 5, five. vijftien, fifteen. zeventig, seventy. zes, 6, siz. zestien, sixteen. tachtig, eighty. zeven, 7, seven. zeventien, seventeen. mnegentig, ninety. acht, 8, eight. achttien , eighteen. honderd, hundred. negen, 9, nine. negentien, nineteen. duizend, thousand. tien, 10, Zen. twintig , twenty. millioen, million. The units are placed before the decimals; and they are connected by the conjunction en, and; hundred, thousand, &c. are placed first and are not connected by the conjunction ; as, DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 43 een en twintig, twenty one. drie en dertig, thirty three. vijf en veertig, JSorty five. acht en negentig, ninety eight. honderd drie en vijftig, a hundred and fifty three. duizend zeven, a thousand and seven. drie honderd tien, three hundred and ten. achttien honderd twee en twintig, eighteen hundred and twenty two. The cardinal numbers are placed before the nouns which they qualify ; as, zes honderd vijf en zestig inwoners, six hundred and sixly five inhabitants. The cardinal number een is sometimes marked with an accent één to distinguish it from the article cen; as, één man is ver- ongelukt , one man has perished , een man is verongelukt, a man has perished ; the cardinal number een is declined like the article een and is sometimes followed by eenig, only, and sometimes pre- ceded by maar, only or but, to give it additional energy; as, maar een kind, only one child; het is voor eenen eenigen leerling, it is only for one pupil ; maar eene eenige vrouw , only one woman. If the definite article de, het, or the pronouns deze, mijn, uw, zijn, precede ¢én, the latter is then declined like an adjective and ends in e short in the nominative , whether the noun is masculine or neuter; de eenc, the one; gij spreekt van den eenen, you speak of the one; het ecene boek, the one book; mijn eene huis, my one house, or one of my houses; deze cene vriend , this one friend. This form of expression is belter substituted by that of placing first the numeral, then the pronoun, and then the noun; as, een mijner huizen , one of my houses; eene wwer zusters, one of your sisters; een hunner paarden , one of their horses, ORDINAL NUMBERS. The ordinal numbers are used to express the relative order in which a thing stands; they are formed from the cardinal numbers by adding ste or de. Een, acht , twintig , and the following decimals, take ste, as also honderd , dwizend , millioen; the other cardinals take de: they are always preceded by the definite article; as, de eerste, the first. de derde, the third. de tweede, the sccond. de vierde, the fourth. 44 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. (] de vijfde, the fifth. de zesde, the sixth. de zevende, the seventh. d de negende, the ninth. de tiende, the tenth. 0 achtste, the eighth. [«] de elfde, the eleventh. de twintigste, the twentieth. de honderdste', the hundredth. de duizendste, the thousandth. de honderd eerste, the hundred and first. de twee honderdste, the twohundredih. PRAXIS ON THE UNION OF AN ARTICLE, A NOUN, AND AN ADJECTIVE. Een goede raad. Een sterk paard. Een fraai huis. Het ligchaam is sterfelijk. De ziel is onsterfelijk. Kwade gesprekken bederven goede zeden. De man heeft stalen messen en zilveren vorken. De omstreken der stad zijn laag en moerassig. Geef den leerling een vel fraai wit papier. Amsterdam is eene vrolijke stad. Parijs is vrolijker dan Amster- dan. Londen is de volkrijkste stad van Europa Mijn jongste zoon is vlijtiger dan de andere leerlingen dezer school. Beschaving veredelt de gezellige verkeering. Tene goede opvoeding sluit alle onaangename en onedele in- drukken van de gezellige ver- keering uit. Welvoegelijkheid en fijngevoelig- heid min of meer ongevalligen in- weren alles, wat slechts druk zou kunnen maken, af. A good counsel. A strong forse. A fine house. The body ts mortal. The soul is immortal, Evil communications corrupt good morals. The man has steel knives and sil- ver forks. The environs of the city are low and marshy. Give the pupil a sheet of fine white paper. Amsterdam is a populous city. Paris is more populous than Am- sterdam. London is the most populous city oj Lurope. My youngest son is more diligent than the other pupils school. Civilization ennobles social inter - course. A good education excludes every disagreeable and ignoble impres- sion from social intercourse. Politeness and fine feeling exclude every thing , which only could give rise fo less or more objec- tionable impressions. of this DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. Amsterdam is de grootste en aan- zienlijkste stad van het Koning- rijk der Nederlanden. De Amstel is eene rivier of lie- ver zacht afloopende stroom in het noordelijk gedeelte der pro- vincie Holland. Er bestaat niet slechts eene lig- chamelijke, maar ook eene ver- standelijke blindheid, want men spreekt van blinde gehoorzaam- heid, blind geloof, blind ver- trouwen, enz. De bliksemafleider bestaat uit eene ijjzeren stang van een duim dik- te, met eene spitse koperen punt, die ten minste vijf of zes voeten lang is; van dezelve loopt eene koperen ketting af. Het bijgeloof maakt den mensch angstig, bevreesd, wantrouwig, onverdraagzaam en wreed. Rede en overtuiging zijn de bil- lijkste wapenen, waarmede men met vrucht het bijgeloof kan bestrijden. De amerikaansche wilden, de an- ders zoo onverschillige, zoo koelbloedige, zoo stilzwijgen- de, zoo belanglooze amerikaan- sche wilden, worden, zoodra zij gretig , Inidruchtig, en als dolzinnig. spelen, ongeduldig , KS) Amsterdam ts the greatest and most considerable city of the Kingdom of the Netherlands. The Amstel a gently flowing stream in the is a rwer or rather northern part of the province of Holland. There is not only a bodily but also a mental blindness; for we speak of a blind obedience, blind Jaith, blind confidence, &ec. The sists of an iron rod an inch thick , conductor of lightning con- with a pointed copper point, which @s at least five Jeet long; from it proceeds a brass chain. Superstition renders man, onz- jus, timid, mistrustful, in- tolerant, and cruel. Reason and conviction are the most constant arms with which one can effectually contend a- gainst superstition. The American savages, the other- wise so indifferent, so phleg- matick , so taciturn, so disin- be- come, as soon as they gamble, terested American savages , greedy , impatient, boisterous , and as if mad. PRONOUNS. A pronoun is used instead of a noun to avoid the foo frequent repetition of it, or in asking questions; as, Willem is een goede jongen, hij gchoorzaamt %ijne ouders, William is a good boy, he obeys his parents; wie gaat daar? who goes there? de man , dien 1k acht , the man whom I esteem : or it shows an object more distinctly 46 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. than is done by the definite article; as, deze man, this man ; die vrouw, that woman, Pronouns are divided into persoonlijke , personal; bexittelijke , possessive ; aanwijzende, demonstrative ; beirekkelijke , relative; and vragende , interrogative. Most of the pronouns are varied ; some are not varied. PERSONAL PRONOUNS. Nouns or the names of persons and things can be represented by personal pronouns A personal pronoun can represent the person who speaks, the person spoken to. or the person or thing spoken of ; thus there are three persons; as, First-person, eerste persoon , the person who speaks or acts; Second person, fweede persoon, the person, or animal, spoken to; Third person, derde persoon, the person or thing spoken of or acted upon; they are 1. 0 wij, we. 2. gij, thou. gij lieden, you. 3. hij, Pe, zij, she, het, 7 zij, they. Sometimes in familiar discourse we, ge, ze, are used for wij, 94, %i. To these personal pronouns may be added the compounds ik zelf, I myself; gij zelf, you yourself; hij zelf, he himself; zi zelve, she herself; het zelf , itself; zelf, being placed after the pronoun, gives it additional energy ; as, niet hij , maar tk zelf heb het gedaan , not he, but I myself have done it; niet alleen ik, maar zij zelve was tegenwoordig , not only I, but she herself was present; ik heb het zelf gexien, 1 have seen it (itself). Niemand , nobody, no one; ¢emand, some body, some one; daar , there is or are; er, there is or are; men, people; het, it, are indefinite personal pronouns, onbepaalde persoonlijke voornaam- woorden, and are indeclinable. Zich , himself, &ec. is used with verbs reflective, wederkeerige werkwoorden , it is always in the accusative case, and is undeclined ; as, hij vergist zich, he is deceived ; ich wasschen, to wash one’s self ; z4j baden zich, they bathe. Elkander and malkander , each other , are also personal pronouns and are indeclinable, these pronouns are used with verbs active ; as, zij beminnen elkander, (or malkander) , they love each other: when these ain slpsle Shy DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. : 47 pronouns signify possession , they take an s; as, wij konden elkanders kleederen dragen , we could wear each other's dresses. Pronouns assume the gender and number of the object which they represent ; and the case is determined by its position in the sentence. DECLENSION OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. Errste PErsoon, First Person, Enkelvoudig. Meervoudig. Singular, Plural. Yi ik, wij, Z, we. 2. mijns, mijner, or, van mij, onzes, onzer, or, van ons, mine, ours. 3. mij, or, aan mij, ons, or, aan ons, to me, to us. 4. mij ons me, us. Tweene PERrsoow, Seconn Person, voor alle geslachten. for all genders. Enkelvoudiy. . Meervoudig. Singular. Plural, 1. off, gij lieden,or, gijl. * (ge) thou, you or re. 2. uwer, uws, or, van u, uwer, uws, or, van u. thine, yours. 3. u, or, aan u, u, or, aanu. to thee, to you. 4. u, u leden, ** thee, you Derpe PErsoor, : Tarp Person, Mannelijk. Masculine, Enkelvoudig. Meervoudiy. Singular. Plural. 1. hij, zij , he, they. 2. zijus,zijnen, or, van hem, hunner, huns, or, van hen. Ais, theirs. 3. hem, or, aan hem, hun, or, aan hen. to lim, to them. 4. hem, hen, (ze) lim, them. * @ijlieden, you, abbreviated gifl. is seldom employed, the singular gij being substituted for the plural gijlieden; Uw FEdele, you, abbreviated UK. is commonly used in writing as being more respectful. ** Ulieden, you, is seldom employed, thesingular » being generally preferred, and sometimes UEd- Zign Edele, he; abbreviated ZZ. is often used for the third person singular, in writing , as a mark of greaterrespect: Hun Idele, they ; abbreviated AZ. plaral, 48 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. Vrouwelijk. Feminine. Enkelvoudig Meervoudiq. Singular. Plural. 1. zi, (ze) zij, or zijlieden, orzijl. f (ze) she, they. 2. harer, haars, or, van haar, harer, haars, or, van haar. fers, theirs. 8. haar, or, aan haar, (ze) haar, or, aan haar, (ze) to ker, to them. 4. haar, (ze) haar, (ze) her, them. Onzijdig. Neuter. Enkelvoudig. Meervoudiy. Singular. Plural. 1. het, Ct) zij, (ze) iz, they. 2. zijner, zijns, or, van het, hunner, huns, or, van her. its, theirs. 3. het, or, (’t) aan het, hun, or, aan hen, to it, to them. 4. het, Ct) hen. (ze) i, them. Ze is often used in familar discourse for the accusative plural hen; as, th heb ze (hen) gexien, 1 have seen them. Er van is often used as a personal pronoun for van hem, haar, or het; as, Ik heb mij tot die zaak verbonden , en nu kan ik er niet van af, (van haar), I have bound myself to that affair and cannot get off it. DECLENSION OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS WITH ZELF, ZELVE. Mannelijk. Masculine. Vrouwelijk, Feminine. 1... ik =zelf, I myself. ik zelve, I myself. 2. van mijzelven, of me myself. van mij zelve, of me myself. mij zelve; or, jm me myself. ij zelv r 3. { uj getven, oy to me myself. aan mij zelven, aan mij zelve, 4. mijzelven, me myself. mij zelve, me myself. 1... gi zelf, you yourself. gij zelve, you yourself. 2. van u zelven, of you yourself. van u zelve, of you yourself. u zelve, or ae | to you yourself. to you yourself. 3 u zelven, or, aan u zelven ¢ aan a zelve, 4. u zelven, you yourself. u zelve, you yourself. t Zijlieden, abbreviated z{j/. is scldom used, 27 being used for both numbers. Haar Edele, abbreviated JE. is often used for this proncun as a mark of greater respect. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 49 1.. hij zelf, he himself. zij zelve, she herself. 2. van hemzelven, of kim himself. van haar zelve, of her herself. h 1 ; haar zelve, o { Om ZCI » OTs 4o him himself. Rr | to her herself. aan hem zelven, aan haar zelve, 4. hem zelven, lam himself. haar zelve, her herself. Onzijdig. Neuter. het zelf, it itself. van het zelf. of ut atself. aan het zelf, fo it tiself. het zelf, it dtself. aN Hetzelf is little used ; as in speaking of a child, we do not say, ik heb helzelf gexien, 1 have seen it (itself) ; it is better to say, ik heb het kind zelf gexien , I have seen the child ifself, The plural of zelf in all the cases and genders is zelven ; as, wij zelven, we ourselves; gi zelven, you yourselves ; zij zelven , they themselves ; van hen zelven, of them themselves, &e. Zich zelven , himself or themselves, &ec. is often used for the sake of energy; as, hij spreckt van zich zelven, he speaks of himself ; %ij beminnen zich zelven , they love themselves ; hij heeft geene rijkdommen van zich zelven , he has no riches of his own. POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. Possessive pronouns imply possession or a property , and represent not only the gender of the person or the thing that is the posses- sion, but also sometimes the gender of the person or thing that possesses. In the third person the pronoun indicates the gender of the possessor, and the inflection indicates that of the possessed ; but, in the first and second persons, only the gender of the pos- sessed is identified. The possessive pronouns are mijn, my; ww, your; zijn, his; haar, her, for the singular; ons, our; ww, your; hun, their; haar, their, for the plural. The possessive pronouns are declined like adjectives , and must agree with the thing possessed in gender, number and case. List of the possessive pronouns joined to nouns in the nominative case : 4 Gp Jake 50 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. EerstE Pgrsoos , First Person. Voor alle geslachten, For all genders. M. mijn vader, my father. mijne vaders, my fathers. V. mijne moeder, my mother. mijne moeders , my mothers. O. mijn boek , my book. mijne boeken , my books. M. onze broeder, our brother. onze broeders, our brothers. V. onze zuster, our sister. onze zusters , our sisters. O. ons paard, our horse. onze paarden, our horses. Tweepe Pzrrsoon. Voor alle geslachten , M. uw man, your husband. V. uwe vrouw , your wife. O. uw kind, your child. DerpE PEersoox, Man. en Onz. Enkelvoudig , M. zijn knecht, fis man servant. V. zijne dienstmeid, Ais maid servant. O. zijn huis, Zés house.. Man. en Onz. Meervoudig, " M. hun knecht, their servant. V. hnnne moeder, their mother. O. hun kind, their child. Vrouwelijk , Enkelvoudig , M. haar neef, ker nephew. V. hare nicht, Zer niece. O. haarkleed, %er dress. Vrouwelijk , Meervoudig. M. haar knecht, their servant. V. hare moeder, their mother. O. haar kind, their child. Secon Person. For all genders. uwe mannen , your husbands. uwe vrouwen , your wives. uwe kinderen , your children. Tuirp Person. Mas. and Neut. Singular. zijne knechten, %is man servants. zijne dienstmeiden , Ais maid ser- vants. zijne huizen, kis houses. Mas. and Neut. Plural. hunne knechten , their servants. hunne moeders , their mothers. hunne kinderen, their children. Feminine, Singular. hare neven, ker nephews. hare nichten, Zer nieces. hare kleederen, ker dresses. Feminine , Plural. hare knechten , their servants. hare moeders, their mothers. hare kinderen, their children. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 51 DECLENSION OF THE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS WITH A NOUN. Enkelvoudig Mannelijk. Vrouwelijk. Onzijdig. i. mijn vader, mijne moeder, mijn boek. 9 mijns vaders, or, mijner moeder , or, mijns boeks, or, van mijnen vader, van mijne moeder van mijn boek. mijnen vader, or, mijne, mijner mijn boek, mijnen 3. moeder, or, boeke, or, aan mijnen vader, aan mijne moeder , aan mijn boek. 4. mijnen vader, mijne moeder, mijn boek. Meervoudig. Mannelijk. Vrouwelijk. Onzijdig. 1. mijne vaders, mijne moeders , mijne boeken. 2 mijner vaders, or, mijner moeders, or, mijner boeken, or, van mijne vaders, van wmijne moeders, van mijne boeken. mijnen vaders, or, mijne, mijner moe- mijnen boeken, or, 3. : der, or, aan mijne vaders , aan mijne moeders, aan mijne boeken. 4, mijne vaders, mijne moeders, mijne boeken. In like manner are declined, ons, ww, zijn, haar, hun, hare. Uw Edele, UEd.; Zijn Edele, ZEd.; Haar Edele, HEd.; Hun Edele, HEd. ; are used in polite writing for the possessive pronouns ; as, UEds. huis for ww huis, your house; ZEds. koels for zijne koets, his coach; HEd. zuster for hare zuster , her sister; HEd. paarden for hunne paarden, their horses. The possessive pronouns are sometimes used without the noun or thing possessed , and then they take the definite article de for the masculine or feminine, and het for the neuter before them, and will have e short final in the nominative singular, and take en in the plural like nouns; as, ww huis is fraai, maar de mijnen (mijne huizen), zijn fraaijer dan het wwe (uw huis), your house is fine but mine are finer than yours; they are de or het mijne , mine; de or het wwe, yours; de or het zine, his; de or het hare, hers; de or het onze, ours; de or het hare, theirs; de or hel lunne theirs ; they are declined in the following manner, and the article as when before nouns. 52 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. DECLENSION OF THE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS WITHOUT The thing possessed Mannelijk. 1. de mijne , des mijnen, or, van den mijnen, den mijnen, or, aan den mijnen, 4, den mijnen , THE NOUN. in the singular. Vrouwelijk. de mijne, der mijne, or, var de mijne, de, der mijne, or, aan de mijne, de mijne, The thing possessed in the plural. Mannelijk. 1. de mijnen, der mijnen, or, van de mijnen, den mijnen, or, aan de mijnen, de mijnen, Vrouwelijk. de mijnen, der mijnen, or, van de mijnen, de,der mijnen,or, aan de mijnen , de mijnen, Onzijdig. For all gend. het mijne , mine. des mijnen, or, van het mijne, of mine. den mijne, or, : os fo mune. aan het mijne, het mijne, mine. Onzijdig. For all gend. de mijnen , mine. der mijnen, or, van de mijnen, of mine. den mijnen, or, 5 oh to mine. aan de mijnen, de mijnen , mine. The other possessives are declined after the same manner. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. Demonstrative pronouns serve to point out the object with greater precision than is done by the definite article de, het, the; they are desgelijke, dergelijke, deze, dit, thes. dezelve , die, dat, gene, that. dezelfde, degene , he. zekere , diegene , those. hetgeen , that which. hetgene, those which. he, she, it. the same. certain. such lke. dusdanige, zoodanige, zulk, such. The demonstrative pronouns deze , dit, this, refer to the thing nearest ; die, dat, that, refer to the object at a greater distance; and gene, that, that yonder, refers to an object at the greatest distance ; they are always followed by a noun expressed or understood , DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 53 with which they must agree in gender, number, and case; as, Ik bemin dexe bloemen , mijne zuster die, en haar zwager gene, I love these flowers, mij sister those, and her brother in law those (yonder) ; they are thus declined : DECLENSION OF DEZE, DIT, THIS. Mannelijk , Masculine. Enkelvoudig , Singular. Meervoudig , Plural. 1. deze jongen, this boy. deze jongens, these boys. dezes jongens, or, dezer jongens, or, this boy's. | these boys’. Y A dezen jongen. van deze jongens, janie s.07 dezen jongens, or, 1 } y . o this boy anf deve Jonuons, | to these boys. l aan dezen jongen, 4. dezen jongen, this boy. deze jongens, these boys. Vrouwelijk , Feminine. Enkelvoudig , Singular. Meervoudiy , Plural. 1. deze bloem, this flower. ~~ deze bloemen , these flowers. dezer bloem, or, dezer bloemen, or, A fo deze bloem , this flower’s. van deze blomen: { these flowers’. deze, dezer deze, dezer 3. bloem, or, to this fiower bloemen, or, } to these flowers. aan deze bloem, aan deze bloemen, 4. deze bloem, this flower. deze bloemen, these flowers. Onzijdig , Neuter. 1. dit huis, this house. deze huizen , these houses. ! dezes huizes, or , dezer huizen, or, . ai this houses’s. ; 2 van dit huis , % 8565'S: yan deze huizen, these houses dezen huize, dit dezen huizen , or, ) : , : L. these houses. 3. huis, or, to this house. aan deze huizen, aan dit huis. 4. dit huis, this house. deze huizen, these houses. 54 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. BECLENSION OF DIE, DAT, THAT. Mannelijk , Masculine. Enkelvoudiy , Singular. 1. die knaap, that lad. diens knaaps,or, van dien knaap, 30 that lads. dien k fee or 7? to that lad. aan dien knaap, that lad. - dien knaap. Meervoudiy , Plural. die knapen, those lads. dier knapen, or, van die knapen, } chose Leds. dien knapen, or, ) . to those lads. aan die knapen, f die knapen , those lads. Vrouwelijk , Feminine. 1. die Ieeuwin, that lioness. dier leeuwin, or, that lioness’s. van die leeuwin, die, dier 3. leeuwin, or, to that lioness. aan dieleeuwin, 4. die leeuwin, that lioness. Onzijdig, 1. dat meisje, that girl. diens meisjes,or, : | van dat meisje, that girl's. jan meisje, or, .. to that girl. aan dat meisje, 7 4. dat meisje, that girl. die leeuwinnen, those lionesses. dier leeuwinnen, or, x 7 . . eS. van die leeuwinnen, those lioness die, dier leeuwin- : to those liones- nen, or, hip 3 ses aan die Ieeuwinnen, z die leeuwinnen, those lionesses. Neuter. die meisjes, those girls. dier meisjes, or, 3 i rls’, van die meisjes, }ihose girl dien meisjes , or, ; : is to those girls. aan die meisjes, die meisjes, those girls. DECLENSION OE THE PRONOUN GENE, THAT, THE OTHER, OR, THAT YONDER. Mannelijk , Enkelvoudig , Singular. 1. gene graaf, that count. genes graafs, or, jo genen graaf, jie graaf, or, aan genen graaf, genen graaf, that count. that count’s to that count. Masculine. Meervoudig , Plural. gene graven, those counts. enen graver, or g g ye J those counts’. van gene graven, enen graven,or. g g ? | to those counts. aan gene graven, gene graven, those counts. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 55 Vrouwelijk, Feminine. Enkelvoudig , Singular. Meervoudiy. Plural. 1. gene gravin, that countess. gene gravinmen, those coun- tesses. gener gravin, or ener gravinnen,or. 2 . that countess’s. g g Fr those coun van gene gravin, van gene gravinnen, fesses. gene, geler gra- gene, gener gravin- } . r i 3. vin,or, to that countess. nen, or, fo those : countesses. aan gene gravin, aangene gravinnen, 4, gene gravin, that countess. gene gravinnen, those coun- tesses. This pronoun gene is never used with nouns of the neuter gender. The demonstrative pronoun degene, he, is less vague in pointing out the thing referred to than diegene , those ; the former is followed by the relative pronoun die or welke , who or which, and the latter by welke only; these pronouns when met with in the nominative case can be replaced by hij, he, or zij, she; as, degene (hij or zt), die mij vriendschap bewijst, he who shows me friendship ; diegenen , welke %ich daaraan hebben vergrepen , those who have rendered themselves culpable. The compound demonstrative pronouns are declined in both parts of their composition de, die and gene. DECLENSION OF THE PRONOUN DEGENE, HE, OR, SHE, OR, THE PERSON. Mannelijk , Masculine. Enkelvoudiy Singular. Meervoudzg , Plural. 1. degene, he. degenen, they j desgenen, or, 4 dergeunen, or, Sit foe 2. is. . iy van dengenen, van degenen, { dengenen, or dengenen, or > Li to kim. z ) a2 { to them. aan dengenen, aan degenen, 4, dengenen, hun. degenen, them. 56 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. Vrouwelijk , Enkelvoudig , Singular. 1. degene, she. dergene, or, van degene, hers, degene, dergene, or hy ir iat don 4. degene, her. Feminine. Meervoudiyg , Plural. degenen, they. dergenen, or 2 3 theirs. van degenen, degene,dergenen, or, to them. aan degenen, degenen, them. The demonstrative hetgene, hetgeen , wat or that which, is thus declined : Onzijdig , Neuter. Enlkelvoudiy , Singular. Meervoudig , Plural. 1. hetgene, hetgeen, it. degenen, they. desgenen, or, 5 dergenen, or, : ts. theirs. van hetgene, van dengenen, dengenen, or, . dengenen, or, ee 3. an hatgene; to it. aan dengenen, 0 them. 4. hetgene, it. degenen, them. Dicgene is declined like degene, with this difference that die follows the declension of that pronoun when before a noun, as at page 54. The demonstrative pronouns dexelve, he, she; hetzelve, it, are substantive pronouns ; and dezelve, hetzelfde, the same, are adjective pronouns, and are always followed by a noun expressed or under- stood ; as, deze twee geschriften zijn door dezelfde hand geschreven, these two writings are written by the’ same hand; de som is groot, hoe zal ik dexelve betalen? the sum is great, how shall I pay it? Dezelve, he, she; hetzelve, it, are thus declined : Mannelijk. Masculine. Enkelvoudiy , Singular. Meervoudig , Plural. 1. dezelve, ke. dezelve, they. deszelfs, deszelven, or, van denzelven, 4 13. derzelver, or, : theirs. van dezelve, denzelven, or, " denzelven, or, to Jum. aan denzelven, aan dezelve, did 4. denzelven, him. dezelve, them. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 57 Vrouwelijk , Feminine. Enkelvoudig , Singular. Meervoudig , Plural. 1. dezelve : she. dezelve, they. derzelver, or, derzelver, ‘or , 5 hers. | theirs van dezelve, van dezelve, dezelve, derzelver, or, dezelve, derzelver, or, ! to her. to them. aan dezelve, aan dezelve, 4. dezelve, her. dezelve, them. Onzijdig , Neuter. Enkelvoudig , Singular. Meervoudig , Plural. 1. hetzelve, tt. dezelve, they. deszelfs, deszelven, or, . derzelver, or, : 1s. . } theirs. van hetzelve, van dezelve,’ denzelve, or, : denzelven , or, : to tt. } to them. { aan hetzelve, aan dezelve, 4. hetzelve, it. dezelve, them. The pronoun dezelfde, the same ; follows the same declension as dexelve , except the masculine and neuter singular in which they are thus declined : Mannelijk , Masculine. Onzijdig , Neuter. 1. dezelfde, the same. hetzelfde, the same. deszelfden, or, deszelfden, or, i . th . 2 van denzelfden, ofl van hetzelfde, | 9 tes sme 3. { QenaSIIaN 1 005 to 1Ib ors, SomEOITEN, ony to the same. aan denzelfden aan denzelfden, 4. denzelfden, the same. hetzelfde, the same. The demonstrative pronouns zeker, certain; zulk, such ; desgelijke. dergelijke, such like ; dusdanige, and zoodanige, such, are all de- clined after the same manner; as for example, zulk, with a noun understood, o8 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. Mann. Vrouw. Onz. Mann. Vrouw. Onz. Enkelvoudig. Meervoudiy. 1. zulke, zulke, zulk, zulke, zulke , zulke. : ! zulks, zulker, zulks, van zulke, zulker,or, zulker, or, hoon zulken, van zulke, van zulk, van zulke, van zulke. zulken, or zulker, zulken, zulken,or, zulker, zulken,or, 3. { aanzulken, zulke,or, zulk,or, aan zulke, zulke, or, aan zulke. aun zulke, aan zulk, aan zulke, 4. zulken, zulke, zulk, zulke, zulke, zulke. When these pronouns are followed by een they remain undeclined ; as, sulk een, zulk eene; ik heb zulk eenen man gezien, I have seen such a man. ~ RELATIVE PRONOUNS. Relative pronouns, betrekkelijke voornaamwoorden , refer to per- sons or things already expressed or understood, with which they agree in gender and number; as, de edelmoedige man, wien wij veel verpligting hebben , the generous man to whom we are much obliged. Sometimes a relative is employed substantively, in which case two relatives are present in the same sentence; as, wien ik lets beloof, dien zal tk woord houden, to whom I promise any thing, with him I shall keep my word. The relative pronouns are die, dat. wie, wat. who, which, that. welke, dewelke, hetwelk. Die and wie, who or which, in the nominative and accusative, are used only for the masculine and feminine, they have the same meaning; but die is used more for the nominative, and wie for the genitive and dative, and die or wie indiscriminately for the objec- tive ; as, de koning, die ons beschermt, the king who protects us; de koming, wiens liefde wij kennen, the king whose love we know ; de koning, wien ik dat gezegd heb, the king to whom I have told it; de koning , dien or wien ik hoogacht, the king whom I esteem. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 59 Welke is used in more elevated style, while die and wie are used more in familiar intercourse. DECLENSION OF THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS. Enkelvoudig , Singular Mannelijk. Vrouwelijk. Onzijd. For all gend. 1. die, wie, welke, die, wie, welke, welk, who, or which. 9. diens, wiens, welks, dier, wier, welker, welks, whose. dien, wien, welken, die, wie, welke, welken, ) to whom, or, dier, wier, welker, welk, { which. 4, dien, wien, welken, die, wie, welke, welk, whom, or, which Meervoudiyg , Plural. Mannelijk en Vrouwelijk. Onzijdig. For all gend. 1. die, wie, welke. die, welke. who or, which. 2. dier, wier, welker. dier, welker. whose. 3. die, wie, wier, welke. die, welke. to whom, or, which. 4. die, wie, welke. die, welke. whom, or, which. Dat and wat, that or which, are used in the neuter singular only, and are indeclinahle ; as, het huis, dat gij gekocht hebt, the house that you have bought ; alles, wat van hem geschreven wordt, is waar , all that is written of him is true: die and welke are used for the neuter plural; as, de paarden, die (or welke) ik ge- kocht heb, the horses which I have bought; and also for the genitive and dative singular; as, het paard, welks veulen dood is, the horse whose foal is dead. The genitive, dative, and accusative, in both numbers of the relatives, are sometimes expressed thus: waarvan for van die, wat or welke. waaraan for aan die, wat or welke. waarin for in die, wat or welke. waarnit for uit die, wat or welke. waardoor for door die, wat or welke. This form is only used when animals or inanimafe things are referred to, and never for persons; as, de boomen, waarvan gij 60 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. spreekt , the trees of which you speak; de bloem , waaraan het behoort , the flower to which it belongs. The compound relative dewelke, who or which, is seldom used, and when used is generally in more elevated style, and can be replaced by welke. Dewelke, hetwelk, is declined in both parts of its composition ; thus , Mannelijk. 3. dewelke, deswelken , or, { van denwelken, denwelken, or, Enkelvoudig , Vrouwelijk. dewelke, derwelke, or, van dewelke, dewelke, der- Singular. Onzijdig. For all gend. hetwelk, who, or, which. deswelken, or, van hetwelk, { whose. denwelken, or, to whom , or, 3, aan denwelken, welker, or, hetwelk, aan hich which. aan dewelke, hetwelk , 4. denwelken , dewelke, hetwelk, whom,or,which. Meervoudiyg , Plural. Mannelijk. Vrouwelijk. Onzijdig. For all gend. x. dewelke, dewelke, dewelke, who, or, which. derwelker , or, derwelker,or, derwelker, or, z 2. van dewelke, van dewelke, van dewelke, wise denwelken, or, dewelke, or, dewelke, or, to whom , or, 3. aan dewelke, derwelker, aan dewelke, which ich. aan dewelke, 4. dewelke, dewelke, dewelke, whom,or,which. INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. Interrogative pronouns are placed before the person or thing referred to, and are used in asking questions; the answer to the question being in the same case as the interrogalive; as, wiens huis is dit? het is van mij, or, het mijne, whose house is this? it is mine. The interrogative pronouns are : wie , who. what. welke , wat, which. hoedanig, what sort. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 61 ~The interrogative wie is used for persons only. When the gender of the person is not known, the relative is then declined in the masculine, but when the gender is expressed, then it must agree with it; as, Wie is daar? Jan. Who is there? John; van wien spreekt gij ? of whom do you speak? wien hebt gij het gegeven ? aan niemand ; to whom have you given it? to no one ; wie heb ik de eer te spreken? (tot) de Jufvrouw B; to whom have I the honour to speak ? to Mr. B. Die interrogative is declined like die relative, and never takes the noun after it. Welke is employed as well for persons as for things, and is followed by a noun expressed or understood; as, van welke bloemen spreekt gij ? van deze , of which flowers do you speak ? of these; welke wwer omen heeft den brief weggebragt , de oudste of de jongste? which of your sons has taken the letter, the youngest or the eldest? this interrogative is declined like welke relative. The interrogative wat considered as the neuter of wie is used for things in general, the nature, gender, or number not being known ; it is indeclinable ; it is used sometimes alone, and when followed by a substantive, it generally takes voor immediately after it; as, wat zoekt gij ? what are you looking for? wat voor eene vrouw is die ? what woman is that? wat voor cenen landsman ijt gij ? what countryman are you? Waarvan , waardoor , &c. are often used for van wat , door wat, when things are referred to; as, waarvan wordt dat gemaakt? of what is that made ? Hoedanig is used to enquire after the nature or quality of persons or things, and is always followed by a substantive or a verb ; as, hoedanige man is het? het is een minzaam man, what sort of a man is it? it is an affable man; hoedanig gebouw is het? het is een ruim geboww , what sort of a building is it? it is a capacious building : this interrogative is declined like an adjective. Welk and hoedanig sometimes take een after them, in which cases the pronouns remain undeclined, and een follows the declension of the article een, and gives to the noun which follows an addi- tional precision; as, hoedanig eenen man hebt gij ooit gexzien? have you ever seen such a man? well een is het van die boomen? which one is it of those trees? 52 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. PRAXIS ON THE USE OF THE PORNOUNS. Ik geef hen het boek. Van welke boeken spreekt gij ? van die en van dit. Breng mij die pen en dat penne- mes. Ik schrijf mijnen vrienden. Wiens huis is dit ? het is van mij. Men moet de wetten gehoorzamen. Waarvan spreekt gij ? van nuttige wetenschappen. Tedereen weet Let nieuws, hetwelk gij in den brief uws vriends hebt gelezen. Waaraan heeft hij zich schuldig ge- maakt ? aan hoogverraad. Welk boek is dat? het is Hoofts werken. Heeft hij zich bezeerd. De ziekte, waaraan zij overleden is. Deaanmerking,van welkegijspreekt. Wie zal heden hier komen, uw neef of uwe nicht ? Wat wilt gij doen? Mijn paard is fraai, maar het uwe is fraaijer dan het mijne. Deweinigen,diedaaraan deelnemen. ‘Waren er veel ? Een land, dat van zoodanigen ruil- handel moet bestaan. Na deze aanmerkingen wegens onze zeevaart en onzen zeechandel, gaan wij thans tot derzelver ei- genlijke geschiedenis over. Daartoe was zulk eene geaardheid als hij bezit noodig, zulk ecn welberaden overleg, zulk ecne zucht tot werkzaamheid , zulk een bedaarde moed in de groot- ste gevaren. I give the book to them. Of which books do you speak? of those and of this. Bring me that pen and that pen- knife. I am writing to my friends. Whose house ss this 2 it is mine. One must obey the laws. Of what are you speaking 2 of useful sciences. Every one knows the news which you have read in your friend's letter. Of what was he guilty? of high- treason. What book is that? it is Hooft's works. Has he wounded ramself? The sickness of which she died. The observation of which you speak. Who will come hither to day, your nephew or your cousin ? What will you do? My horse is fine, butyours is finer than mine. The few who take a part init. Were there many? A country that must exist by such a barter trade. After these observations respecting our navigation and trade , we proceed now to their particular history. Thereto such a disposition as he possesses , was requisite, such a deliberate consideration, such an inclination to industry , such a cool courage tn the greatest dangers. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 63 VERBS. A Verb, werkwoord, expresses the existance of a thing; as, zijn, to be; and can signify also the modification of this existance as to action, repose, or suffering; as, beminnen, to love; slaan , to strike; slapen, to sleep; grieven , to grieve. Zijn , wezen, or worden, to be, are the only verbs which ex- press existance, and they are present, expressed or understood in all other verbs, which are in fact but a state or modification of the verb To BE; as, tk ben, I am; tk loop, (or, ik ben loopende) Irun, (or,am running); zi beminnen, (or, zi zijn beminnende) they love, (or, areloving.) The Verbs may be divided into simple and compound ; the former are chiefly derived, in common with other words, from the Teu- tonic, and the compound verbs are formed by the upion of a simple verb with a noun, a preposition, or a particle ; the number of which , from the facility with which the Dutch language compounds verbs, is very great; as, from beeld an image, houwen, to cut, comes beeldhouwen , to carve; from brand, fire, stichten, to raise , brandstichien , to set on fire; from door , through, reizen, to travel , doorreizen, to travel through. Verbs are also divided into hulp-werkwoorden , auxiliary verbs ; bedrijvende werkwoorden , active verbs; ljdende werkwoorden , passive verbs ; onzijdige werkwoorden, neuter verbs; wederkeerige werkwoorden , reflective verbs ; and, onpersoonlijke werkwoorden , impersonal verbs. Verbs are varied by wervoeging, conjugation, which is their modification as to wigs, mood; jd, tense; persoon, person; getal , number. The root of the verb is its imperative mood , gebiedende wijs ; it is at least naturally to be inferred that that was ifs first form and use; as, geef, give; min, love; ween niet, do not cry; eet, eat. Verbs, as to their conjugation, are divided into regelmatige werkwoorden , regular verbs , and onregelmatige werkwoorden , irregular verbs. CONJUGATION OF VERBS. In the conjugation of verbs there are four moods, three parti- ciples , three tenses, three persons, and two numbers. Gh DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. OF THE MOODS. Mood of a verb is that form of it which shows the manner in which it is to be taken. There are four moods: de gebiedende wijs, the imperative mood ; de onbepaalde wijs, the infinitive mood; de aantoonende wijs, the indicative mood; and de aanvoegende wijs, the subjunctive mood. THE IMPERATIVE MOOD. The imperative mood, gebiedende wijs; which is the root of the verb, and commands, exhorts, entreats, or permits; as, doe dit, do this; wees oplettend, be attentive; hoor naar mijnen raad, listen to my advice. THE INFINITIVE MOOD. The infinitive mood, onbepaalde wijs, expresses a thing in a general manner without distinction of number, or person; as, lezen, lo read; schrijven, to write; looper, to run; te zullen loopen , about to run. If the infinitive is not preceded by the preposition te, the sig- nification is then direct and immediate; when the preposition Ze precedes the infinitive, the signification of the verb is then oblique; as, ik bljf eten, 1 remain dining; i blijf om le eten, 1 remain for the purpose of dining. Other prepositions also modify the infinitive, they are placed before the verb and have fe between it and the preposition; as, om te werken , for working; zonder te werken , without working. The infinitive is often used as a noun and is then preceded by het; as, het leeren is nuiiig, learning is useful ; het schrijven is eene kunst, writing is an art. THE INDICATIVE MOOD, The indicative mood, aantoonende wijs, simply expresses the existance or state of a thing; as, hij ds rik, he is rich; wij wandelen , we walk; zij haten, they hate. THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. The subjunctive mood, aanvoegende wijs, represents a thing under a condition, supposition, motive, wish, &ec. accompanied DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 65 with a futurity, and preceded by a conjunclion expressed or un- derstood ; as, indien ik het koope, zal ik het betalen, if 1 buy it, I will pay for it; leer opdat gij verstandig wordet, learn that you may become wise. PARTICIPLES. The participle, deelwoord, is a form of the verb participating in the form of a verb and an adjective. In the conjugation of a verb three forms of the participle are present ; as, The Present Participle; as from arbeiden, to work arbeidende, working, in which is signified the act of working at a time present. The Past Participle, which is formed by the particle ge and the root of the verb, and conveys an idea of time past in conjunction with the act; as, geardeid, worked; it is used in the formation of the compound past tenses of verbs in conjunction wilh the auxiliary; as, ik heb gearbeid, 1 have worked. Those verbs com- pounded of an initial particle or an inseparable preposition do not take ge in the formation of the past-participle; as, herstellen, to restore, hersteld, restored. The Future Participle is formed of the infinitive and the auxiliary zullen, and conveys an idea of future time with the action; as zullende arbeiden , about working. Participles are often used as adjectives but differ from them in this particular that they not only qualify the noun but mark also time and an action; as, een arbeidende man, a working man, or a man who works, or is working; een fraai gewerkte doos, a beautifully worked box. THE TENSES. Tense, #ijd, is a modification of the verb as to time. There are three tenses: the present, de fegenwoordige , the past, verledene ; and the future: de toekomende. PRESENT TENSE. The present tense, legenwoordige tijd, expresses whal is going on at the present time or at the time the person is speaking or writing ; as, ik schrijf nu aan mijnen broeder, 1 am now writing ig Xe FORT DSTI 66 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. to my brother ; ¢ hoor, wat gi zegt, 1 hear what you say; zi slapen, they sleep. PAST TENSE. There are three past tenses, de onvolmaakt verledene tijd, the imperfect past tense: de volmaakt verledene tijd , the perfect past tense; and de meer dan volmaakt verledene tijd , the com- pound past tense. IMPERFECT PAST TENSE. The imperfect past tense, onvolmaakt verleden tijd , represents a time as imperfectly or definitely past, or as having taken place at a certain specified time; as ik ging gisteren naar Amsterdam , 1 went yesterday to Amsterdam; ik zag hem toen hij hier was, 1 saw him when he was here; tk beminde haar om hare deugd en zedigheid , 1 loved her for her virtue and modesty. PERFECT PAST TENSE. The perfect past tense, de volmaakt verledene tijd, represents a time as perfectly past without reference to any other time, or in reference to a time that is passing away when speaking; as tk heb hollandsch geleerd, I have learned Dutch; wij zijn in En- geland geweest, we have been in England; ik heb hem van daag gexien, 1 have seen him to day. COMPOUND PAST TENSE. * The compound past tense, meer dan volmaakt verledene tijd, represents an action as past before another event happened; as, ik was wvertrokken eer de klok sloeg, 1 had departed before the clock struck ; ik had mijnen brief geschreven toen de post vertrok, I had written my letter when the post departed. FUTURE TENSE. There are two future tenses, foekomende tijden: the future tense, and the compound future tense. * This tense is commonly called the meer dan volmaakt verledeme tijd, plu- perfect past tense, but improperly so. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 67 The future tense, de toekomende tijd, vepresenls an action as yet to come, either with or without respect to the precise time; as, wij zullen morgen vertrekken, we shall depart to-morrow ; wij zullen allen sterven, we shall all die. COMPOUND FUTURE TENSE. The compound future tense, zamengestelde toekomende tijd, inti- mates that the action will be fully accomplished at or before the time of another future action or event; as, eer de post vertrekt, zal ik mijnen brief geschreven hebben, before the post departs, I shall have written my letter. All the foregoing tenses belong also te the subjunctive mood, and convey the same idea of time as in the indicative, but are accompanied with a conjunction expressed or understood, and have a connection with another verb which precedes or follows, carrying with it an idea of futurity; as, indien hij zich vlitig oefene, zal hij geleerd worden , if he study diligently, he will become learned; of hij kome of niet, ik zal toch mijne reis wvoorizetien, whether he come or not, I shall continue my journey ; indien hij het gedaan hadde, zoude ik op hem boos geweest zijn, if he had done it, I should have been angry with him; indien gij naar Amsterdam zoudet gaan, zal ik ook derwaarts gaan, if you should go to Am- sterdam, I will go thither also. OF NUMBER. Verbs have two numbers, a singular and plural, like nouns and pronouns, with which the verbs must agree; as, ik leer, I learn; wij spreken, we speak; hij is vertrokken, he is gone; zij geven, they give ; een vogel vliegt, a bird flies ; dieren loopen , animals walk, OF PERSON. Verbs have three persons, a first, second, and third, like per- sonal pronouns with which the verbs must agree ; nouns are always in the third person; as, Enkelvoudiy , Singular. Meervoudig , Plural. ik loop, I run. wij loopen, we run. gij loopt, thou runnest. gij loopt, you run hij, 2ij, het, or men loopt, fe, she or ot runs. zij loopen. they run 68 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. De paarden loopen, horses run; de leerling leert, the pupil learns; vogelen vliegen en dieren looper, birds fly and animals walk. AUXILIARY VERBS. Auxiliary verbs are those which are used in conjugating other verbs through their compound moods and tenses; they are hebben , to have; zijn, wezen or worden, to be; zullen, shall or will, CONJUGATION OF THE AUXILIARY VERB ZULLEN. Zullen , shall or will, is used in expressing the future tense. OxBEPAALDE Wiis , zullen. No INFINITIVE MOOD, DeELwoorD , NOR PARTICIPLE. zullende. AANTOONENDE WIS , InnicaTive Moov. ik zal, I shall, wij zullen, we shall. gij zult, thou wilt. gij zult, you will. hij zal, he will. zij zullen, they will. AAnvoEGeNDE Wus , Sussuncrive Moob. ik zoude, I should. wij zouden, we should. gij zoudet, thou wouldst. gij zoudet, you would. hij zoude, ke would. zij zouden, they would. CONJUGATION OF THE AUXILIARY VERB HEBBEN, Hebben , to have , is used in expressing the past tenses of verbs. GeprEpENDE Wis | InpErRATIVE Moon. heb, have. hebt, have. OnBEPAALDE Wiis , InFivrTIve Moon. tegenw. tijd, hebben, present tense, to have. verled. tijd, gehad hebben, past tense, to have had. toekom. tijd, zullen hebben, Suture tense about to have. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. DEELWOORDEN , tegenw. tijd, verled. tijd, toekom. tijd, hebbende, gehad, zullende hebben, AANTOONENDE Wis. Tegenwoordige Tid, Ik heb, I have. gij hebt, thou hast, hij heeft, fe has. Onvolmaakt Verledene Tijd , ik had, I had. gij hadt, thou hadst. hij had, he had. Volmaakt Verledene Tijd , ik heb gehad, gij hebt gehad, hij heeft gehad, I have had. thou hast had. he has had. Meer dan Volmaakt Verl. Tijd, ik had gehad, I had had. gij hadt gehad, thou hadst had. hij had gehad, ke had had. Eerste Toekomende Tijd , ik zal hebben, gij zult hebben, hij zal hebben, I shall have. thou wilt have. he will have. Tweede Toekomende Tijd , ik zal gehad hebben, gij zult gehad hebben, hij zal gehad hebben, wij zullen gehad hebben, gij zult gehad hebben, zij zullen gehad hebben, 69 PARTICIPLES. present tense, having. had. about having. past tense, Juture tense, InprcaTive Moob. Present Tense. wij hebben, we have. gij hebt, you have. zij hebben, they have. Imperfect Past Tense. wij hadden, we had. gij hadt, you had. zij hadden, they had. Perfect Past Tense. wij hebben gehad, we have had. gij hebt gehad, zij hebben gehad, you have had. they have had. Compound Past Tense. wij hadden gehad, we had had. you had had. they had had. gij hadt gehad, zij hadden gehad, Future Tense. wij zullen hebben, we shall have. gij zult hebben , wou will have. zij zullen hebben, they will have. Compound Future Tense. I shall have had. thou wilt have had. he will have had. we shall have had. you will have had. they will have had. 70 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. AANVOEGENDE Wiss , Tegenwoordige Tijd , dat ik hebbe, hat I have. dat gij hebbet, hat thou have. dat hij hebbe, that he have. Onvolmaalt Verledene Tijd , dat ik hadde, that I had. dat gij haddet, that thou had. dat hij hadde, that he had. Volmaakt Verledene Tijd, dat ik gehad hebbe, dat gij gehad hebbet, dat hij gehad hebbe, dat wij gehad hebben, dat gij gebad hebbet, dat zij gehad hebben, Meer dan Volm. Verl. Tijd , dat ik gehad hadde, dat gij gehad haddet, dat hij gehad hadde, dat wij gehad hadden, dat gij gehad haddet, dat zij gehad hadden, Eerste Toekomende Tijd , dat ik zoude hebben, dat gij zoudet hebben, dat hij zoude hebben, dat wij zouden hebben, dat gij zoudet hebben, dat zij zouden hebben, Tweede Toekomende Tijd , dat ik zoude gehad hebben, dat gij zoudet gehad hebben, dat hij zoude gehad hebben , dat wij zouden gehad hebben, dat gij zoudet gehad hebben, dat zij zouden gehad hebben, SupsuncTIvE Moon. Present Tense. dat wij hebben, that we have. dat gij hebbet, dat zij hebben, that you have. that they have. Imperfect Past Tense. that we had. that you had. that they had. dat wij hadden, dat gij haddet, dat zij hadden, Perfect Past Tense. that I have had. that thou have had. that he have had. that we have had. that you have had. that they have had. Compound Past Tense. that I had had. that thou had had. that he had had. that we had had. that you had had. that they had had. Future Tense. that I should have. that thou wouldst have. that he would have. that we should have. that you would have. that they would have. Compound Future Tense. that I should have had. that thou shouldst have had. that he should have had. that we should have had. that you should have had. that they should have had. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 1 CONJUGATION OF THE AUXILIARY VERB ZIJN OR WEZEN. Zijn or wezen , to be, is used in conjugating verbs passive, and some neuter verbs implying a state of existence. GesiepENDE Wis | wees, or zij, be. ONBEPAALDE Ws, tegenw, tijd, zijn, or, wezen, verled. tijd, toekom. tijd, zijn geweest, zullen zijn, DEELWOORDEN , tegenw. tijd, zijude, verled. tijd, geweest, toeckom. tijd, zullende zijn, AaxTooNENDE WIS, Tegenwoordige Tijd , ik ben, I am. gij zijt, thou art. hij is, he is. Onvolmaakt Verledene Tijd , ik was, I was. gij waart, thou wast. hij was, le was. Volmaakt Verledene Tijd , ik ben geweest, I have been. gij zijt geweest, thou hast been. hij is geweest, ‘fe has been. Meer dan Volm. Verledene Tid, I had been. thou hadst been. he had been. ik was geweest, gij waart geweest, hij was geweest , InpErATIVE Moon. weest , or zijt, be. Inrivimive Moon. to be. to have been. about to be. present tense, past tense , Suture tense, PARTICIPLES. present tense, being. past tense , been. Suture tense , about being. InprcaTive Moon. Present Tense. wij zijn, we are. gij zijt, you are. zij zijn, they are. Imperfect Past Tense, wij waren, we were. gi] waart, you were. zij waren, they were. Perfect Past Tense. wij zijn geweest, we have been. gij zijt geweest, zij zijn geweest, you have been. they have been. Compound Past Tense. wij waren geweest, we had been. gij waart geweest, you had been. zij waren geweest, they had been. 72 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. Eerste Toekomende Tijd, ik zal zijn, I shall be. gij zult zijn, thou wilt be. hij zal zijn, he will be. Tweede Toekomende Tijd , ik zal geweest zijn, gij zult geweest zijn, hij zal geweest zijn . wij zullen geweest zijn, gij zult geweest zijn, zij zullen geweest zijn, AANvVOEGENDE Wiis , Tegenwoordige Tijd, indien ik zij, if I be. indien gij zijt, if thou be. indien hij zij, if he be. Onvolmaakt Verledene Tijd, indien ik ware, if I weére indien gij waret, indien hij ware, if he were. Volmaakt Verledene Tijd, indien ik geweest zij, indien gij geweest zijt, indien hij geweest zij, indien wij geweest zijn, indien gij geweest zijn, indien zij geweest zijn, Meer dan volm. Verledene Tijd, indien ik geweest ware, indien gij geweest waret, indien hij geweest ware, indien wij geweest waren, indien gij geweest waret, indien zij geweest waren, if thou wert. Future Tense. wij zullen zijn, we shall be, gij zult zijn, zij zullen zijn, you will be. they will be. Compound Future Tense. I shall have been. thou wilt have been. he will have been. we shall have been. you will have been. they will have been. Suvesuxcrive Moob. Present Tense. indien wij zijn, if we be. if you be. if they be. indien gij zijt, indien zij zijn, Imperfect Past Tense. indien wij waren, if we were. if you were. if they were. indien gij waret, indien zij waren, Perfect Past Tense. if I have been. if thou have been. if he have been. if we have been. if you have been. if they have been. Compound Past Tense. if I had been. if thou had been. if he had been. if we had been. if you had been. if they had been. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 13 Eerste Toekomende Tijd, indien ik zoude zijn, indien gij zoudet zijn, indien hij zoude zijn, indien wij zouden zijn, indien gij zoudet zijn, indien zij zouden zijn, Tweede Toekomende Tijd, indien ik zoude geweest zijn, indien gij zoudet geweest zijn, indien hij zoude geweest zijn, indien wij zouden geweest zijn, indien gij zoudet geweest zijn, indien zij zouden geweest zijn, Future Tense. if 1 should be. if thou should be. if. he should be. if we should be. if you should be. if they should be. Compound Future Tense. if I should have been. if thou should have been. if he should have been. of we should have been. if’ you should have been. if they should have been. CONJUGATION OF THE AUXILIARY VERB WORDEN. Worden, to be, or become, or grow, is used in conjugating verbs passive, and indicates a passive state, or a passive duration or amelioration, GrBiEDENDE WSs, word, be or become. ONBEPALENDE WIS , tegenw. tijd, worden, verled. tijd, toekom. tijd, zullen worden. zijn geweest, DEELWOORDEN , tegenw. tijd, wordende, verled. tijd, geworden, toekom. tijd, zullende worden, AantooNENDE WLS, Tegenwoordige Tijd, ik word, I am. gij wordt, hij wordt, he 1s. thou art. IMPERATIVE Moop. wordt, be or become. InriniTive Moon. present tense, to be. past tense, to have been. Suture tense, about to be. PArTIGIPLES. present tense, being. past tense, been. future tense, about being. InprcaTive Moob. Present Tense. wij worden, gij wordt, we are. you are. zij worden, they are. Th Onvolmaakt Verledene Tijd, ik werd, I was. gij werdt, thou wast. hij werd, he was. Volmaakt Verledene Tijd, I have been. thou hast been. ik ben geworden, gij zijt geworden, hij is geworden, ke has been. Meer dan volm. Verledene Tijd, I had been. gij waart geworden, thou hadst been. he had been. ik was geworden, hij was geworden, Eerste Tockomende Tijd, I shall be. thou wilt be. he will be. ik zal worden, gij zult worden, hij zal worden, Tweede Toekom. Tijd, ik zal geworden zijn, gij zult geworden zijn, hij zal geworden zijn, wij zullen geworden zijn, gij zult geworden zijn, zij zullen geworden zijn, AANVOEGENDE Wiis, Tegenwoordige Tijd, indien ik worde, if I be. indien gij wordet, if thou be. indien hij worde, if he be. Onvolmaakt Verledene Tijd, indien ik wierde, 4° I were. indien gij wierdet, of thou wert. indien hij wierde, if he were. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. Imperfect Past Tense: wij werden, we were. gij werdt, you were. zij werden, they were. Perfect Past Tense. wij zijn geworden, we have been. gij zijt geworden, you have been. zij zijn geworden, they have been. Compound Past Tense. wij waren geworden, we had been. you had been. they had been. gij waart geworden, zij waren geworden, Future Tense. wij zullen worden, we shall be. you will be. they will be. gij zult worden, zij zullen worden, Compound Future Tense. I shall have been. thou wilt have been. he will have been. we shall have been. you will have been. they will have been. Susjunctive Moon. Present Tense. indien wij worden, 2f we be. indien gij wordet, if you be. indien zij worden, tf they be. Imperfect Past Tense. if we were. if you were. if they were. indien wij wierden, indien gij wierdet, indien zij wierden, DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 73 Volmaakt Verledene Tijd, indien ik geworden zij, indien gij geworden zijt, indien hij geworden zij, indien wij geworden zijn, indien gij geworden zijt, indien zij geworden zijn, Meer dan volm. Verledene Tijd, indien ik geworden ware, indien gij geworden waret, indien hij geworden ware, indier wij geworden waren, indien gij geworden waret, indien zij geworden waren, Eerste toekomende Tijd, indien ik zoude worden, indien gij zoudet worden, indien hij zoude worden, indien wij zouden worden, indien gij zoudet worden, indien zij zouden worden, Tweede tockomende Tid, indien ik zoude geworden zijn, indien gij zoudet geworden zijn, Perfect Past tense. if I have been. if thou have been. if he have been. if we have been. if you have been. if they have been. Compound Past Tense. if 1 had been. if thou had been. if he had been. if we had been. of you had been. if they had been. Future Tense. if I should be. if thou should be. if he should be. if we should be. if you should be. of they should be. ~ Compound Future Tense. if I should have been. if thou should have been. if he should have been. if we should have been. if you should have been. if they should have been. indien hij zoude geworden zijn, indien wij zouden geworden zijn, indien gij zoudet geworden zijn, indien zij zouden geworden zijn, VERBS ACTIVE. A verb active or transitive, bedrijvend werkwoord, has not only a nominative from which the action emanates, but must also have an object to which the action passes; as, ik sla den man, I strike the man; hij schrijft eenen brief, he writes a letter. Verbs active are either regular or irregular in their conjugation. 6 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. ~ REGULAR VERBS. Regular verbs, gelijkvioeijende werkwoorden or regelmatige werk- woorden, are those which form the Past Imperfect Tense by taking de or te at the end; as, min, love, ik minde, 1 loved; werk, work, ik werkte, I worked; and the Past Participle is formed by dropping the e final of the past imperfect and adding ge at the beginning of the word; as, ik werkte, 1 worked ; ik heb gewerkt, I have worked; ik weende, 1 wept; ik heb geweend,l have wept. Except those verbs beginning with the particle, be, ge, her, ont, ver, or wan, which only drop the e of the imperfect; as, ik beminde, 1 loved ; ik heb bemind, Ihave loved ; ik geleidde, I led; tk heb geleid, 1 have led; &c. CONJUGATION OF THE REGULAR VERB LEEREN. GeprepENDE Wis, InpERATIVE Moob. leer, learn. leert, learn. OxBEPAALDE WIS, Inrivirive Moov. tegenw. tijd, leceren, present tense, fo learn. verled. tijd, geleerd hebben, past tense, to have learned. toekom. tijd, zullen leeren, Suture tense, about to learn. DEELWOORDEN, PARTICIPLES. tegenw. tijd, leerende, present tense, learning. verled. tijd, geleerd, past tense, learned. toekom. tijd, zullende leeren, Suture tense, about learning. AaxtooNENDE Wis, Inpicative Moon. Tegenwoordige Tijd , Present Tense. ik leer, [I learn. wij leeren, we learn. gij leert, thou learnest. gij leert, you learn. hij leert, ‘ke learns. zij leeren, they learn. Onvolmaakt Verledene Tijd , Imperfect Past Tense. ik leerde, I learned. wij leerden , we learned. gij leerdet, thou learnedst. gij leerdet, you learned. hij leerde, he learned. zij leerden, they learned. Te] DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. Volmaakt Verledene Tijd, ik heb geleerd, I have learned. gij hebt geleerd, thou hast learned. hij heeft geleerd, ke has learned. Meer dan Volm. Verledene Tijd , ik had geleerd, I had learned. gij hadt geleerd, thou hadst learned. hij had geleerd, %e had learned. Eerste Tockomende Tijd , I shall learn. gij zult leeren, thou wilt learn , ik zal leeren, hij zal leeren, he will learn. Tweede Toekomende Tijd , ik zal geleerd hebben, gij zult geleerd hebben, hij zal geleerd hebben, wij zullen geleerd hebben, gij zult geleerd hebben , zij zullen geleerd hebben, AanvoreenoE Wiis, Tegenwoordige Tijd , ‘indien ik leere, of I learn. if thou learn. if he learn. indien gij leeret, indien hij leere, Onvolmaakt Verledene Tijd , indien ik leerde, indien gijleerdet, indien hij leerde, of I learned. if thou learned. if he learned. Volmaalkt Verledene Tijd , indien ik geleerd hebbe, indien gij geleerd hebbet, indien hij geleerd hebbe, zij zullen leeren , 71 Perfect Past Tense. wij hebben geleerd, we have learned. gij hebt geleerd, wou have learned. zij hebben geleerd, theyhavelearned. Compound Past Tense. wij hadden geleerd, we had learned. gij hadt geleerd, you had learned. zij hadden geleerd, they had learned. Future Tense. wij zullen leeren. we shall learn. gij zult leeren, you will learn. they will learn. Compound Future Tense. I shall have learned. thou wilt have learned. he will have learned. we shall have learned. you will have learned. they will have learned. Sussuncrive Moob. Present Tense. indien wij leeren, ¢f we learn. indien gij leeret, ¢f you leurn. indien zij leeren, if they learn. Imperfect Past Tense. indien wij leerden , ¢f we learned. indien gij leerdet, &f you learned. indien zij leerden, if they learned. Perfect Past Tense. if I have learned. if thou have learned. if he have learned. 8 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. indien wij geleerd hebben, indien gij geleerd hebbert, indien zij geleerd hebben, Meer dan Volm. Verledene Tijd, indien ik geleerd hadde, indien gij geleerd haddet, indien hij geleerd hadde, indien wij geleerd hadden, indien gij geleerd haddet, indien zij geleerd hadden, Eerste Tockomende Tijd, indien ik zoude leeren, indien gij zoudet leeren, indien hij zoude leeren, indien wij zouden leeren, indien gij zoudet leeren, indien zij zouden leeren, Tweece Toekomende Tijd , indien ik zoude geleerd hebben, indien gij zoudet geleerd hebben, indien hij zoude geleerd hebben, indien wij zouden geleerd hebben, indien gij zoudet geleerd hebben, indien zij zouden geleerd hebben, if we have learned. if you have learned. if they have learned. Compound Past Tense. if I had learned. if thou had learned. if he had learned. if we had learned. if you had learned. if they had learned. Future Tense. if I should learn. if thou should learn. if he should learn. if we should learn. if you should learn. if they should learn. Compound Future Tense. if I should have learned. if thou should have learned. if he should have learned. if we should have learned. if you should have learned. if they should have learned. THE FORMATION OF THE MOODS AND TENSES OF VERBS. The Imperative Mood is the root of the verb. The Infinitive is formed by adding ern to the imperative; as, leer , learn, leeren , to learn; bemin , love, beminnen, to love; except verbs ending with a vowel, which only take n; as, zie, see , zien, to see; doe, do, doen, to do; and verbs in the imperative ending in a, which double that vowel; as, sia, stand, staan , to stand ; ga, go, gaan , to go; and except also verbs in a single consonant preceded by a short vowel, which double the final consonant in the infinitive ; as, bid , pray, bidden, lo pray; bad ac DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 79 ren, run, rennen , to run. Imperatives ending in a consonant preceded by a double vowel, drop one of the vowels, and the consonant goes to the next syllable; as, gaap, gape, gapen, to gape ; huur, hire, huren, to hire; hoop, hope, hopen , to hope. Except the following verbs in ee, which retain the ee in con- jugation ; as, beer aan , beer aan, press sail. begeer, desire. beheer , rule. bekeer, turn, convert. bekleed, furnish, cover. benadeel , njure. beneen, say no. bezeer, wound. bleek , bleech. bleet, bleat. deel , share. dweep , be bigoted. eer, honor. fleem , flatter. geer, run obliquely. heel , cure. heet, heat. keer, turn. keet, clean. ketelstreel , Little. kleed , dress. kleem , stick to. krakeel, cavil. kreel , border. kweek , rear. leem, plaster with clay. leen, lend. leer, learn. lillebeen , tremble. meed, dye with madder. meen , mean. meer , moor. omkreel, swarm round. oordeel, judge. reed, equip. schaveel, move round. set all sail, aanbeeren , to set all sail. scheel , separate. smeek , pray. streel, comb. teeken, draw. tees, fray. veen, make turf. veet, quarrel. vereen, unite. verwees, be orphanized. vrees , fear, week , soak. ween , weep. weer , ndurate. zeep , soap. zeer, hurt. zweem , resemble. zweep , whip. zweet , sweat. And also their compounds which retain in like manner the ee ; as, bedeel , divide ; kleed aan, put on clothes, &e. Except also the following verbs in 00, which retain the 00 in conjugation ; begroot, estimate. behoor , belong. bloot, make naked. boom, push a boat. dood , kell. doop , baptize. doof, be deaf, droog , dry. droom, dream. droop , drop. hoor , hearken. hoos , lade. knoop , button. koop, buy. kroon, crown. lood, mark with a leaden ticket. loog, put into lye. loon, reward. loop, run. as, begroot, estimate , begrooten, to estimate , &ec. roof, steal. schoon, clean. sloop, break up. sloot , dith. sloof, toil. stoot, push, stroom , stream, stroop , flay. toog , shew. toom , check. 80 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. fool, teaze, nood, invite. toon, tune. gedoog , allow. 00g, eye. troon, govern. geloof , believe. oon, cast young. verdoor, become foolish. goor , turn rancid. poos, rest. verloom, tire. hoog , heighten. rook , smoke. zoom, border. hoop, ’eap. Except also their compounds, which retain in like manner the oo; as, droop door, drop through, doordroppen , to drop through ; verhoog , heighten, wverhoogen, to heighten. When the imperative ends in f, the [ is changed into v in the infinitive ; as, leef, live, leven, to live ; and when it endsins, the s is changed into z; as, lees, read, lezen, to read; verbs in ¢ final in the imperative, take jen in the infinitive; as maai , mow, maaijen , to mow. Infinitives in ssch or gch , drop the s or g in the imperfect ; as, blusschen , to extinguish, ik bluschte, 1 extinguished; kugchen , to cough, ik kuchte, 1 coughed. : The Present Participle is formed by adding de to the infinitive; as, leeren , to learn, leerende, learning ; beminnen , to love, beminnende , loving. The First Person of the Present Indicative is like the imperative as, ga, go, tk ga, 1 go; hoor, hear, ik hoor, 1 hear; zie see, tk zie, 1 see. The Second Person is formed from the first by adding ¢; as, ik zie, I see, gij ziet, thou seest; ik hoor, I hear, gij hoort, thou hearest. When the first person ends in ¢, the second remains unchanged ; as , tk zit, I sit, gij zit , you sit. The Third Person singular is like the second ; as; gij bemint, you love, hij bemint, he loves. The First and Third Person Plural are like the infinitive; and the Second Person Plural is like the second person singular. The Imperfect Past Tense is formed from the first person of the present indicative by taking de when it ends in 0, d, g, i, [, m, n, r, u, v, wor 5; and by taking fe, when it ends in f.k, p, 8,4, orch; as, ik bemin, 1 love, ik beminde, 1 loved ; ik maak, 1 make, ik maakte, 1 made, &c. When the First Person Present ends in d or f, the d or ¢ is doubled in the Past; as, ik brand , 1 burn, ik brandde, 1 burned ; uk plant, I plant, @ plantte, I planted ; &ec. The Second Person of this tense is formed from the first by adding ¢; as, ik beminde, 1 y DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 81 loved, gi bemindet, thou lovedst; ik redde, I delivered , gij reddet, thou deliveredst ; &c. The Third Person is like the first. The first and Third Person plural are formed by adding en to the first person singular; as, ik maakte , 1 made, wij maakien, we made, zij maakten , they made; tk lachte , 1 laughed, wij lachten , we laughed, %ij lachten , they laughed. Those past tenses in dd or it take de in the first and second persons plural; as, ik redde, I delivered, wij reddeden , we delivered; ik wvatte , I seized , wij vatteden , we seized , &e. The Present Tense of the Subjunctive is formed from the infinitive by dropping the final n; as, hopen, to hope, indien ik hope, if I hope; zien, to see, indien ik zie, if 1 see; maken, to make, wdien tk make, if I make; &ec. except monosyllabic verbs in aa which drop also the latter of the two vowels as well as the =; as, gaan, to go, indien ik ga, if I go; staan, to stand, indien ik sta, if I stand. The Second Person of this mood and tense is formed by adding ¢ to the first person; as, indien ik make, if 1 make, indien tk hope, if 1 hope, indien gij hopet, if you hope; except those ending in a which double the final vowel; as, indien ik ga, if IT go, indien gij gaat, if thou go. The Third Person is like the first. The First and Third Persons plural are like the in- finitive ; and the Second Person plural is like that of the singular. The Imperfect Past Tense of the Subjunctive is like the imperfect of the indicative ; as, ik maakte, 1 made, indien ik maakte, if 1 made ; but those verbs which have double # or d in the infinitive take de, as, ik zette, 1 set, indien ik zettede, if I set; &c. how- ever for the sake of harmony the de is often omitted. After this manner are conjugated the following Regular Verbs, as examples : Ime. Moon. Ixr. Moon. PRESENT. IMPERE. Parric. bouw, build, bouwen, ik bouw, ik bouwde, gebouwd. pak, pack, pakken, ik pak, ik pakte, gepaxt. kook, cook, kooken, ik kook, ik kookte, gekookt. antwoord, answer, antwoorden, ik aniwoord, ik antwoordde, geantwoord. punt, point, punten, ik punt, ik puntte, gepunt. wed, bet, wedden, ik wed, ik wedde, gewed. leef, live, leven, ik leef, ik leefde, geleefd. begeer, desire, begeeren, ik begeer, ik begeerde, begeerd. verhaal, zelate, herhalen, ik herhaal, ik herhaalde, herhaald. 6 82 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. IRREGULAR VERBS. Irregular verbs, ongelijkvioeijende werkwoorden or onregelmatige werkwoorden , are those which differ from the foregoing in the formation of the past tense and past participle. The Dutch language, like others of Teutonic origin, contains many verbs which change the vowel of the root in the formation of the imperfect past tense; as, zie, see; zien, lo see; tk zag, 1 saw; gexien, seen; schrijf, write; schrijven, to write; i schreef , 1 wrote; geschreven, written; and some verbs change, as well the final consonant as, the radical vowel; as, doe, do; doen, to do; deed, did; gedaan, done; &ec. The Irregular Verbs consist chiefly of those which change the vowels of the root, as follows : 4. 95 into ee 5. einloa 9. aa into oe 2. te — oo §. ee — de 10. ui — 00 3 7 ip 7 e — 0 41. ou — 3 4. ee — a 8. an — ie 12. ou — ie List of Irregular Verbs, exhibiting the Root, the Infinitive, the Past Imperfect, and the Past Parliciple. 1. Those verbs which change ¢ into ee in the Past Imperfect, and into e long in the Participle, which comprehend upwards of one fourth of the whole : Ine. INF. INF. Ine. Part. bezwijk, bezwijken, io faint, bezweek, bezweken. bijt, bijten, to bite, beet, gebeten, blijk, blijken, to seem, bleek, gebleken. blijf , blijven, to remain, bleef, gebleven. drijf, drijven, to drive, dreef, gedreven. verdwijn , verdwijnen, to disappear, verdween, verdwenen. gelijk, gelijken, to resemble, geleek, geleken. glijd, glijden, to slide, gleed, gegleden. grijn, grijnen, to wimper, green, gegrenen. grijp, grijpen, to seize, greep, gegrepen. hijg, hijgen, to pant, heeg, gehegen. hijsch, hijschen , to hoist, heesch, geheschen. kijk, kijken, to look, keek, gekeken. kijf, kijven, to chide, keef, gckeven. Isr. knijp, krijg, krijt, kwijt, lijd, lijk, mijd, nijg, nijp, prijs, rijd, rijg, rijt, rijf, rijs, schijn, schrijd, schrijf, slijp, slijt, smijt, snijd, spijt, splijt, stijg , stijf , strijd, strijk , tijg, wijk , wijt, wijs, wrijf, zwijg, zig DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. Inr. knijpen, krijgen, krijten, kwijten, lijden, lijken, mijden, nijgen, nijpen, prijzen, rijden, rijgen, rijten, rijven, rijzen , schijnen, schrijden , schrijven , slijpen, slijten, smijten, snijden, spijten, splijten, stijgen, stijven, strijden, strijken, tijgen,, wijken , wijten, wijzen, wrijven, zwijgen, zijgen, InF, to pinch, to get, to cry, to acquit, to suffer, to resemble, to avoid, io curtsy, to pinch, ~~ S commend, to ride, io lace, to slit, lo grate, to mount, to appear , to straddle, to write, to grind, to wear. to throw, to cut, to be sorry, fo split, to mount, to starch, to fight, to strike, to accuse, fo give way, to impute, to show, to rub, to be silent, to filtrate, Intp. kneep, kreeg, kreet . kweet, leed, leek, meed, neeg, neep, prees, reed, reeg, reet, reef, rees, scheen, schreed, schreef, sleep, sleet, smeet, sneed, speet, spleet, steeg, steef, streed, streek, teeg, week, weet, wees, wreef, zweeg , zeeg , 83 PART. geknepen. gekregen. gekreten. gekweten. geleden. geleken. gemeden. genegen. genepen. geprezen. gereden. geregen. gereten. gereven. gerezen. geschenen. geschreden. geschreven. geslepen. gesleten. gesmeten. gesneden. gespeten. gespleten. gestegen. gesteven. gestreden, gestreken. getegen. geweken. geweten. gewezen. gewreven. gezwegen. gezegen. 84 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 2. Those which change ze into oo in the Past Imperfect, and into o long in the Past Participle: Imp. bedrieg, bied, geniet, giet, kies, klief, lieg, riek, schiet, verdriet, verlies, vlied, vlieg, vliet, vries, zied, 3. Those which change 7 short into o Ink. bedriegen, bieden, genieten, gieten, kiezen, klieven, liegen, rieken, schieten, verdrieten, verliezen, vlieden, vliegen, vlieten, vriezen, zieden, Ing. to deceive, to offer, to enjoy, to pour, to choose, to cleave, to le, to smell, to shoot. to sadden, to lose, to flee, to jy, to flow, to freeze, to seethe, Imperfect and Past Participle : Imp. begin, bezin, blink, bind, ding, dring, drink, dwing, glim, klim, klink, spin, spring, stink, verzin, verzwind, Inv. beginnen, bezinnen, blinken, binden, dingen, dringen, drinken, dwingen, glimmen, klimmen, klinken, spinnen, springen, stinken, verzinnen, Ink. to begin, to ponder, to shine, to bind, to chaffer, to press, to drink, to force, to shine. to climb, to sound, to spin, to leap, to stink, to invent, verzwinden, fo disappear, Imp. bedroog, bood, genoot, goot, koos, kloof, loog, rook, schoot , verdroot, verloor, vlood, vloog, vloot, vroor, zood, Part. bedrogen. geboden. genoten. gegoten. gekozen. gekloven, gelogen. geroken. geschoten. verdroten. verloren. gevloden. gevlogen. gevloten. gevroren. gezoden. short both in the Past Inte. begon, bezon, blonk, bond, dong, drong, dronk, dwong, glom, klom, klonk, spon, sprong, stonk, verzon, PART. begonnen. bezonnen. geblonken. gebonden. gedongen, gedrongen, gedrouken. gedwongen. geglommen. geklommen. geklonken. gesponnen. gesprongen. gestonken. verzonhen. verzwond, verzwonden. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 85 Imp. Inw. Inr. Ine. Parr. vind, vinden, to find, vond, gevonden. wind, winden, to wind, wond , gewondeu. win, winnen, to gain, won, gewonnen. wring, wringen, to wring, wrong, gewrongen. zing, zingen, to sing, Zong, gezongen. zink, zinken, to sink, zonk, gezonken. 4. Those which change ee long into @ short in the Past Imper- fect, and into o or e¢ long in the Past Participle : Inte. Ink. Ivy. Ine. Parr. beveel, bevelen, to command, beval, bevolen. breek, breken, to break, brak, gebroken. eet, eten, to eat, at, gegeten. genees. genezen. to cure, genas, genezen. geef, geven, to give, gaf, gegeven. lees, lezen, to read, las, gelezen. meet, meten, to measure, mat, gemeten. neem, nemen , to take, nam, genomen. spreek , spreken , to speak, sprak, gesproken. steek , steken , to sting , stak , gestoken. steel , stelen , to steal, stal, gestolen. treed , treden. to tread, trad , getreden. vergeet , vergeten , to forget, vergat, vergeten. vreet, vreten , to devour , vrat , gevreten, wees, wezen , to be, was, geweest. 5. Those which change e short into a short both in the Past Imperfect and Past Participle : Tur. Ixr. Ine. Imp. Parr. breng , brengen, to bring, bragt , gebragt, denk, denken , to think , dacht , gedacht. 6. Those which change e short into ¢¢ in the Past Imperfect and into o short, or e or a long, in the Past Participle : Imp. INF. Ing. Imp. PART. bederf , bederven, to spoil, bedierf , bedorven. hef , heffen , to heave , hief , geheven. 86 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. Imp. Iny. INF. Imp. Parr. help, helpen , to help , hielp , geholpen. schep, scheppen , to create, schiep, geschapen. sterf , sterven , to die, stierf, gestorven, werf , werven , to enlist, wierf , geworven. werp , werpen , to throw , wierp , geworpen. 7. Those which change e short into e¢ short both in the Past Imperfect tense and Past Participle : Imp. Isr. Inw. Ine. Parr. berst , bersten, to burst, borst , geborsten. delf, delven, to dig , dolf, gedolven. geld , gelden, to avail , gold, gegolden. kerf, kerven, to hack , korf, gekorven. melk, melken, to milk, molk , gemolken. scheld , schelden , to scold, schold, gescholden. schend , schenden , to spoil, schond, geschonden. schenk, schenken , to pour, schonk, geschonken. smelt , smelten , to melt, smolt, gesmolten. tref , treffen , to hit, trof , getroffen. trek , trekken , to draw, trok, getrokken. vecht, vechten , to fight, vocht , gevochten. verzwelg, verzwelgen , to swallow, verzwolg, verzwolgen. vlecht, vlechten , to plait, vlocht, gevlochten. zend , zenden, to send , zond , gezonden. zwel , zwellen, to swell , zwol , gezwollen. zwem, zwemmen , to swim, Zwom , gezwommen. zwerf, zwerven, to stray, zworf, or, gezworven. zwierf, 8. Those which change aa and a short into ie in the Past Imperfect , and into @ long or short in the Past Participle : Ine. INF. INF. Ip. Parr. blaas , blazen , to blow , blies, geblazen. braad, braden , to roast, bried, or gebraden. braadde , laat, laten, to leave, liet, gelaten. raad, raden , to councel , ried, geraden. slaap , slapen , to sleep, sliep , geslapen. Imp. val , wasch , was , DUTCH ETYMOLOGY INL. vallen , wasschen , wassen , Imp. to fall , to wash , to grow, Inte. viel, wiesch , wies, 87 Part. gevallen. gewasschen. gewassen. 9. Those which change aa into oc in the Past Imperfect, and into @ long in the Past Participle : Ine. draag, graaf, jaag , vaar , vraag , 40. Those which change wz into 00 in Inv. dragen, graven, jagen, varen , vragen, Inv. to carry , to dig, hunt, ~~ S ~~ 0 navigate, to ask, and into o long in the Past Participle : Imp. buig , druip , duik , fluit , kluif , krui, kruip , luik , pluis , ruik , schuil , schuif, sluik , sluip, sluit , snuit , snuif , spruit , spuit , stuif , Ing. buigen , druipen, duiken , fluiten , kluiven, kruijen , kruipen, luiken , pluizen , raiken , schuilen, schuiven , sluiken , sluipen , sluiten , snuiten , snuiven , spruiten, spuiten , stuiven , Ir. to bend, to drop, to dive, to whistle, to gnaw, to wheel, to creep , to close, to ravel out, to smell, to shelter , to push, to smuggle , to sneak , to shut , to snuff , to take snuff , to sprout, to spout, to raise dust, Imp. droeg , groef , joeg, or jaagde , voer , vroeg, or vraagde. the Past Inte. boog, droop , dook, floot, kloof, krooi, kroop, look, ploos, rook , school , schoof , slook , sloop , sloot , snoot , snoof , sproot , spoot , stoof , Parr. gedragen. gegraven. gejaagd. gevaren. gevraagd. Imperfect , Parr. gebogen. gedropen. gedoken. gefloten. gekloven. gekrooijen. gekropen. geloken. geplozen. geroken. gescholen, geschoven. gesloken. geslopen. gesloten. gesnoten. gesnoven. gesproten. gespoten. gestoven. 88 Imp. zuig , zuip , » DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. Ing. zuigen zuipen , Ise. to suck , to tipple, Imp. 200g , Z0op , Part. gezogen. gezopen. 44. Those which change a short into 7 short in the Past Im- perfect , and into a short in the Past Participle : Ip. hang, vang, Iny. hangen, vangen , Inp. to hang, to catch , Tap. hing , ving , Part. gehangen. gevangen. 12. Those which change ou into 7e in the Past Imperfect, and into ou in the Past Participle : Iup. houd , houw , Ing. houden, houwen, Ing. to keep , to hew, Inte. hield , hienw , Parr. gehouden. gehouwen. The following are also irregular in their conjugation , but do not come under either of the foregoing classifications : Imp. bid, bak, doe, ga, heb, kom, koop , no imp. * leg, lig, lach, loop, no mp. t Ins. bidden, bakken, doen, gaan, hebben, komen, koopen , kunnen, leggen , liggen, lagchen, loopen , mogen , INF. to pray, to bake, to do, to go, to have, to come, to buy, to be able, to lay, to lie, to laugh, to run, (to) may, Ine. Part. bad,gij baadt, gebeden. biek,or bakte, gebakken. deed, gedaan. ging, gegaan. had, gehad. kwam , gij gekomen. kwaamt , kocht , gekocht. kon or konde. no part. leide, gelegd or geleid. lag , gelegen. lachte, gelagchen. liep , geloopen. mogt, mogen. * Ind. Mood, Pres. Tense, ik kan, gif kunt, hij kan, wij kunnen , enz. t Ind. Mood , Pres. Tense, ik mag, gij moogt , hij mag , wij mogon , enz. Imp. no mp. pleeg, roep , scheer , sla, sta, weeg, weet, werk , wreck , word , Zeg) zij , zie, zit, zoek , 70 tmp. zweer , DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. Ine. Inv. moeten , (to) must, plegen, to use, roepen, to call, scheeren ; to shave, slaan , to strike, staan , to stand, wegen , to weigh , * weten , to know, werken , to work, wreken , to avenge , worden , to be , zeggen , to say, zijn, to be, zien, to see, zitten , to sit, zoeken , to seek, zullen , (to) shall, zweren , to swear, Imp. moest , plagt, riep, schoor , sloeg , stond , woog , wist , wrocht or werkte , wreekte , werd , zeide or zegde, was, zag, gij zaagt, zat , zocht, zoude , ZWOer , 89 Parr. gemoeten. gepleegd. geroepen. geschoren. geslagen. gestaan. gewogen. geweten. gewrocht or gewerkt. gewroken. geworden. gezegd or gezeid. geweest. gezien. gezeten. gezocht. gezworen. In like manner are conjugated the compounds of these verbs; as, verzoeken , to request, tk verzocht, I requested; &ec. The other moods and tenses as also the numbers and persons of the foregoing irregular verbs will be sufficiently apparent as they follow the rules and forms of the regular verbs in all other particulars , and as conjugaded at page 76—78 ; except the auxi- liaries which are conjugated throughout at page 68 — T5. CONJUGATION OF THE IRREGULAR VERB BIDDEN. GepiEDENDE Wiis, bid, pray. OnpEpAALDE WLIS, tegenw. tijd, verled. tijd, toekom. tijd, bidden. gebeden hebben. te zullen bidden. present tense, past tense. future tense, InperaTIVE Moob. bidt pray. Inpinirive Moon. to pray. to have prayed. about to pray. 90 DEEL WOORDEN tegenw. tijd, biddende, gebeden hebbende. zullende bidden. verled. tijd, toekom. tijd, AantooNENDE Wiis, Tegenwoordige Tijd, ik bid, 1 pray. gij bidt, thou prayest. hij bidt. Ze prays. Onvolmaakt Verledene Tijd, ik bad, I prayed. gij baadt, thou prayedst. hij bad, he prayed. Volimaakt Verled. Tijd, ik heb gebeden, [I have prayed. gij hebt gebeden, thou hast prayed. hij heeft gebeden, ke has prayed. Meer dan volmaakt Verled. Tijd, ik had gebeden, [I had prayed. gij hadt gebeden, thou hadst prayed. hij had gebeden, ‘Ze kad prayed. Eerste Tockomende Tid, ik zal bidden, gij zult bidden, hij zal bidden, I shall pray. thou wilt pray. he will pray. Tweede Toekom. Tijd, ik zal gebeden hebben, gij zult gebeden hebben, hij zal gebeden hebben, wij zullen gebeden hebben, ¢ij zult gebeden hebben, zij zullen gebeden hebben, DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. PARTICIPLES. present tense, praying. past tense, having prayed. Suture tense, about praying. Inprcative Moon. Present Tense. wij bidden, we pray. gij bidt, you pray. zij bidden, they pray. Imperfect Past Tense. wij baden, we prayed. gij baadt, you prayed. zij baden, they prayed. Perfect Past Tense. wij hebben gebeden, we have prayed. gij hebt gebeden, yoa have prayed. zij hebben gebeden, they have prayed. Compound Past Tense. wij hadden gebeden, we had prayed. gij hadt gebeden, you had prayed. zij hadden gebeden, they had prayed. Future Tense. wij zullen bidden, we skall pray. gij zult bidden, zij zullen bidden, you will pray. they will pray. Compound Future Tense. I shall have prayed. thou will have prayed. he will have prayed. we shall have prayed. you will have prayed. they will have prayed. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. AANVOEGENDE Wis, Tegenwoordige Tijd , indien ik bidde, if I pray. indien gij biddet, if thou pray. indien hij bidde, if he pray. Onvolmaakt Verledene Tijd, indien ik bade, if I prayed. indien gij badet, indien hij bade, if thou prayed. if he prayed. Volmaakt Verled. Tijd, indien ik gebeden hebbe, indien gij gebeden hebbet, indien hij gebeden hebbe, indien wij gebeden hebben, indien gij gebeden hebbet, indien zij gebeden hebben, Meer dan volmaakt Verled. Tijd, indien ik gebeden hadde, indien gij gebeden haddet, indien hij gebeden hadde, indien wij gebeden hadden, indien gij gebeden haddet, indien zij gebeden hadden, Eerste Toekomende Tijd, indien ik zoude bidden, indien gij zoudet bidden, indien hij zoude bidden, indien wij zouden bidden, indien gij zoudet bidden, indien zij zouden bidden, Tweede Toekomende Tijd , indien ik zoude gebeden hebben, indien gij zoudet gebeden hebben, 94 Suvssoncrive Moon. Present Tense. of we pray. if you pray if they pra indien wij bidden, indien gij biddet, indien zij bidden, Imperfect Past Tense indien wij baden, if we prayed. if thou prayed. of they prayed. indien gij badet, indien zij baden, Perfect Past Tense. if I have prayed. if thou have prayed. if he have prayed. if we have prayed. if you have prayed. if they have prayed. Compound Past Tense. if I had prayed. if thou had proyed. if he had prayed. if we had prayed. if you had prayed. if they had prayed. Future Tense. of I should pray. if thou should pray. if he should pray. if we should pray. if you should pray. if they should pray. Compound Future Tense. of 1 should have prayed. tf thou should have prayed. 92 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. indien hij zoude gebeden hebben, if he should have prayed. indien wij zouden gebeden hebben, if we should have prayed. indien gij zoudet gebeden hebben, if you should have prayed. indien zij zouden gebeden hebben, tf they should have prayed. VERBS PASSIVE. A verb passive expresses a passive state of its nominative, and is formed by the auxiliary verb zijn or worden and the past par- ticiple of the active state or voice: as, het boek is geschreven , the book is written. Zijn is used in the passive voice when merely a passive state is implied without reference to any collateral state, as, bemind, be loved; tk word bemind, 1am loved ; hij is geleerd, he is learned ; here the passive state actually exists and is become fixed and determined. Worden is used for the passive voice when not only a passive state is implied but also a progression; as, bemind worden, to become loved ; ik word bemind, I become loved ; ik word geleerd, I become learned; here the passive state is accompanied with a notion of progression in the passive state. The meaning of these auxiliaries is shown in these sentences: als ik mijne zes jaren op de hoogeschool zal doorgebragt hebben, zal ik geleerd zijn ; when I shall have passed my six years at the university, 1 shall be learned ; als ik vlijtig mijne zes jaren op de hoogeschool doorbrenge, zal ik geleerd worden, if I diligently pass my six years at the university I shall (be) become learned. As every subject from which a transitive action emanates, is called active or the active voice, so every subject which is under the action of the verb, is called passive or the passive voice; thus every active verb can become passive and take zijn or worden according as the sense requires. CONJUGATION OF THE VERB PASSIVE GELEERD ZIJN. GesiepENDE Wiis, InpERATIVE Mood. zij geleerd, be learned. zijt geleerd, be learned. Oveeraanpe Wiss, Isrrsitive Moon. tegenw. tijd, geleerd zijn, pres. tense, to be learned. verled. tijd, geleerd geweestzijn, past tense, to have been learned. toekom. tijd, geleerd te zullenzijn. future tense, about to be learned. 3 4 hs DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. DEELWOORDEN , tegenw. tijd, geleerd zijnde. verled. tijd, toekom. tijd, zullende geleerd zijn. AAanToONENDE WIS, Tegenwoordige Tid, ik ben geleerd, [I am learned. gij zijt geleerd, thou art learned. hij is geleerd, ke is learned. Onvolmaakt Verledene Tijd, ik was geleerd, I was learned. gij waart geleerd, thou wast learned. hij was geleerd, Fhe was learned. Volmaakt Verledene Tid, ik ben geleerd geweest, gij zijt geleerd geweest, hij is geleerd geweest, wij zijn geleerd geweest, © gij zijt geleerd geweest, zij zijn geleerd geweest, Meer dan volmaalt Verled. Tijd, ik was geleerd geweest, gij waart geleerd geweest, hij was geleerd geweest, wij waren geleerd geweest, gij waart geleerd geweest, zij waren geleerd geweest, Eerste Toekomende Tijd, ik zal geleerd zijn, gij zult geleerd zijn, hij zal geleerd zijn, wij zullen geleerd zijn, gij zult geleerd zijn, zij zullen geleerd zijn, geleerd geweest zijnde. 93 PARTICIPLES. pres. tense, being learned. past tense, having been learned. future tense, about being learned. InpicaTive Moob. Present Tense. wij zijn geleerd, we are learned. gij zijt geleerd, you are learned. zjj zijn geleerd, they are learned. Imperfect Past Tense. wij waren geleerd, we were learned. gij waart geleerd, youwere learned. zij waren geleerd, theywerelearned. Perfect Past Tense. I have been learned. thou hast been learned. he has been learned. we have been learned. you have been learned. they have been learned. Compound Past Tense. I had been learned. thou hadst been learned. he had been learned. we had been learned. - you had been learned. they had been learned. Future Tense. I shall be learned. thou wilt be learned. he will be learned. we shall be learned. you will be learned. they will be learned. D4 Tweede Toekomende Tijd, ik zal geleerd geweest zijn, gij zult geleerd geweest zijn, hij zal geleerd geweest zijn, wij zullen geleerd geweest zijn, gij zult geleerd geweest zijn, zij zullen geleerd geweest zijn, AANVOEGENDE WIJS, Tegenwoordige Tijd, indien ik geleerd zij, indien gij geleerd zijt, indien hij geleerd zij, indien wij geleerd zijn, indien gij geleerd zijt, indien zij geleerd zijn, Onvolmaakt Verledene Tijd, indien ik geleerd ware, indien gij geleerd waret, indien hij geleerd ware, indien wij geleerd waren, indien gij geleerd waret, indien zij geleerd waren, Volmaakt Verledene Tijd, indien ik geleerd geweest zij, indien gij geleerd geweest zijt, indien hij geleerd geweest zij, indien wij geleerd geweest zijn, indien gij geleerd geweest zijt, indien zij geleerd geweest zijn, Meer dan volmaakt Verled. Tijd, indien ik geleerd geweest ware, indien gij geleerd geweest waret, indien hij geleerd geweest ware, indien wij geleerd geweest waren, indien gij geleerd geweest waret, indien zij geleerd geweest waren, DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. Compound Future Tense. I shall have been learned. thou wilt have been learned. he will have been learned. we shall have been learned. you will have been learned. they will. have been learned. Sussuncrive Moon. Present Tense. if I be learned. if thou be learned. if he be learned. if we be learned. if you be learned. if they be learned. Imperfect Past Tense. if I were learned. if thou were learned. if he were learned. if we were learned. if you were learned. if they were learned. Perfect Past Tense. if I have been learned. tf thou have been learned. if he have been learned. if we have been learned. if you have been learned. if they have been learned. Compound Past Tense. if I had been learned. if thou had been learned. if he had been learned. if we had been learned. if you had been learned. tf they had been learned. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 95 Eerste Tockomende Tijd, Future Tense, indien ik geleerd zoude zijn, if I should be learned. indien gij geleerd zoudet zijn, if thou should be learned. indien hij geleerd zoude zijn, if he should be learned. indien wij geleerd zouden zijn, if we should be learned. indien gij geleerd zoudet zijn, tf you should be learned. indien zij geleerd zouden zijn, if they should be learned. Tweede Tockomende Tijd, Compound Future Tense. indien ik geleerd geweest zoude zijn, ¢f I should have been learned. indien gij geleerd geweest zoudet zijn, #f thou should have been learned. indien hij geleerd geweest zoude zijn, ¢f he should have been learned. indien wij geleerd geweest zouden zijn, if we should have been learned. indien gij geleerd geweest zoudet zijn, #f you should have been learned. indien zij geleerd geweest zouden zijn, 7f they should have been learned. REFLECTIVE VERBS. Verbs reflective , wederkeerige werkwoorden , are those which have a personal pronoun after them of the same person as the nominative or subject which is thus also the object, the subject and object being one and the same person; in the infinitive and third persons they take always zich. There are about sixty verbs of this class; as, zich baden, to bathe. zich ontfermen., fo Lave mercy. zich bedenken, to reflect. zich schamen, to be ashamed. zich behelpen, to be content. zich vergissen, to be mistaken. zich beroemen, 70 boast. zich verhoovaar- fo vaunt. digen, zich bevinden, to be (somewhere). zichverwaardigen, to deign. zich beginnen, fo conceive. zich verzetten, to be opposed to. zich matigen, to be moderate. zich onthouden, to abstain from. zich verzweren, to bind one’s self by oath. and some others. The foregoing verbs reflective retain always this form , but also some active verbs often become verbs reflective ; as, zich beminnen, fo love one’s self. zich wasschen, to wash one’s self. , ’ and many others. 96 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. CONJUGATION OF VERBS REFLECTIVE. As these verbs, are active in their nature they are conjugated through the compound tenses with hebben ; thus, GEBIEDENDE WLS, beroem u, boast. ONBEPAALDE WLS, tegenw. tijd, zich beroemen. verled. tijd, zich beroemd hebben. toekom. tijd, DEELWOORDEN, tegenw. tijd, zich beroemende. verled. tijd, AantoonexpE Wiss, Tegenwoordige Tijd, ik beroem mij, I boast. gij beroemt u, thou boastest. hij beroemt zich, he boasts. Onvolmaakt Verledene Tijd, ik beroemde mij, [I boasied. gij beroemdet u, hij beroemde zich, #%e boasted. Volmaakt Verledene Tijd, ik heb mij beroemd, enz. Meer dan volmaakt Verledene Tijd, ik had mij beroemd, enz. Eerste Toekomende Tijd, ik zal mij beroemen, enz. zich te zullen beroemen. zich beroemd hebbende. toekom. tijd, zich zullende beroemen. wij beroemden ons, thou boastedst. gij beroemdet u, zij beroemden zich, InpERATIVE Moop. beroemt u, boast. InriniTive Moon. pres. tense. to boast. past tense. to have boasted. Suture tense. about to boast. ParrIcIpLES. boasting. boasted. Suture tense, about boasting. pres. tense, past tense, INDICATIVE Mo00D. Present Tense. wij beroemen ons, we boast. gij beroemt u, you boast. zij beroemen zich, they boast. Imperfect Past Tense. we boasted. you boasted. they bousted. Perfect Past Tense. 1 have boasted. &e. Compound Past Tense. I lad boasted. &e. Future Tense. I shall boast. &e. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 97 Tweede Toekomende Tijd, Compound Future Tense. ik zal mij beroemd hebben , I shall have boasted , enz. &e. AANvoEGENDE WLS, Suveyunctive Moop. Tegenwoordige Tijd, Present Tense. indien ik mij beroeme, if I boast. enz. &c. Onvolmaakt Verledene Tijd, Imperfect Past Tense. indien ik mij bersemde, if I boasted, enz. &e. Volmaakt Verledene Tijd, Perfect Past Tense. indien ik mij beroemd hebbe, tf I have boasted. enz, &e. Meer dan Voli. verledene Tijd, Compound Past Tense. indien ik mij beroemd hadde, if I had boasted. enz. &e. Eerste Toekomende Tijd, Future Tense. indien ik mij zoude beroemen, if I should boast. enz, &eo Tweede Toekomende Tijd, Compound Past Tense. indien ik mij beroemd zoude hebben, of I should have boasted. enz. ; &e, In like manner is translated the conjugation of a verb reflective when taking a neuter verb in English; as, zich beroemen, to boast; zich bedenken, to reflect, &c. but when taking a verb aclive, the personal pronoun is also translated; as, zich verzweren, to perjure one’s self ; ik verzweer mij, 1 perjure myself ; gij verzweert u, you perjure yourself; hij verzweert zich, he perjures himself ; wij versweren Ons, we perjure ourselves; gij versweert uw, you perjure yourselves; xij verzweren zich, they perjure themselves ; &e. as also all verbs aclive when taking the reflective form; as, zich bexeeren , to wound one’s self; ik bexeer mij, I wound myself, &e. Verbs reflective compounded of a separable preposition, as 7 98 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. zich aankanten, to be opposed to. zich aanmatigen, to presume. zich inbeelden , to imagine. require the preposition after the verb and the pronoun in (he imperalive and in the indicative present and imperfect, but in other tenses the pronoun is placed before the preposition and the verb; kant u aan, be opposed to. ik kant mij aan, I am opposed. ik kantte mij aan, I was opposed to. ik heb mij aangekant, I have been opposed io. ik zal mij aankanten, I shall be opposed to. VERBS NEUTER. Verbs neuter or intransitive, onzijdige werkwoorden, are verbs which express that kind of action or state which has no effect upon any thing beyond their nominative, express merely a slate or con- dition of their nominative ; as, Johanna danst, Jane danses; het paard slaapt, the horse sleeps. They are distinguished from verbs active by not taking an object after them. CONJUGATION OF VERBS NEUTER. Verbs neuter are conjugated like verbs active , but in the eom- pound tenses some are conjugated with hebben and others with zijn, and some neulers are in one slate conjugated with the former and in another with the latter. Verbs neuter are conjugated with zijn when they express more a state of existance or suffering than an action ; such are bljjven, to stay. komen, to come. sterven, to die. beschimmelen, Zo mould. vailen , to fall. zij zijn gebleven , they have remained ; hij is gestorven, he is dead ; het brood is beschimmeld , the bread is mouldy ; de bode is gekomen , the messenger is arrived. Verbs neuler are conjugated with hebben when an action is im- plied ; as grazen, to graze. lagchen , to laugh. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 99 arbeiden, to work. weenen , to cry. eten , to eat. wandelen , to walk. hebt gif gespeeld of gearbeid ? ik heb gearbeid ; have you played or worked ? I have worked ; het kind heeft geweend, the child has wept. Verbs neuter signifying motion are sometimes conjugated with zijn and at other times with hebben ; of this class are draven, io trot. loopen, to run. drentelen , to come slowly. rijden , to ride. duikelen , to gambol. rollen , to roll. duiken, to duck under. slenderen , to walk slowly. gaan, to go. springen , to jump. klimmen , to climb. wandelen , to walk. klouteren , to climb. zwemmen , to swim. vliegen , to fly. and many others. In the use of these and such like verbs, zijn is used when the place where the action occurred is designated ; as, hij is naar Amsterdam gegaan, fe is gone to Amsterdam. ik ben over dien steen gestruikeld, [I have stumbled over that stone. wij zijn ten vier ure van huis we went from home al four o’ clock. gereden , gij zijt naar den Haag gewandeld, you have walked to the Hague. When merely the motion is indicated , without allusion to the place, the verb hebben is then used; as, ik heb lang gewandeld , I have walked a long time. hij heeft ook gestruikeld, he has also stumbled. wij hebben heden gewandeld, we have walked to-day. VERBS IMPERSONAL. Some neuter verbs expressing certain operations or states of the elements , and taking het for the nominative , and being used in the infinitive mood and third person singular only, are called Verbs Impersonal , onpersoonlijke werkwoorden ; such are bliksemen, het bliksemt, 7¢ lightens. ijzelen, het ijzel, it freezes. dooijen, het dooit, ¢¢ thaws. misten , het mist, is misty. 100 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. donderen , het dondert, ¢¢ thunders. sneeuwen, het sneeuwt, ¢¢ snows. hagelen, het hagelt, it hails. vriezen, het vriest, it freezes. and some others. There are also some verbs in the active voice , which are only used in the third person singular with ket for the nominative, and have a personal pronoun for object; as, berouwen , fo regret. lusten , to wish. betreffen to concern. spijten , to be sorry. ’ Py Y bevreemden fo surprise. verdrieten , to distress. ’ P gelukken , to succeed. verwonderen, to astonish. jammeren , to pity. walgen , to disgust. they are thus employed : het betreft mij, it concerns me. het berouwt mij, I regret it. het jammert u, you pity. het verwoundert hem, he is astonished. het gelukt ons, we succeed. het spijt hem, he is sorry, or he regrets. VERBS USED INTERROGATIVELY AND NEGATIVELY. Verbs throughout their conjugation can be used Inferrogatively or Negalively, or Negatively interrogatively. Verbs when used Interrogatively take then the nominative after the verb; as, leert gij? do you learn? schrijven zij? do they write ? in the compound tenses of verbs the nominative is placed between the auxiliary and the principal verb; as, heeft hij gelexen? has he read? zullen wij gaan? shall we go? ~~ Verbs when used Negalively take the adverb niet, not, after them; as, hij spreekt niet, he does mot speak; het regent niet, it does not rain: in the compound tenses of verbs, the adverb niet is placed between the auxiliary and the principal verb; as, ik zal niet vertrekken , 1 shall not depart; zij hebben niet geschreven , they have not writen. When verbs are used Negatively and Interrogatively, the nominative is placed after the verb, and the adverb niet after the nominative ; as, komt hij niet? does he not come? wvriest het niet? does it not freeze? In the compound tenses the nominative and the adverb are 1 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 101 placed between the auxiliary and the verb; as, heeft hij niet ge- sproken? has he not spoken? zullen wij niet gaan? shall we not go? CONJUGATION OF COMPOUND VERBS. In the conjugation of Compound Verbs, the adjunct sometimes becomes separated from the simple verb and sometimes not. Verbs are compounded of 1. Verb and noun. 2. Verb and adjective or adverb. 3. Verb and particle. 4. Verb and preposition. 1. Verbs compounded of a noun and another verb, are inseparable when the verb and noun, taken separately, do not convey each a partial idea of the compound idea; as, beeldhouwen, to sculpture; brandmerken , to brand ; dagvaarden, to summon ; handhaven, to maintain ; kielhalen, to careen ; houwen , to hew ; merken, to mark ; vaarden — haven — halen , to fetch, not conveying the most distant idea of the signification of the compound, remain inseparable in their conjugation; as, ik heb gebeeldhouwd, 1 have carved; hij is gedagvaard , he is summonsed ; hij was gebrandmerkt, he was branded; ik zal gekielhaald hebben, 1 shall have careend. The Compounds, brandstichten, to set on fire ; houthakken , to hew wood ; woordhouden, to keep word, &e., are separable, because stichten, to cause; hakken, to hew; houden, to keep; convey a distinct idea which leads to a comprehension of the compound idea and therefore become disunited in conjugation; as, brand le stichten, to set on fire; hout te hakken, to hew wood. In the formation of the simple tenses of the indicative, the noun is placed last; as, ik sticht brand, 1 set on fire; ik hakle hout, 1 hewed wood. In tenses compounded of the past participle, the particle ge is placed between the noun and the verb; as, ik heb brand gesticht ; ik had hout gehakt; ik zal woord gehoudern hebben. In the simple future, the form of the infinitive is retained; as, ik zal brandstichten. In the subjunctive mood, the simple tenses are formed as in other verbs; as, dat tk brandstichite , dat ik houthakle, &ec. and the compound tenses of this mood are formed like those of the indicative. The Imperative is like the present Indicative ; as, sticht brand ; hak hout. 102 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 9. The greater part of verbs compounded of zn adjective or adverb and a simple verb are separable, and follow the same forms as those of the noun and verb; as, ma doen, to imitate, ok heb nagedaan, na te doen, &ec. ; except, liefkozen, to caress; weerlichten , to lighten, which are inseparable and follow the form of simple verbs in their conjugation; as, hij heeft geliefkoosd ; het zal ge- weerlicht hebben, &ec. 3. The initial particles of verbs be, ge, her, mis, ont, ver, never admit ge in the formation of the past participle, and merely serve to modify the meaning of the verb; they are always inse- parable, and the verbs are conjugated as when simple. 4. Verbs taking a preposition, as an adjunct, are sometimes separable and sometimes not. ‘ Verbs compounded of an inseparable preposition and a simple verb are of the same nature as those compounded of a verb and particle, and, like them, do not admit the particle ge in the formation of the past participle; except, ant, and wan; as in antwoorden , to answer ; geantwoord ; wanhopen, to dispair; ge- wanhoopt ; wantrouwen , to mistrust, gewantrouwd. Verbs compounded of a separable preposition are , 1. Those taken in a direct and positive sense; 2. those employed also in a figu- rative sense, but which in their direct acceptation are also con- jugated sometimes inseparably; 3. those which are always employed separably in their direct and material signification , and are inseparable in their figurative acceptations only. 1. Verbs compounded of a separable preposition present a direct idea of its signification ; and the verbs, in conjugation, follow the same form as verbs compounded of a noun and verb when sepa- rable. When the preposition is separable, the principal aceent of the word falls upon it, il being considered as presenting the prin- cipal idea. 2. Verbs taking a preposition as adjunct, the sense of which is somelimes direct and sometimes figurative, follow both forms of conjugation according as the signification and use require. Thus the preposition serves to modify the signification of the verb. The following are examples : Direct Meaning. Indirect Meaning. doorboren, fo bore through. doorboren, fo pencirate. DUTCH doorkijken, fo look through. coorklieven, to split in two. doorknagen, to knaw through. doorkruipen, to creep through. doormengen, to mix together. doorschieten, to shoot through. doorsteken, fo cut through. doorzoeken, fo search through. misrekenen, fo misreckon. mistellen, Zo miscount. overstijgen, fo pass over. The two forms of conjugation verbs may be shown thus: Direct meaning. ik boor door, ik boorde door, k heb doorgeboord, k had doorgeboord, k zal doorboren, k zal doorgeboord hebben, Pe pds mas a enz. ETYMOLOGY. 103 doorkijken, to examine. doorklieven, to plough the waves. doorknagen, to grin with anger. doorkruipen, to penetrate. doormengen, to interfere. doorschieten, fo infermix. doorsteken, 10 pierce. doorzoeken, fo examine. misrekenen, fo deceive. mistellen, fo deceive. overstijgen, to surmount (difficulties). assumed by this sort of compound Indirect meaning. ik doorboor. ik doorboorde, ik heb doorboord, ik had doorboord, ik zal doorboren, ik zal doorboord hebben, &e. — 3. Those verbs having a preposition always separable in the direct signification, and inseparable in the indirect or figuralive sense, are more numerous than the former. The literal meaning of the componant parts of the compound taken separately, as well as the figurative meaning, is always obvious. In conjugation these verbs follow the same form as the preceding. The following are specimens of this sort: Direct meaning. doorbladeren, fo turn over leaves (of a book). doordringen, fo pierce. misdoen, to do wrongly. misgrijpen, to lake the wrong (one). omboorden, fo border round. omzeilen , fo upset (a ship). ondervinden, to find under. Indirect Meaning. doorbladeren; to peruse (¢ book). doordringen, to penetrate. misdoen, fo offend against. misgrijpen, to misconceive. omboorden, io encompass. omzeilen, fo sail round. ondervinden , to experience. 104 DUTCH overwegen, to weigh again. overzien, to resee. voorzeggen, fo dictate. wederroepen, to recall. and many others. PRAXIS ON THE USE OF VERBS Het land is bekoorlijk. De velden zijn welrieckend. Een zachte wind is verkoeclend. Een spelonk is eenzaam. Olifanten zijn sterk. De leerling wordt vlijtig. Het wordt donker. Het spijt mij, dat ik het gedaan heb. Het is niet noodig, dat gij tot hem spreekt. Hebt gij mijnen broeder gesproken ? Ja, ik heb hem gesproken. Aan wien behoort dat mooi paard? Zijn de brieven aangekomen? Neen Mijnheer, zij zijn niet aan- gekomen. Hoe vaart gij? Ik ben ongesteld. Hoe vaart Mevrouw, uwe moeder? Zij is niet wel. Ik ben blijde u te zien. Neem plaats. Ga zitten. Laat ons gaan. Waar zullen wij gaan? Laat ons eene wandeling doen. Daar is een schip. Het schip zeilt. Wij zullen naar huis gaan. Lees voor mij. Lees op. ETYMOLOGY. overwegen, fo consider. overzien, to overlook. voorzeggen, to predict. wederroepen, fo revoke. WITH NOUNS AND PRONOUNS. The country is delightful. The fields are fragrant. A soft wind is cooling. A cave is solitary. Elephants are strong. The pupil becomes diligent. It grows dark. I am sorry that I have done it. It is not necessary that you speak to him. Have you spoken to my brother? Yes, I have spoken to him. To whom does that fine horse be- long ? Are the letters arrived? No Sir, they are not arrived. How do you do? I am indisposed. How does your mother do? She is not well I am glad to see you. Take a place. Sit down. Let us go. Whither shall we go? Let us take a walk. There is a ship. The ship sails. We will go home. Read to me. Read out. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. Spel dat woord. Leg uw boek weg. Blader het boek door. Ik heb het boek doorgebladerd. Wees stil, maak geen geraas. Uilen vliegen in den donker. Mollen leven in den grond. Ik houd van lezen. Wat zal ik lezen? Waar is mijn boek? Heeft Antje haar werk af? Zij heeft het nog niet afgedaan. Wie klopt aan de deur? Van welke deur spreekt gij? Roep de meid. Al de boomen zijn groen. De honden knaauwen de beenen door. Weet gij nict hoe laat het is? Het is elf ure. Wij moeten gaan. Waar is uwe zuster? Mijne zuster is op reis door Iol- land. Hebt gij Engeland doorgereisd? Wij zijn Engeland en Schotland doorgereisd. Wanneer gaat gij weder op reis. Wij zijn voornemens morgen we- der op reis te gaan. Zullen wij zamen reizen? Hebben zij zich gebaad? Zij zullen zich morgen baden. Hoor! wat voor een geraas is dat? Het is eene muis, die piept. Hebt gij den hond hooren blaffen? Kom bij mij. Het wordt licht, de zon schijnt. 105 Spell that word. Put your book aside. Turn the lea I have perused the book. over. Be still, do not make a noise. Owls fly in the dark. Moles live in the ground. I am fond of reading. What shall 1 read? Where is my bool? Has Anna done her work? She has not done it yet. Who knocks at the door? Of which door do you speak? Call the maid-servant. All the trees are green. The dogs knaw the bones through. Do you know how late it is? It is cleven o’cloek. We must go. Where is your sister? My sister is on a tour through Holland. Have you travelled through IEng- land? We have travelled over England and through Scotland. When do you set out again on your journey? We intend to set out again to- MOTTOWs Shall we travell together? Have they bathed? They will bathe to-morrow. Hark! what noise is that? It is a mouse which squeaks. Have you heard the dog bark? Come near me. It grows light, the sun shines. 106 Is de zon op? Jan, haal mijnen hoed. Het is zulk mooi weer, laat ons uitgaan. Het wordt koud, het vuur brandt niet. Het is een koude dag. Regent het? Het regent, sneeuwt en hagelt. Hoé¢ was het weer gisteren? Het dooide. Zal het morgen vriezen? Ik weet het niet. Ik ben koud. Hebt gij honger? Neen, maar ik heb dorst. Jaag de kat uit de kamer. De kat maauwt. Wat een verschrikkelijk geraas! Het is een ezel, die balkt. Doe de deur toe. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. Is the sun risen? John, fetch my hat. It is such fine weather, let us go out. It grows cold, the fire does not burn. It is a cold day. Does it rain? It rains, snows, and hails. How was the weather yesterday ? Ii thawed. Will it freeze to-morrow? I do not know. I am cold. Are you hungry? No, but I am thirsty. Drive the cat out of the room. The cat mews. What a dreadful noise! It is an ass that brays. Put the door to. ADVERBS. An adverb, bijwoord, serves to qualify the action signified by a verb, or it qualifies an adjective or another adverb; as, hij spreekt duidelijk, he speaks distinctly ; het is een zeer goed man, it is a very good man ; het is buitengewoon duidelijk geschreven, it is very distinetly written. The adverb is always placed before the adjective which it qualifies, but generally after the verb. Many words are used sometimes as adjectives and at other times as adverbs; their situation in the sentence, renders it obvious to which class they belong. Adverbs are the most simple of all those words called subordinate or qualifying words; they are indeclinable, however some of them, like adjectives, can be compared ; as, min, little. minder, less. minst, least. na, near. nader, nearer. naast, nearest. veel, much. meer, more. meest, most. ver, Jar. verder, Jarther. verst, farthest. wel, well. beter, beiter. best, best. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 107 Adverbs may be divided into the following ten classes which com- prehend those most in common use : BrswoORDEN VAN TLD, heden van daag, fo day. cergisteren, the day before yesterday. morgen, to-morrow. overmorgen, the day after to-morrow. eerstdaags, shortly. bij dag, by day. zondags, on a sunday. straks, presently. eertijds, formerly. oudtijds, anciently. BrswoorbEN VAN Prats, hier, kere. daar, there. ergens, somewhere. nergens, nowhere. overal, : | everywhere. alom, elders, in other places. allerwege, everywhere. Adverbs of Time. bij nacht, by night. des nachts, nightly. altijd, always. nu, now. voor dezen, formerly. onverwachts, suddenly. | Jormerly. voortaan, henceforth. voorheen, voormaals, Adverbs of Place. regts, to the right. links, to the left. boven, above. beneden, below. regt uit, straight along. hier heen, this way. ver, far. herwaarts, hither. BrswoorpeN van Horeroornein, Adverbs of Quantity. zeer, very. veel, many. te veel, too many. oneven, odds. genoeg , enough. geheellijk, entirely. ongevaar, about. ongeveer, BiswoorpEN van HonpAWIGHEID, Adverbs of Quality. wel, well. ligtelijk, easily. ongaarne, unwillingly. zachtelijk, softly. eerlijk, honorably. naauwelijks, scarcely. billijk , justly. gaarne, willingly. 108 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. BiywoorDEN VAN BEVESTIGING , Adverbs of Affirmation, Ja, yes. zeker, certainly. waarlijk, surely. onfeilbaar, mfullibly. werkelijk, really. ongetwijfeld, undoubtedly. altoos, always. nogtans, always. BrswoorpEN VAN ONTKENNING , Adverbs of Negation. neen, 70. noch, ner. niet, not. : nog niet, not yet. geen, not. niets, nothing. Briswoorpen van TwurELING, Adverbs of Doubt. misschien, bezwaarlijk, difficultly. ; | perhaps. % : welligt, twijfelachtig, doubtfully. eerder, possibly. onwaarschijnlijk, amprobably. BrywooRDENX VAN VERGELIJKING, Adverbs of Comparison. als of, as #f. naauwelijks, scarcely. zoo als, so as. zoo veel, so much. eerder, rather. meer, more. BrawooRDEN VAN ONDERVRAGING , Adverbs of Interrogation. waar ? where? hoeveel ? how much? hoe? how? sedert wanneer? how long since? waarom ? why? hoedanig? in what manner? BrswoorpEN van Orbe, Adverbs of Order. eerst, firstly. aanvankelijk »retly Yxs } ery vervolgens, | vooreerst, afterwards. : daarna, } overigens, moreover. \ DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 109 Beside those words properly classed as adverbs, there are in all languages certain expressions or idioms used adverbially ; as, amongst others, blootshoofds, bear headed. in der daad, n reality. mijns bedunkens, én my opinion. des anderen daags, the next day. van nu af aan, henceforth. daags te voren, the day previous. ten ontijde, ‘nopportunely. ten einde, in order. veel te veel, much too much. al ware het, ) : al ware het zelfs, iid in het geheel niet, not at all. voor alles, first of all. mijnentwege, Bre | ao for me het is er dusdanig mede gelegen, het is er zoodanig mede gelegen, regt toe, regt uit, straight on. nu eens... dan weder, now and again. al of niet, als dan niet, blootsvoets, barefooted. i then or mot. eens voor al, once for all. zoo veel te minder, so much the less. van het oogenblik, from the moment. van af, thence. van dan af, ; | from that time. van toen af, van der jeugd af, from youth up. wat dies meer is, x and the like. wat des meer is, | it 7s so, such is the case. and many others of a like nature. PRAXIS ON THE USE OF ADVERBS. Wandel langzaam. Loop zoo gaauw niet. Zwanen zwemmen trotsch. Deze jongen schrijft hoe langer hoe slechter. Mijne zuster teekent hoe langer hoe beter. Verleden nacht ging ik vroeg te bed. Hij werd dezen morgen plotseling wakker. Wij zullen stellig morgen ochtend vertrekken. ij zal waarschijnlijk de aanstaande week terugkomen. Walk slowly. Do not go so fast. Swans swim proudly. Tis boy writes worse and worse. My sister draws better and better. I went early to bed last night. He awoke suddenly this morning. We shall certainly leave to-morrow morning. Ie will probably return next week. 440 De leerlingen hebben hunne op- stellen bijna af. f Waar is uw paard? Waarheen gaat gij? De reizigers zullen in tijds gerced zijn. Die daglooners werken vlijtig van den morgen tot den avond. Deze kooplieden zullen trapswijze groote schatten verzamelen. Die man doet niets dan heen en weer loopen. Voortaan moet gij uwe lessen vljj- tig leeren, want tot dus ver hebt gij dezelve verzuimd, en somtijds zijt gij lui geweest. Hij komt hier niet dikwijls, maar thans meer dan eertijds. Een man, die eerlijk handelt, houdt getrouwelijk zijn woord. Vervul stiptelijk uwe belofien. Doe altijd uwen pligt. Verzuim nooit te doen, hetgene u te beurt valt. Leef zuinig en wees tevreden met uw lot. Houd u niet op met beuzelingen. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. The pupils have almost finished their exercises. Where is your horse? Whither are you going? The travellers will be ready in time. Those day labourers work diligently JSrom morning till night. These merchants will by degrees hoard up great riches. That man does nothing but walk to and fro. In future you must learn your les- sons diligently, for hitherto you have neglected them, and someti- mes you have been idle. He seldom comes here, but now more than formerly. A man who acts honorably keeps his word faithfully. Fulfill your promises punctually. Do always your duty. Never neglect to do what falls to your lot. Live economically and be satisfied with your lot. Never occupy yourself with trifles. PREPOSITIONS. Prepositions , voorzetsels, express the relation which words bear to one another; they are commonly placed after verbs, before nouns and pronouns, influencing or modifying their meanings, and always have the accusative case after them. These words are of great use and importance in language, they mainly characterise its genius and beauly, and their number and use may be considered as commensurate with the advancement of the nation in refinement and civilisation. No language, perhaps, abounds more in the number of prepo sitions than the Dutch and English. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 441 As prepositions modify the relations befween words, and as their meanings are varied and often arbitrary, a knowledge of their use and power is of importance to the student, and is to be acquired only by a careful study and exercise of the language. Prepositions may be divided into two classes: Particles, wvoor- en achlervoegsels ; and Prepositions , voorzetsels , these latter being prepositions properly so called. PARTICLES. Particles are divided into Initial Particles , voorvoegsels; and Terminational Particles, achiervoegsels. INITIAL PARTICLES. Initial Particles are placed before verbs, and sometimes before nouns and adjectives, lo give them an accessory meaning, or f(o qualify their general acceptation; they are be, er, ge, her, mis, on, ont, ver, wan. Their use and influence may be exhibited in the following examples: BE schrijven , fo write. beschrijven , fo describe. denken , fo think. bedenken, to reflect. graven , to diy. legeren, to encamp. . liegen , to lie. gicten , fo pour. ER and HER langen, fo hand. leven, to live. zien , ‘to see. halen, to fetch. denken , to think. GE , this Particle is the begraven, to inter. belegeren, to besiege. beliegen, to belie. begicten , fo pour on. erlangen, to obiain. herleven , fo revive. herzien, to review. herhalen , fo repeat. herdenken, to reflect. sign of the past participle , and is also placed before some verbs, adverbs, and neuter nouns, and gives them additional energy. 8 bieden, to offer. leiden, to lead. geboden, offered. geleiden, to conduct. 112 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. rast , rest. gerust,, reposedly. lach , a laugh. gelach , a laughter. MIS has a privative or opposing acceptation : achten , fo esteem. misachten, fo neglect. daad, action. misdaad, crime. moedig , courageous. mismoedig, low spirited. handeling , #reatment. mishandeling , ¢l treatment. ON is equivalent to the English particle un, and conveys the idea of a negative to the word to which it is joined : vruchtbaar , fruitful. matig , temperate. onvruchtbaar, fruitless. onmalig , intemperate. mondig, of age. dankbaar, grateful. onmondig, under age. ondankbaar, ungrateful. ONT marks a privation or a negation : dekken , to cover. ontdekken, fo uncover. erven, fo inherit. onterven, fo disinherit. laden , to load. doen, to do. ontladen, to discharge. ontdoen , to undo. It sometimes gives additional force to the meaning : blooten, to skin or shear. ontblooten, fo uncover. ledigen, fo empty. ontledigen , Zo empty. g ply gen, Pty loopen, to run. ontloopen, Zo escape. VER not only serves to modify the meaning but influences it also as to quality; as, arbeiden , fo work. bidden, fo pray. drukken , fo press. grijpen, to seize. klagen, to complain. maken, to make. timmeren, fo carpenter. WAN changes the meaning of the bedrijf, action. hoop , ‘Zope. verarbeiden , fo use. verbidden , fo intreat. verdrukken, fo oppress. vergrijpen , fo do wrong or ill verklagen , fo accuse. vermaken , fo remake. vertimmeren , to rebuild. word to that of opposition : wanbedrijf, crime. wanhoop , despair. geloof, belief. trouw , faith. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 113 wangeloof, tncredulity. wantrouw , mistrust. TERMINATIONAL PARTICLES. The terminational particles are much more numerous than the foregoing ; they are joined to nouns, adjectives, and adverbs, and modify their meanings ; as, -aar, -achtig, -baar, -dom, -eel, -en, -er, -Je, rig ’ -ij, -ing, -is, -lei, -lijk, -lijn. -ling, -loos, -00i, -sch -schap, -sel, -ster, -yvoudig, -waarts, -wege, as in liegen, to lie, waar, true, dank, thank, rijk, rich, rond, round, goud, gold, bedrieg, to deceive, kind, child, vlijt, ndustry, brander, distiller, verkort, shorten, belijden, fo confess, aller, all, minne, love, 00 g, an eye, ellende, misery, geld, money, pleit, a lawsuit, groot, great, blijd, glad, borduurwerk, embroidery, vrijer, a beau, een, one, der, there, zijnent, his, leugenaar, a lar. waarachtig, truly. dankbaar, thankful. rijkdom, riches. rondeel, roundlet, gouden, golden. bedrieger, deceiver. kindje, little child. vlijtig, endustrious. branderij, distillery. verkorting, shortening. belijdenis, confession. allerlei, all sorts. minnelijk, lovely. oogelijn, a little eye. ellendeling , a wretch. geldeloos, moneyless. pleidooi, a lawsuit. grootsch, ostentatious. blijdschap, gladness. borduursel, galloon or lace. vrijster, a belle, eenvoudig, single. derwaarts, thither. zijnentwege , respecting him. PRINCIPAL PREPOSITIONS. The following is a list of the principal prepositions with many of their respective meanings and modifications of meanings, which will shew their use aan, ” ” to, Ol , aan mij, fo me. and importance in writing and discourse : aan alle kanten, on all sides. 114 aan, ” behalve, door, bi in, bb] met, naar, om, » » om aan, onder, DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. & against, het hangt aan den muur, ¢ hangs against the wall. of , aan zijn geluk wanhopen, to despair of his hope. behind, achter de kerk, behind the church. by, bij geluk, by good fortune. near, bij de kerk women, to live near the church. at, bij mijne moeder, at my mother’s. Jor, bij gebrek aan geld, for want of money. except, behalve uwen broeder, except your brother. by, door mij, by me. through, door de rivier waden, to wade through the river. mn, in de kerk, in the church. into, in misbruik geraken, fo fall into disuse. with, met mij, with me. by, met list, by intrigue. after, na dit voorval, after this event. to, naar Amsterdam gaan, to go fo Amsterdam. according to, naar de berigten, according to the intell- gences. for, naar iemand zoeken, fo look for any one. after, naar de natuur schilderen, fo paini afler nature. to, dit gelijkt naar dat, this resembles that. Jor, om Gods wil, for God's will. round, om de stad wandelen, to walk round the city. in consequence of, om zijne misdaden, ¢n consequence of his crimes. upon, hij viel hem om den hals, ke fell upon his neck. to, het is om aan den kost te komen, itis to get a living. under , onder het ongeluk bezwijken, fo sink under the misfortune. during, onder den maaltijd, during the meal. amongst, onder mijne papieren, amongst my papers. with or between, dat wordt onder ons gezegd, that is said between ourselves. on, op de tafcl, on the table. op, 2” kr tusschen, uit, 99 zonder, upoi, wm, mn, to, with, io, by, in, against , at, at, to, io, io, for, between, out of, by, on, wilh, from, Jrom, of by, before, Jor, 10, of s without, DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 115 leg het op de tafel, lay 2t upon the table. op de straat ontmoeten, fo meet in the sirect. op cenen ernstigen toon, in an earnest lone. op een feest noodigen, fo znvite fo a feast. hij is op u misnoegd, ke ¢s dissatisfied. with you. te bed gaan, fo go to bed. te water reizen, lo iravel by waier. te midden van de menigte, n the midst of the crowd. tegen den muur, against the wall. tegen eenen gulden het pond, at a guilder a pound. ten mijnen huize, at my house. heden ten dage, to this day. van Rotterdam tot Amsterdam, from Rot- terdam to Amsterdam. tot op onzen tijd, fo our time. het is tot uw best, 7 is for your best. tusschen twee gevaren, between two dangers. zij komen uit de kerk, they come out of the church. uit ondervinding weten, fo know by expe- rience. uit hoofde van, on account of. uit alle magt schreeuwen, fo cry with all force. ik zie uit uwen brief, I see from your letter, van Holland komen, fo come from Holland. van iemand spreken, Zo speak of any one. van buiten leeren, Zo learn by heart. de vijand is voor de deur, the enemy is before the door. hij is voor allen gestorven, ke died for all. voor iemand wijken, fo give way to any one. wacht u voor hem, fake care of him. zonder mijne hulp, without my help. 116 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. PRAXIS ON THE PREPOSITIONS. Hij reed door de stad. De hoed hangt aan den wand. Dit is voor sommige menschen nadeelig. Het bevel van den koning wordt den volke z2angekondigd. Ik heb het aan de kinderen ge- geven. Ik woon te Amsterdam. Zij komen van Leiden en gaan naar Utrecht. Hij houdt zijn verblijf te Dord- recht. Ik stond tusschen hem en haar. Hij rijdt te paard. Onder de regering van Koning Willem den Tweede. Hij verhief zich geenszins op deze onderscheiding. Zij wandelden buiten de stad. Op zekeren tijd stierf de broeder. Met de eerstkomende lente, ging het huisgezin naar buiten, om daar in de vrije natuur den zomer door te brengen. Hij heeft het regt, in geval van nood, zijn landgoed te verkoopen. Het is uit dit boek vertaald. Hij bemint iedereen, tot zijne vij- anden toe. Hij is tot hoogleeraar beroepen. Wij zorgen voor de toekomst. Den hoed voor iemand afnemen. He rode through the city. The hat hangs against the wall. This is injurious to some people. The king's order is announced to the people. I have given it to the children. 1 live at Amsterdam. They come from Leiden, and are going to Utrecht. He resides at Dordrecht. I stood between him and her. He rides on horseback. Under the government of king Wil- liam the Second. He did not exalt himself on this distinction. They walked out of the city. At a certain time the brother died. The first spring, the family went into the country to pass the summer in the enjoyment of the open air. He has the right to sell his estate in case of need. It is translated out of this book. He loves every one, even his ene- mies. He is appointed professor. We provide for the future. To take off the hat to any one. CONJUNCTIONS. A Conjunction, wvoegwoord, is a word used to join complete or elliptical sentences together; as, hij en ik moeten naar Amsterdam gaan , doch Pieter kan te huis blijven, he and I must go to Amsterdam, but Peter can remain at home. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 117 Prepositions and Conjunctions are those connecting bonds which serve to express the relation and connection which things bear to one another, their mutual influence, dependences, thereby joining sentences together into intelligible and significant propositions. They are indispensable in rational discourse which is 10 other than the conjunction of thought, and thus their number has increased as mankind has advanced in the art of reasoning and reflection. The more any nation is improved by the arls and sciences, the more will the language abound with connective particles, which are ne- cessary in expressing that concalination of things and (ransilion of thought which would escape grosser view. LIST OF THE PRINCIPAL CONJUNCTIONS. en, and. ook, also. niet alleen, not only. maar ook, bul also. hoe, flow. op dns | in order that. ten einde, om dat, because. dien ten gevolge, consquently. want, for. dewijl, as. maar, but. echter, lowever, nogtans, yet. daarentegen, on the contrary. daarenboven, moreover. behalve, besides. nitgezonderd, except. mits deze, mits dezen, mits dien, besides , moreover. indien, if. ten zij be | provided that. ten ware, ten eerste, firstly. verder, further. insgelijks, likewise. eindelijk, finally. dat is, that is. dat, that. namelijk, namely. als, as. daarom, therefore. Z00, $0. derhalve, therefore. Goch, ut. gelijk, as. gelijk als, so as. schoon, though. alhoewel, ) nigh hoewel toch, but. terwijl, as. inmiddels, at the same time. voor als nog, as yet. Some Conjunctions take only an indicative mood after them, others, both indicative and subjunctive, and others take always a subjunctive. 118 DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. It will be observed also that relative pronouns perform the func- tion of conjunctions, and even render the connection of sentences closer and more intimate than conjunctions do, though the latter convey sufficient distinctness of connection in sentences. PRAXIS ON THE CONJUNCTIONS. Verstand en moed treffen hun doel niet altijd. Huis en tuin zijn zonder koopers gebleven, zij zijn vervallen, en reeds in hunne waarde vermin- derd. Dewijl de zon opgegaan is, zullen wij onzen arbeid beginnen. Hij is zwak van ligchaam, maar niet van geest. Hetzij hij wint of verliest, hij is altijd dezelfde. Ik zal hem beloonen, mits hij zij- nen pligt doet. Wij hebben noch boeken noch pennen, maar wij hebben goeden zwarten inkt en goed papier. Hij deed eene poging om tot de keizerin toegang te krijgen, doch dit mislukte hem ten eenen male. Hij werd door eenen aanzienlijken persoon, onder allerlei voor- wendsels, afgewezen, hetzij zijue jeugd daartoe de aanlcidende oorzaak was, of dat deze man daartoezijne bijzondere reden had. Het boek, hetwelk mits onder den titel: De Vaderlander, dezen ; het publiek of den publicke wordt aangeboden. Understanding and courage do not always aticin their aim. House and garden have remained without parchasers, they are fallen to ruins, and are already diminished in value. As the sun is up we will begin our labours. He is weak in body but not in mind. Whether he wins or loses he is al- ways the same. 1 shall reward him if he do kis duty. We have neither books mor pens, but we have good black ink and good paper. He made an attempt to get admission to the emperess, but he failed in this altogether. Ie was put off by all sorts of pre- tences by some considerable person, either on account of his youth, or because this man had some pri- vate reasons for it. The book which moreover is presen- sented to the publick under the title of the Patriot. INTERJECTIONS. Interjections , tusschenwerpsels ; are words expressive of some passion or emotion in the mind of the speaker or writer. DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. 119 Before words were invented and known, men could have had ‘no other method of communicating to one another what they felt than by gesticulation and the inarticulate cries of passion, these various modifications of utterrance, interjections, were therefore probably the first elements or beginning of speech. The following are the principal ejaculations and words of this class made use of by the Dutch. TUSSCHENWERPSELS. VAN VERWONDERING : o, ach, ei, ha, he! VAN SMEEKING , ach, ei! VAN WENSCHING , och, ha! VAN BEDREIGING , wee! VAN DROEFHEID, ach, och, heclaas, wee! VAN BLIJDSCHAP, ei, heisa, ha! VAN VERSMADING OF AFKEER, foei, fil, weg! VAN GEROEP, hem, pst, holla, he! VAN AAWMOEDIGING , sa, ei, hui! VAN STILTE , st, sus, ho, hei, hou, holla, hem! VAN GROETING, heil, alle heil! PRAXIS ON THE Helaas! Ik ber ongelukkig gewor- den! huis en erve zijn weg; Interjections. of Admiration. o! of Praying. ah! of Wishing. oh, ha! of Threatening. Wo! of Grief. ak, alas! of Joy. ay! of Disqust or Aversion. Jie, begone! of Calling to. hem, ho, soho! of Encouraging. ay, come come! of Silence. hush, hut! of Saluting. hail, all hail! INTERJECTIONS Alas! I am become unfortunate! Louse and land are gone; friends 120 vrienden en bloedverwanten heb- ben mij verlaten! Inderdaad! Ik sta verwonderd! O godsdienst! O deugd! hoe onverschillig ben ik geweest voor uwe bekoorlijkheden ! Ach! de verleidingen van het ver- maak. O hoop! gij troosteres des levens! Helaas! met welke beuzelingen heb ik mij bezig gehouden! O! de jammeren der ondeugd! Houd moed! Gave God! dat het beter moge gaan! Wee u! booswicht! Ach! Mijn Heer! mijne moeder is dood! Kijk! de heldere zon komt weder te voorschijn! Weest verheugd, mijne kinderen ! DUTCH ETYMOLOGY. and relatives have deserted me! Really! I am astonished! O religion! O Virtus! how insen- sible I have been to your charms! Alas! the delusions of pleasure. OR! hope, thou balm of life! Alas ! with what trifles have I been occupied ! O! the miseries of vice! Keep courage ! God grant! that it may go better! Wo to you! wicked wretch! Ah! Sir, my mother is dead! Behold! the bright sun appears again! rejoice my children! DUTCH SYNTAX Dutch Syntax, Hollandsche Woordvoeging, is the art of combining words conformable to the genius of the Duteh language, in order to express a proposition which is called a sentence. SENTENCE. A Sentence, eene Zinsnede, is that due combination of words expressive of a proposition, or as Aristotle defines it: Itis a form of speech which has a beginning, a middle, and an end within itself, and may be comprehended at one view; as, hel leven is kort, life is short; de man slaapt, the man sleeps; de jongen speelt, the boy plays. Sentences are divided into three sorts: explicative, interrogative, and imperative. EXPLICATIVE SENTENCE. An Explicative Sentence, Verklarende Zinsnede, is that in which something is affirmed or denied in a direct manner ; as, de mensch is sterfelijk, man is mortal ; water is vloeibaar, water is liquid; de man slaat het paard, the man strikes the horse. INTERROGATIVE SENTENCE. An Interrogative Sentence, Vragende Zinsnede, is one in which something is asked, and has this distinguishing characteristic from the foregoing, that the subject is placed after the verb instead of before it: as, is de aarde rond? is the earth round? heeft hij den brief geschreven? has he wrilten the letter? IMPERATIVE SENTENCE. An Imperative Sentence, Bevelende zinsnede, is that in which an order is given; as, ga weg, go away; kom hier, come hither, wees op wwe hoede, be on your guard. A Sentence may be either simple or compound. 192 DUTCH SYNTAX. A SIMPLE SENTENCE. A Simple Sentence, Eenvoudige Zinsnede, consists of three essen- tial materials : a subject or nominative, an attribute, and an object. The subject or nominative, het onderwerp, is the thing spoken of: the attribute, het gezegde, which expresses a state or action of the nominative :# and the object, ket voorwerp, which is the thing affected by the attribute when an action is expressed ; as, ik sla den hond, 1 strike the dog; here I is the subject of which so- mething is said, strikes is the attribute which expresses the stale of its subject, and dog is the object on which the attribute acts. Those sentences which have a neuter verb for attribute and only express a particular state or quality of the subject and not an action , do not take an object; as, de wereld is vergankelyk, the world is transitory; in this sentence world is the subject of which so- mething is said, as to its state, ds, is the attribute which expresses the state or existence of the subject; and #ransiltory is an adjunct which merely serves to qualify the noun world ; in such expressions the attribute goes back to the nominative instead of passing on lo another thing or object; so in the assertion, Johanna slaapt, or is slapende, Jane sleeps, or is sleeping; here the slate sleep applies to Jane, the subject or nominative, and the sentence is complete. COMPOUND SENTENCE. A Compound Sentence, Zamengestelde Zinsnede , is a sentence which contains two or more proposition which are connected so- melimes by a conjunction and sometimes not; as, naarstigheid is lofwaardig en verschaft genoegen, diligence is praiseworthy and yields satisfaction. A compound sentence can be extended at pleasure provided it does not extend so far as to weary the attention of the hearer or reader; as, Vredevanen wapperen, vredekran- Peace banners are flying, peace sen schitteren ; geen geweer of garlands glisten ; neither fire arms schietgevaarte braakt meer ver- nor artillery spread devastation woesting en dood: de musket- and death; muskets announce ten knallen vrede! de kanonnen peace! the artillery roars peace! bulderen vrede! this sentence consists, first, of two simple sentences, then of a DUTCH SYNTAX 1923 compound sentence, and then of four simple sentences, thus in all, of seven sentences or members united. Syntax is divided into two parts: Concord and Government. CONCORD. Concord, Verbinding, is the agreement which one word has with another which respect to gender, number, and person ; and consists of four principal rules. 1. The Article with the noun. 2. The Adjective with the noun. 3. The Pronoun with the noun. 4. The Verb with its nominative. De mensch is een redelijk schepsel, doch hij dwaalt dikwijls , man is a rational being, but he often errs; here the verb is agrees with man in number and person; and the pronoun fhe agrees with man in gender and number. GOVERNMENT. Government, Beheersching, is the power which one word has over another with respect to mood, tense, and case, and consists principally of the following rules: 1. Adjectives with respect to case. 2. Verbs with respect to case, and infinitive mood. 3. Prepositions with respect to case. Indien hij daar xij, zullen wij hem straffen, if he be there we will punish him; here, if governs the subjunclive mood; punish governs him in the objective. The principles of Syntax are for the most part the same in all languages; however every language has its peculiarities in construction arising out of the genius of the people, with which the genius of the language will ever be found to carry with it a remarkable con- formity. In the construction and union of sentences there must be a due arrangement of the succession of ideas so as readily to catch the conception of the hearer or reader, and at the same time, the words, whether principal or qualifying, must be so chosen, that their succession of sounds falls harmoniously on the ear. The following are the principal rules of Dulch syntax, and such as are essential to be followed in order to produce the right dispo- sition of words in a sentence. 124 DUTCH SYNTAX. RULE 1. Concord of Article and Noun. The article must be placed immediately before the noun and ad- jective, and agree with the former in gender, number, and case; as, Een zeeoverste heeft, boven eenen A naval commander has, above that veldheer, het uniterste belang in of amilitary commander, the great- de hoedanigheden van zijn volk. est interest in the qualities of his people. Sometimes the article is placed at a distance from the noun; as, Eene, het geheugen vermoeijende A concatination of events, fatiguing, en verwarrende aanecenschake- and confusing the memory. ling van jaargetallen. RULE II, Omission of the Article. No article is used before nouns taken in a general signification; as, Verlichting, deugd en tijd, zijn Enlightening, virtue, and time, are denkbeelden welke elkander in ideas which follow each other in orde opvolgen. succession and order. Except when a preposition goes before ; as, Voorlezingen over de verlichting, Lectures on enlightening, virtue, de deugd, en den tijd. and time. No article is used before nouns when used addressingly; as, Moet ik u noemen, Vorst der Must I mention wou, Prince of nederlandsche barden! Nooit Netherlands bards ! Vondel, never volprezen Vondel. fully praised. Much nice attention and judgment are required in the due use and omission of the article in sentences, as it depends more on good taste than on any fixed rules; as in the following sentence, Op den maalstroom van gedurige Zo the whirlpool of constant revo- omwentelingen en oorlogen volgt lutions and wars , follows a state een staat van evenwigt en vrede. of equalisation and peace. Abun- Overvloed neemt de plaats in van dance takes the place of want, behoefte, gerustheid die van ge- quietude that of constant fear. durige vreeze. DUTCH SYNTAX, 195 Proper names of persons, couniries, and cities, do not take an article ; as; Huig de Groot; Kornelis de Wilt; Holland ; Frankrijk Amsterdam ; Londen. : Except when proper names are taken in a general sense, as an individual for a species, by way of eminence; as, de De Ruiters en de Tromps der laalste ceww , the De Ruilers and the Tromps of the last centnry; Leiden, het Athene van Holland, Leiden, the Afhens of Holland. Except also the names of certain countries and cities which take an article before them; as,” de Nederlanden, the Netherlands; de Haag, the Hague; de Vereenigde Staten, the United States, de Havana, the Havana; de Caraccas, the Caraccas. The definite article is used before proper names when spoken of by way of pre-eminence; as, de schrifien van eenen Erasmus of van eenen Huig de Groot, the writings of an. Erasmus or a Grotius. Proper names preceded by an adjective, require the definite article; as, het handel drijvende Holland, the trading country of Holland; de oorlogzuchtige Napoleon, the war aspiring Napoleon. RULE III. Ellipses of the Article. To avoid disagreeable repetitions in speaking or writing and {o express our ideas in few words, an ellipses or omission of some word or words is frequently admitted; but this must not be done if the sentence should thereby be obscured, or its force weakened. When two or more nouns, take the same article, follow each other in a sentence, the article is placed before the first and omitted by ellipsis before the following ones; as, De aarde, hemel en maan zijn Zhe earth, heaven, and moon are I J Gods werken. God's works. ~ except when particular emphasis is required; as, De lof, en de heerlijkheid, en Praise, and majesty , and wisdom , de wijsheid, en de dankzegging, and, thanksgiving , and honor , and en de eere, en de kracht, en power, and strength, be unto our de sterkte, zij onzen Gode in God unto eternity. alle eeuwigheid, NE Ee & 126 DUTCH SYNTAX. Except also when the nouns are of different genders and num- bers; as, de man, de vrouw, en het kind, the man, woman, and child; however when several plural nouns follow each other, though of different genders, the definite article de need not to be repeated ; as, de mannen, paarden en ossen, the men, horses, and oxen. In writing and speaking, abbreviations of the articles are some- times used, however this must not be done too freely, it being a violation of polite style, except by a poetical licence, or to avoid a monotony or breach of harmony; as, een’ for eenen, ’t for het, ’s for des, and d' for de or den. RULE 1V. Two or more Nouns for one object. Two or more nouns referring to the same object are placed in the same number, case, and gender. The same person, place, or thing sometimes takes two or more names, in which case one name indicates the identical object or is the proper name, whilst the other name or names refer to the genus to which the thing belongs ; as, de stad Amsterdam, the city of Amsterdam; koning Willem , king William ; de rivier de Maas, the river Maze; de Raadpensionaris de Witt, Councellor de Witt; God schepper der wereld, God, creator of the world; from the foregoing examples it will be seen, that stad , koning , rivier , raadpensionaris, and schepper , are used for the genus; whilst, Amsterdam, Maas, de Witt, and God , are proper names; so also Onze doorzigtige staathuishoud- Our penetrating political econo- kundige landgenoot de Graaf van mist and fellow countryman, the Hoogendorp. Count of Hoogendorp. This rule is also applicable to the proper names of men; as, Oldenbarneveld ; Martin Luther ; Piet Hein ; however, so as it is with many nations, so it is with the Dutch, that the preposition van or de is often placed before the family name; as, Joost van Vondel ; Huig de Groot; and sometimes two prepositions are met with in the same situation ; as, Johannes van der Palm , such like, being family names of French origin which have assumed the addition of the Dutch preposition van. [85] -3 DUTCH SYNTAX. i RULE V. Two or more Nouns for different objects. When (wo nouns come together, referring to different objects, then one of them is put in the possessive case; as, Na te sporen, of daarin cen be- 70 examine if there be therein a wijs voor de eenheid Gods ge- proof of the unity of God. legen zij. Bij de droomen ecns koortsigens. Dy the dreams of one, ll of a fever. Al wat de geschiedenis vermeldt All that history relates of the over- van Farao’s, Sannacheribs en throw of Pharaoh, Senacheril, Xerxes nederlagen. and Xerxes. When three nouns referring to different objects come together the last is also put in the possessive case; as, De onbestendigheid der goederen The instability of wordly posses- der wereld. sions. But for the sake of harmony the preposition van is someiimes used with one of the two latter; as, De vrachten van de beoefening Zhe fruits of the study of the der wetenschappen. sciences. When two nouns referring to the same object are followed by a third noun referring to another object, the latter only of the two first is put in the possessive case; as, Koning Willems regering. King Willian’s reign. When one noun is used in reference to another, the latter must be of the same gender; as, De ondervinding is de beste leer- Experience is the best (female) tea- meesteres (niet leermeester). cher (not male teacher). De haat is de vader (pict de moe- Hate is the father (not the mother) der) der verachting, en de lief- of comtempt, and love is the de is de dochter (niet de zoon) daughter (not the son) of esteem. der achting. When two or more compounds come together and the latter noun of each compound is the same for all, it can be omitted by ellipsis 128 DUTCH SYNTAX. to all but the last, and a hyphen substituted ; as, druk- en spel- 1 fouten , errors of the press and spelling; kaas- boter- en eijerkooper, dealer in cheese, butter, and eggs. RULE VIL Concord of Adjective and Noun. The adjective must agree with the noun to which it belongs, in gender, number, and case, and is generally placed immediately before it; as, Eene wijsbegeerte, die den mensch A philosophy which teaches man reine zeden leert. pure morals. Sometimes the adjective is placed at a distance from the noun; as, Uitgebreide hetzij goede, hetzij Either good or bad extensive con- slechte gevolgen. sequences. When an adjective is used with a proper name as a mark of peculiar distinction, the adjective is placed after the noun and takes the article de before it; as, Willem de Tweede; Karel de Groote. In compound words the adjective agrees with the last word of the compound ; as, de kunstige uurwerkmaker, the skilful clock- maker; het oude-vrouwenhuis, the old women's-house; de Hoog- duiische-taalmeesler , the German language-master ; de dolle-hondsbeet , the bite of a mad dog; de Fransche-broodbakker, the French-bread baker ; and some others. RULE VII. Adjective and Noun with ZIJN or WORDEN. When the verbs zijn, wezen, or worden, to be, come belween the noun and adjective, or after the adjective, the adjective remains then indeclinable and is placed after the noun; as, De wijzen blijven deugdzaam. The wise remain virtuous. En zoo deze zijne kennis gebrek- And if his knowledge is defective, kig is, moet dan ook zijn ge- then his conduct must be defective drag gebrekkig zijn. also. Rd dh Bc hcg a ihc DUTCH SYNTAX. 129 RULE VIII. Adjectives governing certain Cases. Some adjectives govern certain cases; as, gedachtig, mindful. waardig, worthy. kundig, skilful. zat, satiated. moede, tired. bewust, conscious. magtig, mighty. schuldig, endebied, and their compounds, as onschuldig, innocent ; onkundig , ignorant; &ec. which in more elevated style govern the possessive case, but in more familiar style govern the objective, and take the prepo- sition van after them; as, ij zij ds gedachtig , or 71 hn des varbondy genes } They are mindful of the pledge. Zij zijn gedachtig aan het verbond. Zij is der zake kundig, or ; ; : She Lilful in th Ir. Zij is kundig van de zaak. } ba 35 SUL In the all, Other adjectives govern the dative: case ; as, aangenaam, agreeable. veroorloofd, permitted. ondergeschikt, subservient. gehoorzaam, obedient. getrouw, faithful. onderworpen, subjected. toegedaan, devoted. verkleefd, attached. gevaarlijk, dangerous. and their compounds ; as, Zij is harer ouders gehoorzaam. She ¢s obedient to her parents. Der goede zaak uit pligt getrouw. Jn duty faithful to the good cause. Adjectives expressive of measure, weight, age, or value, govern the objective case; as, een pond zwaar, a pound heavy. een duim breed, an inch broad. eene el lang, an ell long. een gulden waard, a guilder value. RULE IX. Adjectives requiring certain Prepositions. Certain adjectives will have certain prepositions after them; as, aangenaam zijn voor iets of iemand, fo be agreeable to any thing or any body. 130 DUTCH afkeerig zijn van iets, bang zijn voor iemand of iets, begaafd zijn met iets, beloond zijn voor iets, bemorst zijn met iets, begunstigd zijn door iemand of met iets, Begeerig zijn naar iets of iemand. bekwaam zijn tot of voor iets. bezig zijn met iets of iemand, bevreesd zijn voor iemand of iets, boos zijn over iets of op iemand, doof zijn voor iets, gebelgd zijn op iemand en over iets. geneigd zijn tot iets of iemand. genegen zijn tot iets, ingenomen zijn met iets of iemand, misnoegd zijn op of over iecmand, nadeelig zijn voor, aan iemand of iets, onschuldig zijn van iets, ongevoelig zijn voor iets, onvermoeid ziin in iets, oplettend zijn op iets of iemand, ongerust zijn over iets of iemand, ontroerd zijn over iets of iemand, tevreden zijn met iets en over iemand, trotsch ziju op iéts of iemand, SYNTAX. ~~ o have a dislike to any thing. ~~ 5) be afraid of any body or any thing. ~~ o be endowed with any thing. to be rewarded for any thing. be soiled with any thing. be favoured by any one or any thing. gs to be desirous about any thing. to be capable of any thing. to be busy about any thing or with any body. to be afraid of any body or any thing. to be angry at any thing or with any one. to be deaf to any thing. to be angry with any one and about any thing. to be inclined to any thing or any body. to be disposed to any thing. to be taken with any thing or any body. to be dissatisfied with any one or any thing. to be prejudicial to any one or any thing. to be innocent of any thing. to be insensible to any thing. to be indefatigable in any thing, to be attentive to any thing or any body. to be uneasy about any body or any thing. to be disturbed about any thing or any body. to be satisfied with any thing and any body. to be proud of any thing or any body. DUTCH SYNTAX. 131 vatbaar zijn voor iets, vertoornd zijn op iemand en ove iets, versierd zijn met iets, verslingerd zijn op iets, verliefd zijn op iemand, verlegen zijn met iets of iemand, verwonderd zijn over iets of ie- mand, verontwaardigd zijn over iets of iemand, verrijkt zijn met iets, voorzien zijn met iets, to be suitable for any thing. to be angry with any one and at any thing. to be ornamented with any thing. to be swung upon any thing. to be in love with any one. to be inconvenienced with any thing or any body. to be astonished at any thing or any body. to be disdained at any thing or any body. to be enriched with any thing. to be provided with any thing. RULE X. Ellipsis of the Adjective. When an adjective qualifies {wo or more nouns, it is only placed before the first, being omitted by ellipsis to the following; as, De blocijende boomen, heesters, gewassen, en planten, The flourishing trees , shrubs, bush- es, and plants. Except when the noun differs in number or gender, in which case the adjective must be repeated; as, De bevallige aard, en het bevallig karakter der inwoners. The agreeable disposition and cha- racter of the tnhabitants. Certain words compounded of an adjective and noun joined by the conjunction en and followed by one or more nouns may drop the latter word of the first compound and substitute a hyphen; as, Eene goud- en vischrijke rivier. Een uit- en inwendig gevoel. A river, rich in gold and fish. An external and internal sensation. RULE XI. Ellipsis of the Noun. When two or more adjectives qualify the same noun, the noun may be omitted by ellipsis to all but the last, and the noun is put in the plural; as, 4132 DUTCH SYNTAX. Leermeester van de Hollandsche, Zeachker of the Dutch, English, Engelsche, en de Hoogduitsche and the German languages. talen. De Engelsche en de Hollandsche Z%e English and the Dutch langu- taal, heeft het mannelijk, vrou- age have the masculine, feminine, welijk, en onzijdig geslacht; maar and the neuter gender; but the de Fransche taal heeft slechts French language has only the het mannelijk en vrouwelijk ge- masculine and the feminine gender. slacht. De Arabische, Engelsche, en Rus- Z7%e Arabian, English , and Russian sische paarden zijn meest ge- horses are most valued. waardeerd. The adjective is often used alone; as, Ik gaf het den behoeftigen. I gave it to the necessitous. RULE XII. The Comparative degree requires DAN. The comparative of adjectives requires dan after it; as, Hijj is sterker dan een paard. He is stronger than a horse. Uw broeder neemt den landbouw Your brother takes agriculture more meer ter harte dan uw vader. to heart than your father. Dit laken is minder duurzaam dan This cloth is less durable than one men zoude gelooven. would suppose. RULE. XIII. The Superlative degree and the genitive, or VAN, UIT, or ONDER. The Superlative degree requires the genitive case, or one of the prepositions van , wit, onder, after it; as, De rijkste inwoner der stad. The richest inhabitant of the city. De aanzienlijkste uit de buurt. The most respectable from the neigh- borhood. Gij spraakt den geleerdsten onder You spoke to the most learned of de tijdgenooten. the contemporaries. aio bs DUTCH SYNTAX. 133 RULE. XIV. Cardinal Numbers require the Noun in the Plural, The Cardinal numbers, used adjectively , require the noun in the plural; as, Zes maanden geleden. Siz months ago. Ik heb drie huizen en vier tuinen. J Zave three houses and four gardens. The nouns, jaar, dag, uur, are generally omitted, by an ellipsis , after numeral adjectives; as, Op den noodlottigen tienden (dag) On the fatal tenth of August, 1584. van oogstmaand, (het jaar) 1584. Hij kwam na half drie (ure). He came after half past two. Rotterdam den 10den (dag van) Iotterdam, August 10, 1841. Augustus, (het jaar) 1841. When a cardinal number is followed by een or half, the noun is omitted after the cardinal number, Dy ellipsis, and is placed after een or helf in the singular; as, Drie honderd en een dukaat. Three hundred and one ducats. Twee duizend en een jaar. Two thousand and one years. Zes en een half uur gaans. Siz Dutch leagues and a half. Vierdehalve gulden. Three guilders and a half. Er is achthalf el linnen. Seven ells and a half of linen. RULE XV. AL followed by DE. Al, all, remains undeclined when followed by the definite article de, het, or a possessive pronoun; as, Al den arbeid verrigten. To do all the labor. Hebt gij al uwe moeite vergeefs [Have you done your utmost in vain ? gedaan ? RULE XVL Concord of Personal Pronouns. Personal pronouns agree in gender and number with the objects to which they relate; as, 134 DUTCH SYNTAX. Zoo veel vermag een groot man. So much isin the power of agreatman. Zoo werkt hij aan het geluk der- So fe labors for the happiness of genen, die de plaats van hem those who will occupy his place. zullen vervullen. De treurenden, van welke men Zheweeping , of whom one may say : zeggen kan: zij zullen vertroost they shall be consoled. worden. When the noun comes afler the personal pronoun, serving as a further explanation, the noun must agree with the pronoun in gender , number, and person; as, Wij, afstammelingen van hetzelfde We, descendants of the same people. volk. Ik gaf hem, mijnen vriend, dit I gave kim, my friend, this present. geschenk. When two or more substantives of the same gender and number come together in the same phrase, the personal pronoun is employed for the first and the others are designated by the pronouns dezelve, deze , die. Care must be taken to avoid ambiguity, and that the pronoun may not refer indifferently to either the one or the other of the preceding nouns : Toen Jacob met zijnen broeder When Jacob would go out with his zoude uitgaan, viel hij van de brother he fell from the steps. trappen. De nieuwspapieren verhalen, dat Z%e newspapers relate that the de Perzianen eene overwinning Persians have gained a victory op de Turken behaald hebben, en over the Turks, and that in the dat zij in den laatsten veldslag last battle , they lost their general. hunnen veldheer hebben verioren. It is here sufficiently obvious that viel hij refers to Jacob, and 2%, in the second example, to Perzianen- If the brother must have been spoken of , then it should have been viel dezelve or deze ; if the Turks, dat deze or dezelve. When the noun is of another gender than that of the person referred to, the pronoun takes the gender of the person and not of the noun; as, De schildwacht was verkleumd van Zhe sentinel was benumbed with koude, hij was te beklagen. cold, he was to be pitied. DUTCH SYNTAX. 135 Het wijf luisterde naar niets, zij Zhe woman listened to nothing, she was onverbiddelijk. was inexorable. RULE XVII Ellipsis of the Personal Pronoun. When a conjunction couples parts of a sentence, the pronoun and also the verb are often omitted by ellipsis; as, Wij vertrekken en zullen u niet We depart and shall not forget you. vergeten. Ik verliet hem en beloofde dra [I left him and promised soon fo weder te komen. return. Wij gaven hem en haar goeden We gave him and her good counsel. raad. RULE XVIII The indefinites, MEN , IEMAND, NIEMAND , HET, ER, DAAR. The Indefinite Personal Pronouns men, jemand , niemand, are only employed for persons, iemand is often accompanied by zeker to give it additional precision. Niemand , signifying exclusion, is often followed by dan ; as, Men zegt. They say, or people say, or it is said, or we say. Kent gij er iemand? Do you know any one of them ? Ik ken er niemand dan uwe zuster. [I know none of them but your sister. Het was zeker iemand zoo groot It was a certain somebody as big als mijn vader. as my father. The Indefinite Personal Pronoun het when met with in the nominative case and accompanied by a personal pronoun in the dative, it precedes the latter; as, Ik ben het, die u roept. It is I who calls you. Het doet mij leed. I am sorry for it. Het kan hun ten tweeden male It can happen to them a second time. overkomen. Het is often used with the verb zijn for both numbers, and all genders ; as, 136 DUTCH SYNTAX. Het is een rijk man. It is a rich man. Het is eene deugdzame vrouw. It is a virtuous woman, Het zijn nuttige dingen, They are useful things. The Indefinite Personal Pronoun er has a less definite signification than daar; which is preferred when greater precision is required; as, Er is papier. There is paper. Daar is papier. See, there is some paper. Er bestaat geen gevaar meer. There is no more danger. Daar bestaat geen gevaar meer. There is there no more danger. RULE XIX. The Reflective Pronoun ZICH. The Personal Pronoun Reflective zich always follows the verb to which it belongs; and when the verb is a compound, it then follows the first part of the compound; as, Zij bevonden zich te Dordrecht. Z%ey were at Dort. Gij hebt u vergist. You were deceived. Zij matigden zich veel aan. They arrogated much to themselves. The Pronoun zich is often followed by zelf or alleen when used with verbs active employed reflectively , and marks additional force; as, Hij prijst enkel zich zelven. He praises himself only. Gij hebt u zelven benadeeld. You have injured yourself. Zijne oudste zuster beminde zich [His eldest sister loved herself zelve alleen. alone. Hij onthield zich dat genot. He denied himself that enjoyment. RULE XX. Concord of Possessive Pronouns. Possessive Pronouns in the first and second person agree in gender, number, and case with the noun which they precede and not with the person who possesses; as, mijn vader, mijne moeder , ww kind; but in the third person they express as well the gender of the possessor as of the thing possessed; as, zn broeder, haar broeder; zijne zuster , hare zuster. The possessive pronoun is placed before the noun to which it belongs, and agrees with it in gender, number, and case; as, DUTCH SYNTAX. Hij verloor zijne eer en zijnen rang. Hunne eigendommen en hun huis- raad. Deze vrouw vreest haren man, maar verwaarloost hare dochter, en bekommert zich weinig om haar huishouden. When the possessive pronoun in order to avoid an ambiguity, 137 He lost Their estates and their furniture. his honor and his rank. This woman fears her husband , but neglects her daughter , and concerns herself little about her housekeeping, is preceded by different nouns , the pronoun deszelfs is used and refers always to the latter noun; as, Mijn vriend schrijft aan zijnen breeder , dat hij deszelfs zoon heeft gesproken. Aleid schrijft aan hare moeder, dat haar huis verkocht is. My friend writes to his brother that he has spoken to his son. Adelaid writes to her mother that her house is sold. Zijnen Zoon would imply the son of the friend, and, deszelfs huis would imply the mother’s house. When inanimate objects are spoken of, the demonstrative pronoun deszelfs or derzelver is often used for the possessive; as, Wij bezochten eene landstreek, door derzelver bewoners verlaten. Het schip en deszelfs manschap, niemand uitgezonderd , gingen ten gronde. We wvisited a country deserted by its inhabitants. The ship and its crew, no one excepted , went down RULE XXI. Ellipsis of Possessive Pronouns. When two or more nouns require the same possessive pronoun , it is only placed before the first, being omitted by ellipsis to the following, if they do not differ in gender, and thus require a separate pronoun, as, Hare liefde en trouw. Zijne vrouw en dochter. Zijne moei en zijn oom. Ik heb haren vader en hare moe- der gezien. Her love and fidelity. His wife and daughter. His aunt and uncle. I have seen her father and mother. 138 DUTCH SYNTAX. RULE XXII. Concord of demonstrative Pronouns. The Demonstrative Pronouns must agree with the nouns to which they belong, in gender, number, and case; as, Dit opstel is moeijeliik , maar dat is gemakkelijk. This exercise is difficult but that is easy. Dit en dat, like het, when used with the verb zijn, are placed in the singular for both numbers and all genders ; as, Dit zijn stalen messen. Dat zijn nuttige paarden. These are steel knives. Those are useful horses. The Demonstrative Pronouns die, dat, are used to express an object in a vague manner and without indicating if the object is near or at a distance; deze, dit, are used when the object is near; gene or gindsch, refers to an object at a greater distance; as, Deze is het,waarvan ik spreek, doch die heeft het stukje nitgevoerd en gene is onachtzaam geweest. Mijn vader vermaakt zich met deze, mijn oom met die, en mijn vriend met gene boeken. It is this of which I speak , but that it is who has done it, and that yonder has been inattentive. My father amuses himself with these books, my uncle with those, and my friend with those yonder. The Demonstrative Pronouns deze and gene are used also in reference to two nouns going before , then deze refers to the latter and gene to the former; as, Arie en Rijk zijn van een ver- schillend gedrag; deze (Rijk) doet alles wat zijne ouders hem bevelen ; gene (Arie) weigert hen te gehoorzamen. Leg u op de lijjdzaamheid en on- schuld toe; want gene (lijdzaam- heid) leert u de wederwaardig- heden verdragen, deze (onschuld) dezelve overwinnen. Adrian and Richard behave diffe- rently ; the latter does every thing that his parents order him; the other refuses to obey them. Apply yourself to forbearance and innocency; for the former teaches you to endure adversities, the latter to conquer them. DUTCH SYNTAX. 139 RULE XXIII. The Pronouns DEGENE, DIEGENE, and HETGENE, The demonstrative Pronouns degene and diegene must be followed by a relative pronoun; as, Degene, die mij vriendschap bewijst. He who shows me friendship. Wij spraken van degenen, die zich We spoke of those who have con- zoo dapper gedragen hebben. ducted themselves so bravely. Diegenen, welke zich daaraan heb- Those who have rendered themselves ben vergrepen. therein culpable. The Demonstrative helgeen or hetgene, what or that which, including a relative within itself, does not take a relative after it; as, Hetgeen hij ondervonden heeft, weet What he has experienced, no man geen mensch. knows. RULE XXIV. The Pronouns DEZELVE and DEZE. The Pronouns dezelve and deze are often used indiscriminately, and to avoid their too frequent repetition. The pronouns hi and %i , and particularly ze, are frequently substituted for them ; as, Alba de tijding hoorende, kon ze Alba hearing the news could at in het eerst naauwelijks gelooven. first scarcely believe ut. De zaak lecd geen uitstel, ze werd The affair allowed no delay, it dadelijk behandeld. was instantly treated upon. Hij vond de papieren en bragtze He jfound the papers and brought aan den eigenaar. them to the proprietor. Hier deed de vreugde de oogen Here joy made the eyes sparkle, schitteren , daar benevelde zij ze there it obscured them with the met den zoeten daauw der natuur. sweet dew of nature. RULE XXV. The Pronouns DUSDANIG and ZOODANIG. Dusdanig and zoodanig may serve as answers to the interrogative hoedaniy ; as, Hoedanig is die zaak afgeloopen? How has that affair passed over ? Zoodanig alsik het gewenscht heb. So as I wished. 140 DUTCH SYNTAX. Hoedanig zult gij u hierin gedragen? How will you conduct yourself Dusdanig als overeenkomstig is herein? So as is consistent with met de goede trouw. good faith. RULE XXVI. Concord of the Relative and Antecedent. The Relative Pronoun agrees with the noun to which it relates, called its antecedent, in gender and number; and when no nomi- native comes between it and the verb, it is then the nominative to the verb; as, En waar zult gij eenen mensch And where will you find a person vinden, die voor uwe maat- who is so justly formed for your schappij zoo juist gevormd is society as the true Christian ? als de ware Christen ? But when a nominative comes between the relative and the verb, the case of the relative is governed by the word which follows; as, De vorst, wiens dood wij betreuren. Zhe prince whose death we lament. De man, wien wij zoo veel te dan- Zhe man whom we have so much ken hebben. to thank. When the relative has two or more antecedents it must then be put in the plural number ; as, De tuin en het huis, welke ver- Zhe house and garden which will kocht zullen worden. be sold. Sometimes a sentence is the antecedent to a relative , it is then put in the neuter gender; as, Zij spraken over deugd en gods- Zley conversed on virtue and piety, vrucht, dat mij zeer aangenaam which was very agreeable to me. was. De kinderen leerden hunne lessen, Zhe children learned their lessons, dat hun meester met genoegen which their master saw with ple- zag. asure. If the phrase consists of several members, the noun which is the principal subject, can be repeated in order to give additional pre- cision ; as, DUTCH SYNTAX: De algemeene en bijzondere ge- schiedenis moet zooveel mogelijk wijsgeerig behandeld worden, en op een oordeelkundig onderzoek van de drijfveéren der daden en gebeurtenissen ‘steunen; welke * geschiedenis, dan inzonderheid, R3 144 Unwersal and particular history must be treated upon as philoso- phically as possible, and be based on a critical examination of the motives of actions and events; which history, then indeed, contains useful hints and lessons. nuttige wenken en lessen bevat. RULE XXVII. The Relatives DIE, WELKE, WIE and WAT. The Relatives die and welke are used indiscriminately in familiar style, though sometimes the former is preferred to the latter. Die is moreover preferred in familiar style after a noun signifying a person, or after a personal pronoun if the relative should be in the nominative ; but, when in am other case than the nominative, then the relative wie for the singular, and wie or welke for the plural is preferred ; as, 1k, die steeds uw vriend ben ge- I who have always been your friend. weest. Zij, die uwsbroeders ongeluk zoe- They who seek your brother's mis ken. fortune. Ik, wien gij zoo vele wetenschap- pelijke kundigheden te danken hebt. I, whom you have to thank for so much scientific knowledge. When the relative wie is used for persons, and is followed by a noun, it is then put in the possessive case; as, Mr. K. whose death is yet uncer- tain, has a fine library. De Heer K. wiens dood nog on- zeker is, heeft eene fraaije boekerij. Zij, wier bedoelingen de zuiverste They, whose aims are the purest. zijn. De armen, wier weldoener hij is. De man, wiens vriend gij zijt. The poor, whose benefactor he is. The man , whose friend you are. When die, wie, wat, and welke, are used as relatives for animals and inanimate objects, and the pronouns must take a preposition before them, then the pronoun die is replaced by daar, wie by wat, wellke by waar, and daar and waar are followed by the preposition ; as, 142 De gronden, waarmede gij hem denkt te overtuigen. De pen, waarvan gij spreekt. Het onderwerp, waarover de hoog- leeraar handelt. De gebeurtenissen, daar wij van gehoord hebben. De brief, waar aan zij haar behoud te danken heeft. Het misdrijf, waarvoor hij gevane gen zit. DUTCH SYNTAX. The proofs by which you think to convince him. The pen of which you speak. The subject on which the professor treats. The events of which we have heard. The letter to which she is indebted Jor her safety. The crime for which he ts confined. Sometimes the preposition is placed at a distance from daar or waar ; as, Sprekende oogen, waar een vurig en opregt karakter in door- straalde. Expressive eyes, in which a warm and an upright character glan- ced. The relatives die and wie are often met with in the same phrase. When they are both in the nominative, and die is placed after wie, the former can generally be omitted ; when die is not in the nominative , it must then be always expressed; as, Wie erkentelijkheid van anderen begeert, moet zelf dankbaar zijn. ‘Wie u vriendschap bewijst, dien moet gij geene vijandschap be- toonen. He who expects gratitude from oth- ers, must be grateful himself. He who shows you friendship, to him you must not show enmity. RULE XXVIII. Interrogatives and Answers. An agreement in gender, number, and case, must exist between Interrogative Pronouns and answers; as, Welke dieren zijn de nuttigste? de schapen. Wiens huis is dit? des buurmans. Van wien hebt gij deze pennen? van onzen meester. Uit wier schriften hebt gij deze Which animals are the most useful? the sheep. Whose house is this? the neigh- bor’s. From whom have you these pens? JSrom our master. Out of whose writings have you cx- DUTCH SYNTAX. daadzaken getrokken ? nit de uwe en de zijne. 143 tracted these facts? out of yours and lis. RULE XXIX. The Interrogatives WAT and WELKE. The Interrogatives wat and welke, preceded by a preposition, are often replaced by waar, and the substantive, which ought to follow welke and might follow wat, is omitted , and the preposition follows waar ; as, Waarmede heeft bij hem vereerd? Waarvan heeft uwe zuster tijding gekregen ? Waaraan is uw broeder gestorven? Waarover heeft men in de les ge- handeld? Waarmede werd uw oudoom be- tigt ? The Interrogative Pronouns are variously used; as, wie, Wherewith has he honored him? Of what has your sister received news. Of what did your brother die? Of what did they treat in the les- son? Of what accused? was your grand-uncle wat are followed by verbs ; as, wie spreckt? who speaks? wat zegt gij ? what do you say ? welke is followed by a substantive ; as, welke pen verkiest gij ? which pen do you choose ? wat is also followed by a substantive and a preposition ; as, wat paard is dat? what horse is that? wat landsman zijt gj? what countryman are you? Hoedanig is followed by the substantive or the verb; as Hoedanig mensch is dat? what sort of man is that? RULE XXX. Concord of Verb and nominative. A verb must agree with its nominative in number and person; as, De uitgestrektheid der kwaadspre- kendheid vertoont zich nog dui- delijker, als wij in aanmerking nemen, dat zij zoo wel lijdelijk als dadelijk gepleegd kan wor- den. The extent of calumny shows itself more plainly , if we take into con- sideration, that it can be committed as well passively as actively. 144 : DUTCH SYNTAX. Sometimes an infinitive or part of a sentence is the nominative to a verb; as, God lief te hebben en te gehoor- Zo love and obey God is the duty zamen is ’s menschen pligt. of man. Het roer van staat te besturen is Zo direct the rudder of state is a eene moeijelijke kunst. difficult art. Het haten van hen, die ons wel- Z0 kate those who do us good is doen, is afschuwelijk. dreadful. When two or more nominatives precede the verb, the verb is then put in the plural; as, Heldenmoed en menschlievendheid Bravery and humanity were united waren in hem vereenigd. in him. The Imperative mood alone is used without the nominative being expressed ; as, Zie den worstelaar. See the wrestler. Aanschouw de hooge bergtoppen! Behold the mountain tops. Except when a noun precedes the verb, then a pronoun can come after or before it; as, Gij, Almagtige Vader! help mij Thou, Almigthy father! help me uit mijn lijden! out of my sufferings! Gij, moeder! heb medelijden met Z%ou, mother! have pity on thy uwe dochter. daughter. Ga heen, gij onbezonnene! Go hence, ye jfoolish! RULE XXXI. Ellipsis of the Nominative. When two or more verbs require the same nominative, it is expressed to the first only and omitted by ellipsis to the follow- ing; as, Gij leest en vertaalt wel. You read and translate well. Hij had beloofd te komen, maar He had promised to come, but did kwam niet. not come. The nominative may sometimes be repeated for the sake of ener- gy; as, DUTCH SYNTAX. 145 Gij leest en gij vertaalt wel. You read and you translate well. Also when the members of the phrase would place the nominative at too great a distance from the verb; as, Hij had beloofd heden namiddag He had promised fo come to me this bij mij te komen , maar hij is afternoon , but he is not come. niet gekomen. Gij verstaat vrij wel en echter You understand very well and yet vertaalt gij slecht. you translate badly. Whenever the nominative comes after the verb, it must then be repeated ; as, Handelt gij tegen mijne waarschu- If you act against my warning and wing en stort gij dus u zelven plunge yourself into misfortune , in het ongeluk, zoo moet gij then you must not rely on my op mijne hulp niet rekenen. assistance. RULE XXXII. First , Second, or Third Person as Nominative. If the first person is joined with the second or third person as subject of the phrase, the verb agrees with the first person, but this person is repeated in the plural; as, Gij en ik, wij kennen deze ge- You and I know this event. beurtenis. Mijne moeder en ik, wij gaan wan- My mother and I are going to take delen. a walk. Wij , mijne moeder, mijne zuster My mother , sister, and I are en ik , wij gaan uit. going oul. When a second and third person come together as the nominative to the same verb, the verb agrees with the second person which must be placed next the verb; as, Uw broeder en gij gaat te Leiden Your brother and you are going uwe studién eindigen. to Leiden fo finish your studies. Uwe zusters en gij hebt wel gedaan. You and your sisters have done well, : 10 146 DUTCH SYNTAX. RULE XXXIII. Singular and Plural as Nominative. When a Singular and Plural nominative belong to the same verb, the verb agrees with the plural and it is placed next the verb; as, Hij en zijne neven komen van de hoogeschool te Utrecht. He and lis the university of Utrecht. nephews come from RULE XXXIV. Tense. There must be a due observance of time through the whole phrase, and the same tense must be used throughout; and in questions and answers the same uniformity must be observed; as, Hij gaf mij alles, wat hij had. Wij zullen u schrijven zoodra wij iets zullen weten. Van wien spreekt gij? van uwen oom. Welk onderwerp heeft hij bezon- gen? Hij heeft de verdiensten van Rubens bezongen. He gave me all that he had. We shall write to you as soon as we shall know any thing. Of whom do you speak? of zour uncle. What subject has has sung the merits of Rubens. he sung ? he The present tense is sometimes used for the future; as, Ik kom aanstonds weder. Ik vertrek morgen naar buiten. I return immediately. I go into the country to-morrow. Sometimes the Present is substituted for the Past Imperfect; as, Ik word uit mijne boekenkamer geroepen; ik kom beneden, zie een’ onbekende, die geen woord spreekt,, ik beschouw hem met aandacht en vlieg in zijne armen: het is mijn broeder, dien ik in geene twaalf jaren gezien had. I am called out of my Library; I come below, see a strange person who does not speak a word , I look at him attentively and fly into his arms : it is my brother whom I had not seen jor twelve years. It often happens that the sense of the phrase does not admit of its being continued in the same tense. The agreement of time then requires that a phrase beginning in the Indicative Present should be continued by a Perfect Past, or a Future, or Compound Future of the Indicative; if the phrase begins with an Imperfect Past, DUTCH SYNTAX. 147 it should be continued by a Compound Past, as also by a Future and a Compound Future of the Subjunctive; as, Ik kwam nadat gij vertrokken waart. Hij kwam terug, toen hij brief weg gebragt had. Gij gaat, maar zult morgen niet terug zijn. Karel vertrok gisteren en zal wel- dra terug komen. Wij hebben het gedaan, doch zullen het niet weder doen. Mijn broeder bezocht hem ; maar zonder u, zoude hij hem niet bezocht hebben. 1 came after you had departed. den He came back, when he had taken the letter. You go , but you will not be back to-morrow. Charles departed yesterday and will soon return. We have done it but will not do it again. My brother visited him; but with- out you he would not have visited him. The Imperfect Tense of the Subjunctive is often used instead of the Compound Future; as, Ik wilde hem wel helpen, for lk zoude hem wel willen helpen. Hij konde reeds hier zijn, for Hij zoude reeds hier kunnen zijn. I would indeed help him. I should be willing to help him. He could already be here. He should already be here. Also the Imperfect Tense of the Indicative is used for the Com- pound ; as, Ik hadde hem maar laten vertrek- ken, for Ik zoude hem maar hebben laten vertrekken. I ought to have let him go. I should have let him go. RULE XXXV. Mood. An action represented in a positive manner is put in the Indi- cative mood , and the same mood must be observed throughout the phrase if the sense do not require otherwise; as, Zij gelooven u niet, en zullen mij ook niet gelooven. They do not believe you , and they will not believe me also. An uncertain, doubtful, or conditional action is expressed in the Subjunctive ; as also a wish, a desire, or an apprehension. The 148 DUTCH SYNTAX. presence of the subjunctive mood depends also on the presence of a conjunction expressed or understood, and a futurity ; as, Uw grijs haar herinnere u, dat het tijd is wijs te worden. Al kwame hij nu, zou het reeds te laat zijn. That your grey hairs remind you that it is time to be wise. If he came now, it would be al- ready too late. RULE XXXVI. Infinitive Mood. The Infinitive is often used substantively, in which case it can be preceded by an article, or an adverb, or another substantive; as, Weldoen is pligt. Ik ben vermoeid van het wandelen. Spelen moet tot verpozing dienen. Veel werken. Te gulzig drinken. Voedsel gebruiken. Zo do good is a duty. I am tired with walking. Play must serve for recreation. To work much. To drink greedily. To take food. The Future Infinitive is little used, the Indicative Future conveying the same sense; as, Hij heeft beloofd morgen te zullen komen, or, hij heeft beloofd dat hij morgen komen zal. He has promised to come to mor- row, or, he has promised that he will come to morrow. RULE XXXVII. Parliciples. Present and past participles are used as adjectives to qualify nouns , and agree with the noun in gender, number, and case ; and they convey an active as well as a passive sense; as De ploegende landman. De moeder, hare kinderen bemin- nende en voor hen zorgende, Het winstgevende bedrijf. De ingebeelde ziekte. Het geteekende landschap. De opgehoopte schatten. 3 The ploughing peasant. The mother , loving her children and caring jor them. The profitable occupation. The imaginary disease. The drawn landscape, The heaped up riches. DUTCH SYNTAX. 149 Besides the present and past participles there is the Future Par- ticiple, which however is seldom used, the future indicative con- veying the same sense; as, Ik begeer niet dat gij het doet, About to do it myself, I do mot zullende ik zelf het doen, (of, wish you to do it, (or, as I daar ik het zelf zal doen). myself shall do Ga — Titles of Rovalfy, Nobilily, and Civil Rank, with their abbre- vialions, as used in diplomatic documents, correspondence, and Newspapers. NB. ( ) The Titles in parentheses are not used by the English. denotes the address or commencement. the title or denomination in the connection. the subscription or conclusion. Awe ~——— the superscription, the name of the place or person tn blank. To William IIT, King of The Netherlands. Sire. 2. Your Majesty; in the third person, His Majesty. 8. Your Majesty's most Obedient Servant and Faithful Subject. 4: To his Majesty hd King of The Netherlands. To the Crownprince of The Netherlands. 1. Serene Prince. 2. Your Royal Highness; and in the third person, His Royal Highness. 8. From Your Royal Highness’s most Obedient and most Humble Servant. 4, To His Royal Highness, the Prince of Orange, Crownprince of The Netherlands, 164 KONINKLIJKE EN ANDERE TITELS. Aan Prins Frederik , den Broeder des Konings. . Doorluchtige Prins. 2. Uwe Koninklijke Hoogheid; en in den derden persoon, Hoogstde- zelve, of Zijne Koninklijke Hoogheid. Z. K. H. 3. Van Uwe Koninklijke Hoogheid de gehoorzaamste en onderdanig- ste dienaar. 4. Aan Zijne Koninklijke Hoogheid Prins Frederik der Nederlanden. Aan de Koningin der Nederlanden. I. Mevrouw. 2. Uwe Koninklijke Majesteit; en in den derden persoon, Hoogstde- zelve of Hare Koninklijke Hoogheid. H. K. H. 3. Van Uwe Koninklijke Majesteit de gehoorzaamste dienaar en ge- trouwe onderdaan. 4, Aan Hare Majesteit, de Koningin der Nederlanden. Aan de Kroonprinses der Nederlanden. 1. Mevrouw. 2. Uwe Koninklijke Hoogheid; en ¢n den derden persoon, Hoogstde- zelve of Hare Koninklijke Hoogheid. H. K. H. 3. Van Uwe Koninklijke Hoogheid de gehoorzaamste en onderda- nigste dienaar. 4. Aan Hare Koninklijke Hoogheid, de Prinses van Oranje, Kroon- prinses der Nederlanden. NB. In den derden persoon van het meervoud, Hunne Ko- ninklijke Hoogheden. HH. KK. HH. Aan Graven. 1. Hoog-Geboren. 3 2. 3. Uw Hoog-Geboren, U. H. G.; in denlderden persoon , Zijn Hoog-Geboren, Z. H. G. 4. Aan den Hoog-Geboren Graaf van — Aan Vrijheeren en Jonkheeren en Baronnen. i. Hoog Wel-Geboren Vrijheer of Jonkheer; Hoog Wel Geboren Heer Baron van — 2. 3. Uwe Hoog Wel-Geboren, U. H. W. G., enz.; in den derden persoon, Zijn Hoog Wel-Geboren, den Vrijheer of Jonkheer, J. H. of den Heer Baron van — TITLES OF ROYALTY &c. 165 To Prince Frederick, Brother of the Xing. . Serene Prince. 2. Your Royal Highness; and in the third person, His Royal Highness. 3. Your Royal Highness’s Obedient and Humble Servant. 4. To His Royal Highness, Frederick, Prince of The Netherlands. To the Queen of The Netherlands. 1. Madam. 2. Your (Royal) Majesty; and in the third person, Her Majesty. 3. Your (Royal) Majesty's most Obedient Servant and Faithful Subject. 4, To Her Majesty, the Queen of The Netherlands. To the Crownprincess of The Netherlands. 1. Madam. 2. Your Royal Highness; and in the third person, Her Royal Highness. 8. Your Royal Highness’s most Obedient and most Humble Servant. 4. To Her Royal Highness, the Princess of Orange, Crownprincess of The Netherlands. NB. In tke plural, Their Royal Hignesses. To Counts. 1. (Most Highborn), My Lord. 2.-3. Your Lordship; in the third person, His Lordship, or the Count, or Earl of — 4, To the (Highborn) Count or Earl of — To Barons. 1. Sir- (Very High Born Baron or Knight). 2. 3. Your (High Born) Honor; in the third person, Baron — or Sir — Bt, 166 KONINKLIUKE EN ANDERE TITELS. 4. Aan den Hoog Wel-Geboren Vrijheer of Jonkheer of den Heer Baron van — Aan Vrouwen van Rang. 1. Wel-Edel Geborene Mevrouw. AAN ONGEHUWDEN. Wel-Edel Geborene Freule of Mejufvrouw. 2. 8. Uwe Wel-Edel Geborene, U. W. E. G.; in den derden persoon, Hare Wel-Edel Geborene, H. W. E. G. 4. Aan de Wel-Edel Geborene Freule of Mevrouw — AAN ONGEHUWDEN. Aan de Wel-Edel Geborene Mejufvrouw — Aan eenen Minister van Staat; Secretaris van Staat; Staatsraad ; Commissaris Generaal ; Directeur Generaal ; Inspecteur Generaal ; Luitenant Generaal. . Hoog Edel Gestrenge Heer. 2. Uwe Excellentie, U. E. of Uwe Hoog Edel Gestrenge, U. H. E. G.; en in den derden persoon , Zijne Excellentie, Z. E. of Zijn Hoeg Edel Gestrenge, Z. H. E. G. 3. Van Uwe Excellentie de gehoorzame dienaar. 4, Aan Zijne Excellentie, den Minister van—, enz., den Directeur Generaal van, — enz. enz. Aan de Staten Generaal. 1. Edel Mogende Heeren. 2. Uwe Edel Mogenden; en in derden persoon, Hunne Edel Mogen- den, H. E. M. 38. Van Uwe Edel Mogenden de gehoorzaamste en onderdanigste dienaar. 4. Aan de Edelmogende Heeren, Staten Generaal. Aan de Staten eener Provincie. 1. Groot Edel Achtbare Heeren. 2. 3. Uw Groot Edel Achtbaren; en in den derden persoon, Hunne Groot Edel Achtbare, H. G. E. A. 4. Aan de Groot Edel Achtbare Heeren van den Staat van — TITLES OF ROYALTY &c. 167 ‘4. To (the Very High Born) Baron — or Sir — Knight. To Ladies of Rank. 1. (Very Noble Born Madam) Madam. TO UNMARRIED. (Very High Born Miss,) Miss. . 8. Your (High Born) Ladyship ; in the third person, Her Ladyship. 4. To (the Very High Born) Lady — or Madam — TO UNMARRIED. To (the Very High Born) Miss — To a Minister of State; Secretary of State; Councellor of State; Commissary General ; Inspector General ; Lieutenant General. (Very Noble and Equitable) Sir. Your Excellency , or (Noble and Equitable) Sir ; in the third person, His Excellency. Your Excellency’s Obedient Servant. To His Excellency, the Minister of — §c. §c. To the States General. Noble and Mighty Lordships. Your noble and Mighty Lordships; in the third person, Their Noble and Mighty Lordships. Your Noble and Mighty Lordships’ most Obedient and most Hum- ble Servant. To the Noble and Mighty Lords, the Slates General. To the States of a Province. 1. Very Noble and Worshipful Gentlemen. . 8. Your (Noble) Worships; in the third person, Their (Noble) Worships. 4. To the (Noble and) Worshipful Gentlemen of the Province of — 168 2, 3. 4. KONINKLIJKE EN ANDERE TITELS. Aan den Burgemeester en de Wethouders eener stad. Edel Achtbare Heeren. Uw Edel Achtbaren, U. E. A.: en in den derden persoon, Hunne Edel Achtbare, H. E. A. Aan de Edel Achtbare Heeren Burgemeester en Wethouders der stad — enz. Aan de hooge Justitie-Collegién. Hoog Edele, Hoog Gestrenge; de mindere Wel Edel Achtbare. Uw Edele, Hoog Gestrenge, U. E. H. G.; de mindere, Uw Edel Achtbare, U. E. A.; en in den derden persoon, Zijn Edel Hoog Gestrenge, Z. E. H. G. Aan den Hoog Edelen, Hoog Gestrengen Heer — Aan de Generaal Majoors. Hoog-Edel Gestrenge Heer. Uw Hoog-Edel Gestrenge, U. H. E G.; en tn den derden persoon , Zijn Hoog-Edel Gestrenge, Z. H. E. G. Aan den Hoog-Edel Gestrengen Heer, den Generaal Majoor, enz. Aan Kapiteins en Luitenants ; als mede aan Leden van Geregtsho- ven , Secretarissen , Regtsgeleerden enz. 1. Wel-Edel Gestrenge Heer. 2. 3. 4. 2. 3. Uw Wel-Edel Gestrenge, U. W. E. G.; in den derden persoon , Zijn Wel-Edel Gestrenge, Z. W. E. G. Aan den Wel-Edel Gestrengen Heer, den Kapitein, enz. Aan Hoogleeraren in de Godgeleerdheid. Hoog Eerwaarde, Hoog Geleerde Heer. Uw Hoog Eerwaarde, Hoog Geleerde, U. H. E. H. G.; in den derden persoon, Z. H. E. H. G. Aan den Hoog Eerwaarden, Hoog Geleerden Heer , den Hoog- leeraar, enz. Aan andere Hoogleeraren. Wel-Hoog Geleerde Heer. Uw Wel-Hoog Geleerde, U. W. H. G.; en in den derden persoon, Zijn Wel-Hoog Geleerde, Z. W. H. G. Aan den Wel-Hoog Geleerden Heer, den Hoogleeraar, enz. TITLES OF ROYALTY &c. 169 To the Mayor and Corporation of a city. 1. (Honorable) Worshipful Gentlemen. 2. 38. Your (Honorable) Worships; in the third person, Their (Hono- rable Worships. 4. To the (Noble and) Worshipful Gentlemen, Mayor and Corpora- tion of the city of — To the High Courts of Justice. 1. Most Honorable (Most Just), to subordinates, Very (Honorable) Worshipful. 2. 8. Your Most Honorable, or Worshipful; in the third person, their Most Honorable, or Worshipfuls. 4. To (the Most Noble and Most Just) Mr. — To Major Generals. 1. (Most Noble and Just) Sir. 2. 8. (Your Most Noble) you; in the third person, (His Most No- ble) he. 4. To (the Most Noble and Just) Mr. — Major General — ec. To Capitains, and Lieutenants, as also to Members of Courts of Ju- stice, Secretaries, Lawyers, &c. 1. (Very Honorable and Just) Sir. 2. 3. You (Your Honor); in the third Person, (His Honor), he. 4. To (the Very Honorable and Just) Mr.— or Captain. — §ec. To Professors of Theology. 1. (Most Worthy, Most Learned) Sir. 2. 8. You (Your Worthy and Learned Honor) Your Reverence; in the third person, His Reverence. 4. To (the Most Worthy and Most Learned) Mr.— Professor of—, §c. To other Professors. 1. (Very Honorable and Most Learned) Sir. 2.8. You (Your Very Learned Honor); in the third person, (the Very Learned Gentleman.) he. 4, To (the Very Learned) Mr. — Professor of — §e. 470 19 go. KONINKLIJKE EN ANDERE TITELS. Aan Predikanten. Weleerwaarde, Zeer geleerde. Uw Wel-Eerwaarde Geleerde, U. W. E. G.; in den derden persoon, Ziju Wel-Eerwaarde Geleerde, Z. W. E. G. Aan den Wel-Eerwaarden Zeer Geleerden Heer — Aan Advokaten en hoogere Geregts-ambtenaren. Wel-Edel Gestrenge Zeer Geleerde Heer, Mr. — Uw Wel-Edel Gestrenge, U. W. E. G.; in den derden persoon, Zijn Wel-Edel Gestrenge, Z. W. E G. Aan den Wel-Edel Gestrengen, Zeer Geleerden Heer; Mr. — Advokaat (of Regter.) Aan Geneesheeren. Hoog-Edel Zeer Geleerde Heer. Uw Hoog-Edele Zeer Gelcerde Heer, U. H. E. Z. G.; in den derden persoon, Zijn Hoog-Edele Zeer Geleerde, Z. H. E. Z. G. Aan den Hoog-Edelen Zeer Geleerden Heer — Med. Doctor. Aan eenen Heer ; als; eenen Particulier, Uitgever, Zee-Handelaar of Kassier , enx. x 2. 3. 4 Wel-Edele Heer. Uw Edele, UEd.; in den derden persoon, Zijn Edele, Z. E. Aan den Wel-Edelen Heer den Heer — of den Heere. Aan de Echtgenooten of dochters van diegene , die door ambt, beroep , geboorte , of bexittingen, den rang van Weledele ioekomt. |& Set Mevrouw. UEd. in den derden persoon, Mejufvrouw of Jufvrouw, of, de Dame. Aan Mevrouw. Aan eenen Burger-man. Mijn Heer. U; tn den derden persoon, Hij. Mijn Heer — of Baas — (Meester) timmerman, enz. TITLES OF ROYALTY &c. 171 To Clergymen. 1. (Very) Reverend (and Very Learned) Sir. 2. 8. You, or Your (Léarned) Reverence; in the third person, the Reverend Gentleman , or the Reverend — 4. To the (Very) Reverend (and Very Learned) Mr. To Barristers, Advocates, and Higher Justiciares. (Very Just Learned) Sir. Sir, (Your Learned Honor; in the third person. , Mr. — or le. 10 © 4. To {the Very Learned) Mr.— Advocate ( or Judge. To Physicians. (Very Learned) Sir. 2. 3. You and he; in the third person, Dr.— or fe. 4. To (the Very Learned) Dr.— To a Gentleman ; as, a Private Gentleman , Publisher, Merchant, or Banker , &c. 1. Sir. 2. 3. You; in the third person, Mr. — or he. 4. To Mr. — To Wives or Daughters of Professional Gentlemen, or others en titled to the rank of Gentleman by office, with or without fortune. 1. Madam. 2. 3. You; in the third person, DMrs., Mistres (Misses) the Lady. 4. To Madam. To a Trades-man or Citizen. 1. Sir 9, 3. You; in the third person , Mr,— or J — B. and he. 4. Myr. ~— or — Carpenter, §&c. 172 KONINKLIJKE EN ANDERE TITELS. Aan de vrouwen of dochters van eecnen Burger-man. 1. Jufvrouw of Mejufvrouw- of de naam alleen. 2. 38. U, inden derden persoon, Zij. 4. Jufvrouw of de naam alleen. NB. Achter den familienaam wordt geplaatst des vaders doopnaam, verkort, om eene verwarring der personen van dezelfde familie te vermijden; als, Karel Willems, Jz. (Johannes zoon). To the Wives or daughters of a ‘Workman. 1. Mrs. —, or the name alone. 2. 3. You; in the third person, she. 4. Mrs. , or the name only. NB. The christened paternal name, abridged, is sometimes placed after the family name , in order to avoid the confounding of in- dividuals of the same name and family ; as, Charles Willems, Jz. (the son of John Willems.) FAMILIAR PHRASES AND DIALOGUES. GEMEENZAME SPREEKWIJZEN EN ZAMENSPRAKEN. Hoe vaart gij, Mijnheer ? Ik ben zeer wel, ik dank wu. Goeden morgen, Mijnheer. Goeden nacht, Jufvrouw. Goeden dag, Mevrouw , Zijt gij ziek ? Neen, Mijnheer, ik ben niet ziek. Hoe vaart uw vader? Hij is niet wel. Hoe vaart Mijnheer uw broeder? Hij is verkouden. Wat denkt gij er van? Het spijt mij. Is het waar? Het is mogelijk. Denkt gij zoo? Ja zeker. Gelooft gij het? Neen, Mevr., Ik geloof het niet. Is het mooi weder ? Neen, Mijoheer, het regent. Hoe is het weder? Het is een schoone dag. Hoe was het weder van morgen? Het was zacht. Zal het regenen? Van daag niet. Zal het sneeuwen ? FAMILIAR PHRASES AND DIALOGUES. How do you do, Sir? I am very well, thank you. Good morning, Sir. Good night, Miss. Good day, Madam. Are you ll? No, Sir, I am not il. How is your father? He is not well. How does your brother do? He has a cold. What do you think of it? I am sorry for it. Is it true? It is possible. Do you think so? Yes, certainly. Do you believe it? No, Madam , I do not believe it. Is it fine weather ? No, Sir, it rains. How is the weather? It is a fine day. How was the morning ? It was mild. Will it rain ? Not to-day. Is it gong to snow? 174 Nog niet. Het is niet koud. Hoe is het weér van avond? Ik geloof dat het zal vriezen. Het zal regenen. Hoe is het op straat? De straten zijn nat en morsig. Welk weder hebben wij gehad? Het vroor verleden nacht. Heeft het van daag gevroren? Ja, maar het dooit nu. Hoort gij den donder? Ja, het dondert en bliksemt. Zijt gij nat? 1k ben doornat. Heeft het geregend? Het is eene zware bui geweest. Wordt het helder? Neen, de lucht betrekt. Hebt gij dien bliksemstraal gezien? Ja, het was een schietende blik- semstraal. Heeft de regen opgehouden ? Ja, de regen houdt op. Kunnen wij nu gaan? Ja, wij zullen terstond gaan. Zijt gij klaar? Wacht een oogenblik. Is uw vader te huis? Neen, Mijoheer, hij is naar de stad gegaan. Hoe ziet het weder er uit ? Het zal gaan regenen. Wat doet het thans? Het sneecuwt en vriest. Is het waar of niet? Het is niet waar. Zullen wij gaan? Ja, laat ons gaan. PHRASES AND DIALOGUES. Not yet. It is not cold. How is the evening? I think it will freeze. It will rain. How are the streets? The streets are wet and dirly. What weather have we had ? It froze last might. Has it frozen to-day ? Yes, but it thaws now. Do you hear it thunder? Yes, it thunders and lightens. Are you wet? I am wet through. Has it rained? It has been a heavy shower. Does it clear up? No, it grows cloudy. Did you see that flash of lightning? Yes, it was forked lightning. Is the rain over? Yes, it ceases to rain, Can we now go? Yes, we will go immediately. Are you ready? Stop a moment. Is your father at home? No, Sir, he is gone into the city. How does the weather look? It is going to rain. What does it do now? It snows and freezes. Is it true or not? It is not true. Shall we go? Yes, let us go. Ssh se PHRASES AND DIALOGUES. Gaat gij ? Ja, ik ga. Zijt gij gereed? Ik ben klaar, kom aan. Nog niet, wacht een weinig. Wal belieft u te gebruiken ? Ik wil een glas wijn drinken. Belieft gij een oogenblik te wachten? Ik wil niet. Waarom niet ? Omdat ik niet kan. Vaarwel. Kom weder terug. Wanneer komt gij terug? Ik zal morgen komen. Ik wensch u goeden avond. Ik ben uw dienaar, Mijnheer. Wat zullen wij doen? Laat ons uilgaan. Waar zullen wij heengaan ? Kom met mij. Waar is uw broeder? Hij is in Vriesland. Hoe lang is hij daar geweest? Een jaar, en twee maanden. Zijt gij in Holland geweest ? Ja, Mijnheer. Zoudt gij gaarne naar Duitschland- gaan ? Wij zouden liever naar Italié gaan. ‘Waar is uw vader? Mijn vader is op reis. Is uwe moeder op eene zeereis? Neen, zij is in de stad. Wanneer gaat gij op reis? 1k zal aanstaande week naar Frank- rijk gaan. Waar zult gij heen gaan? Wij zullen naar Parijs gaan. 175 Are you going? Yes, I am going: Are you ready ? I am ready, come along. Not yet, stop a litle. What will you take? I will take a glass of wine. Will you wait a moment? I will not. Why not? Because I cannot. Good bye. Come back again. When do you return? I shall come to-morrow. I wish you good evening. I am yonr servant, Sir. What shall we do ? Let us go out. Where shall we go? Come with me. Where is your brother ? He is in Friesland. How long has he been there? One year, and two months. Have you been in Holland ? Yes, Sir. Should yoa like to go to Germany? We should rather go to Italy. Where is your father? My father is on a journey. Is your mother on a voyage? No, she is in town. When do you go a jonrney? I shall go to France next week. Where shall you go? We shall go to Paris. 176 Waar gaat gij naar toe? Ik zal met u gaan. Wij zullen te zamen gaan. Wat scheelt u? Ik ben slaperig. Zijt gij vermoeid ? Neen, Mijnheer, ik ben niet ver- moeid. Wat doet hij? Hij doet niets. Hij is lui. Hoe is uw naam? 1k heet —. Hoe oud zijt gij? Ik ben acht en twintig jaar. Waar zijt gij geboren? Ik ben in Vlaanderen geboren ? Welke lengte heeft uw broeder. Mijn broeder is lang. Hoe bevindt gij u? Ik ben koud en dorstig. Wilt gij een kopje thee? Als het u belieft. Wat zal ik hem geven? Geef hem zijn’ hoed. Wat zal ik aandoen, Trek uwen overrok aan. Regent het? Neen, het is nu mooi weder. Wat gaat gij doen? Laat ons eene wandeling maken. Kunt gij gaan? Ik heb nu belet. Kunt gij aanstonds gaan ? Wij zullen na het eten uitgaan. Wilt gij met ons gaan? Wij gaan allen te zamen. Wilt gij uwe zuster vragen of zij met ons wil gaan ? PHRASES AND DIALOGUES. Where are you going ? I will go with you. We will go together. What ails you ? I am sleepy. Are you tired? No, Sir, I am not tired. What is he doing? He is doing nothing. He is idle. What is your name? My name is — How old are you? I am twenty eight. Where were you born? I was born in Flanders What height is your brother? My brother is tall. How do you find yourself? I am cold and thirsty. Will you take a cup of tea? If you please. What shall I give him ? Give him his hat. What shall I put on? Put on your great coat. Does it rain ? No, it is now fine weather. What are you going to do? Let us take a walk. Can you go? I am now engaged. Can you go presently? We will walk out after dinner. Will you go with us? We are going all together. Will you ask your sister if she will go with us ? A es PHRASES Zij heeft belet. Waar zullen wij heen gaan? Laat ons naar buiten gaan. Loop ik te snel? Loop zoo snel niet. Ik ben moede. Gij zijt niet vermoeid. Zullen wij naar huis gaan. Ja, laat ons teruggaan. Hoe laat is het? Het is etenstijd. Hoe bevindt gij u? Ik heb honger en ben vermoeid. Kom aan. Ga zoo schielijk niet. Ik heb behoefte aan mijn middag- elen. Hebt gij wel geslapen? Neen , ik heb niet wel geslapen. Hoe laat is het? Het is één uur. Hoe veel is het over twaalf? Het is half één. Is het twee ure? Het is kwartier over tweeén. Het is tien minuten voor tweeén. Moeten wij niet gaan? Nog niet, het is niet laat. Het is vroeg. Slaat de klok? De klok slaat. Hoe laat is het geslagen? De klok heeft half acht geslagen. Slaat de klok? Het slaat nu twee ure. ~ Het is tijd om op te staan. ~~ Gij ligt te lang te bed. Gij moet vroeger te bed gaan. Gaat hij vroeg of laat te hed? AND DIALOGUES. 1717 She is engaged. Where shall we go? Let us go into the country, Do I walk too fast? Do not go so. fast. I am tired. . You are not tired. Shall we go home? Yes, let us return. How is the time? It is dinner time. How do you find yourself? I am hungry and tired. Come along. Do not walk so fast. I want my dinner. Did you sleep well? No, I did not sleep well. What o’ clock is it? It is one 0’ clock. How much is it past twelve ? It is half past twelve. Is it two 0’ clock. It is a quarter past two. IL is ten minutes to two. Must we not go? Not yet, it is not late. It is early. Is the clock striking? The clock strikes. What has it struck? The clock has struck half past seven. Does the clock strike? It is now striking two o’ clock. It is time to get up. You lie in bed too long. You must go to bed earlier. Does he go to bed late or early ? 118 Hij blijft te laat op. Staat hij vroeg op? Hij is een luiaard. Waar is uw meester ? Hij is niet te huis, hij is uit de stad. Zullen wij eene wandeling doen ? Nu niet, ik ben vermoeid. Ik denk, dat gij lui zijt. Neen, Mijnheer, verschoon mij. Ik ben niet lui, ik ben ongesteld. Wat mag ik u aanbieden? Geef mij een glas water, als het u belieft. Wat zal ik nu doen? Lees in dit boek. Lees niet. Ga zitten en zit stil. Sta op, blijf hier. Laat mij dat zien. Wat is dit? Het is een boek. Hoe noemt gij dat? Dit is een paard. Wat zegt gij ? Ik heb het u gezegd. Wat verkiest gij ? Ik zal een glas water drinken. Hoe heet zij ? Ik ken haar niet. Van waar komt gij? ‘Wij komen van Londen. Waar hebt gij laatst gewoond? Wij woonden laatst in den Haag. Waar zult gij voortaan wonen? Wij zullen van hier naar Utrecht gaan. Is dit eene gezonde luchtstreek? Het is er te laag en moerassig. PHRASES AND DIALOGUES. He sits up too late. Is he an early riser? He is a slugard. Where is your master ? He is not at home, he is out of town. Shall we take a walk? Not now , I am fatigued. I think you are idle. No, Sir, I beg your pardon. I am not idle, I am indisposed. What shall I offer you? Give me a glass of water, if you please. What shall I do now ? Read in this book. Do not read. Sit down and sit still. Stand up, stay here. Show me that. What is this? It is a book. What do you call that? This is a horse. What do you say? I have told it you. What would you please to have? I will take a glass of water. What is her name? I do not know her. Where do you come from? We come from London. Where did you live last? We lived last in the Hague. Where shall you live in future? We shall go hence to Utrecht. Is this a healthy climate? It is too low and marshy. TTR TT OLR We OF rye PHRASES AND DIALOGUES. Waar zijn zij voornemens te wo- nen? Zij wenschen in Amerika te wonen. Waar heeft zij gewoond ? Zij heeft vijf jaren in Rusland ge- woond. Waar houdt hij zijn verblijf? Hij woont te Weenen. Waar gaat hij wonen? Wijj zijn voornemens te Amsterdam te gaan wonen. Leert gij Hollandsch? Ik doe veel moeite om het te leeren. Wat denkt gij er van? Ik denk, dat het gemakkelijk is te lecren. Hoe denkt gij er over? Het begin is altijd moeijelijk. Is uwe uitspraak goed? De uitspraak brengt mij in verwar- ring. Wat denkt gij er van? Het is eene zeer nuttige taal. Moedig ik u aan? Gij geeft mij moed. Welke taal zullen wij spreken ? Laat ons Hollandsch spreken. Vertaalt gij het een of ander boek? Ik vertaal fabelen. Wat zult gij daarna doen? Daarna zal ik opstellen uit het Hollandsch in het Engelsch ver- talen. Vindt gij, dat het moeijelijk is fe vertalen ? Zeer weinig. Hoe is het weer? Het is nat. Hebt gij een regenscherm? 179 Where do they intend to live? They wish to reside in America. Where has she lived? She has resided five years in Rus- sia. Where is his residence? He lives at Vienna. Where are you going to live? We intend to live in Amsterdam. Do you learn Dutch? I take much pains to learn it. What do you think of it? I think it is easy to learn. What is your opinion? The beginning is always difficult. Have you a good pronunciation? The pronunciation puzzles me. What do you think of it? It is a very useful language. Do I encourage you? You encourage me. What language shall we speak? Let us speak Dutch. Do you translate any book? I translate fables. What shall you do afterwards? Afterwards I shall translate exer- cises from Dutch into English. Do you find any difficulty in tran- slating? Very little. How is the weather? It is wet. Have you an umbrella? 180 Neen , Mijnheer, wilt gij mij er een leenen? 1k heb er geen. Gelieft gij den mijne te nemen? Als het u belieft. ‘Waait het? Het waait hard. Hoe is de wind ? De wind is gunstig. De wind is ongunstig. Het is zeer stormachtig. Houdt het op te regenen? Het begint op te helderen. Hoe zijn de wolken? De wolken verspreiden zich. Is de zon bewolkt? De zon is bewolkt, maar zal spoedig schijnen. ‘Waait het sterk ? Het waait eenen hevigen storm. Hoe is de wind? De wind is vlak noorden. Schijnt de zon? De zon schijnt. De zon is onder. Wanneer is het avondschemering ? Het isavondschemering om zes ure. Is het maanlicht? Neen, het is zeer donker. Is het mooi weer? Neen , het ziet er zeer onbestendig uit. Zal ik aan de schel trekken? Schel eens. Wien zal ik roepen? Roep de meid. Wat gelieft u, Mijnheer? Haal mijne laarzen: Kan ik iets anders doen? PHRASES AND DIALOGUES. No, Sir, will you lend me one? I have not got one. Will you take mine? I thank you. Does the wind blow? It blows hard. How is the wind? The wind is fair. The wind is contrary. It is very stormy. Is the rain over? It begins to clear up. How are the clouds? The clouds disperse. Is the sun clouded? The sun is clouded , but it will soon break out. Does it blow hard? Ii is very tempestuous. Which way 1s the wind? The wind is due north. Does the sun shine? The sun shines. The sun is sel. When ts it twilight? It is twilight at siz 0’ clock. Is it moonlight? No, it is very dark. Is it fine weather? No, it looks very unsettled. Shall I ring the bell? Ring the bell. Whom shall I call? Call the servant. What is your pleasure? Fetch my boots. Can I do any thing else? i PHRASES AND DIALOGUES. Breng dezen brief naar het post- kantoor. ) Wat moet ik er mede doen? Frankeer dien. Hoeveel is de port? De port is tien stuivers. Wanneer worden de brieven be- steld ? Omstreeks tien ure. Is het beurstijd ? Nog niet. Wanneer gaat men naar de beurs? Het is van drie tot vier ure beurs- tijd. Zullen wij naar de beurs gaan? Laat ons naar de beurs gaan. Wat is de prijs van de suiker? De suiker is duurder. Voor hoeveel verkoopt men de koffij tegenwoordig? De koffij is goedkooper. Hebt gij iets verkocht ? Ik heb van daag suiker verkocht tegen dertig cents het pond. Wat heeft de heer A. gekocht? Hij heeft van daag koffij gekocht tegen een schelling het pond. Waar zullen wij heengaan ? Laat ons naar het koffijhuis gaan. Wat zal Jan u geven? Jan, breng mij een kop koflij. Als het u belieft, Mijnheer. Hoeveel kost het? Drie (pence) stuivers. Wilt gij een klontje suiker? 181 Take this letter to the postoffice. What must I do with it? Pay the postage. How much is the postage? The postage is ten stivers. When are the letters delivered? About ten o'clock. Is it change time? Not yet. When do they go on change? Change hour is from three to four o'clock. Shall we go on change? Let us go on change. What is the price of sugar? Sugar is dearer. How does coffee sell now? Coffee is cheeper. Have you sold any thing? I have sold sugar to-day for thirty cents * the pound. What has Mr. A. bought? He has bought coffee to-day at a shilling a pound. Where shall we go? Let us go to the coffee-house. What shall the waiter bring you? Waiter, bring me a cup of coffee. If you please, Sir. How much is it? Three pence. Will you take a piece of sugar? * The names of coins, weights, and measures, like proper names of persons and places, should always retain the same names as those of the country to which they belong. 182 Als het u belieft. 1k dank u. Hebt gij betaald ? 1k heb geen klein geld. Kunt gij een’ gulden wisselen? Met genoegen. Hoeveel moest ik u geven? Geef mij het overschot. Hoeveel zal ik u leenen? Leen mij vijf gulden. Wien zal ik roepen? Roep den knecht. Wat doet gij thans? Ik moet een paar handschoenen koopen. Wat voor een soort verkiest gij? Laat mij eenige zwarte handschoe- nen zien. Welk soort van handschoenen zijn dit? Hier zijn zwarte geitenvellen hand- schoenen. Hoeveel kosten die? Die zijn een gulden en zes stuivers het paar. Hoeveel zal ik u geven? Geef mij een paar. Is er iets anders tot uwe dienst? Ik dank u. Hoe varen de Heer en MejufvrouwA? Zij varen wel. Bij wien zullen wij een bezoek af- leggen ? Laat ons gaan bezoeken den Heer B. Ik wensch u goeden morgen, Mijn- heer. Goeden morgen, Heeren. Gelieft gij binnen te komen? Als het u belieft, Mijnheer. PHRASES AND DIALOGUES. Thank you. No, thank you. Have you paid? I have no change. Can you change a guilder? With pleasure. How much must I give you? Give me the difference. What shall I lend you? Lend me five guilders. Whom shall I call? Call the waiter. What do you do now? I must buy a pair of gloves. What sort do you choose? Let me see some black gloves. What sort of gloves are these? Here are black-kid gloves. What do they cost? They are one guilder and six sti- vers a pair. How many shall I give you? Give me a pair. Did you want any thing else? No, thank you. How are Mr. and Mrs. A? They are very well. On whom shall we call? Let us call on Mr. B. I wish you good morning , Sir. Good morning, Gentlemen. Will you walk in? Thank you , Sir. PHRASES AND DIALOGUES, Is de stoomboot binnen? Nog niet. Wanneer wordt zij verwacht? Niet voor van middag vier ure. Wat doet haar zoo laat komen? Ik weet het niet. Waar waart gij gisteren avond? Ik ben naar den schouwburg ge- gaan. Hebt gij u vermaakt? Het stuk beviel mij niet. Waarom niet? Het was niet onderhoudend. Wat zal er van avond gespeeld worden? Gijsbrecht van Amstel. Gelieft gij binnen te komen? Mijnheer, ik ben uw gehoorzame dienaar. Mijnheer, ik ben blijde u te zien. Waar is uw knecht? Hij is op weg om eene boodschap. Hoe vaart Mevrouw ? Zij is ongesteld. Zijn uwe zusters wel? Redelijk wel, ik dank u. Wilt gij mijnen raad volgen? Ja, wat moet ik doen. Doe, zoo als ik u geraden heb. Wat doet gij? Ik doe niets. Hoe hebt gij dat gedaan? Ik wil het u laten zien, Hebt gij wat nieuws? 1k heb niets van belang gehoord. Zijn er schepen binnengekomen ? Daar is een schip van China binnen. Hebt gij de nieuwspapieren gelezen ? 183 Is the steamboat in? Not yet. : When is she expected? Not till four in the afternoon. What makes her so late? I do not know, Where were you last night ? I went to the theatre. Were you amused ? I did not like the piece, Why not? It was too dull. What is performed to night? Gysbrecht van Amstel. Will you walk in? Sir, Iam your most obedient ser- vant. Sir, I am glad to see you. Where is your servant? He is gone on an errand. How is your lady? She is indisposed. Are your sisters quite well? Pretty well , I thank you. Will you take my advice? Yes, what am I to do? Do what I advised you. What are you doing? I am not doing any thing. How did you do that? I will show you. Have you any news? I have heard nothing of impor- tance. Are there any arrivals? There is a ship in from China. Have you read the papers? 184 Ik heb het Algemeene Amsterdam- sche Handelsblad gelezen. Wat hoort gij? Er is geen nieuws van belang. Hoe staan de effecten? De Hollandsche effecten staan hoo- ger. Wat zegt men van Spanje en Por- tugal? Men denkt, dat Spanje en Portugal in oorlog zullen komen. ‘Wat is het nieuws van Engeland? Engeland heeft een vredestraktaat met Frankrijk geteekend. Wat zegt gij daarvan? Het verheugt mij. Ga zitten, Mijnheer. Met genoegen, Kom bij het vuur. Ik zoude liever niet bij het vuur zitten. Wat gelieft UEd. te gebruiken. Niets, ik dank u. Ik vrees, dat ik u stoor. Neen, in het geheel niet. ‘Wat verlangt gij? Ik verlang met UEd. te spreken. Gelief het mij te zeggen. Wat hebt gij gehoord? Ik heb iets van belang gehoord. Verpligt mij het te zeggen. Wees openhartig. De Heeren A. en B. hebben hunne belaling geschorst. Wat zal er het einde van zijn? Ik denk, dat zij bankroet zullen gaan. Wie heeft u dat verleld? PHRASES AND DIALOGUES. 1 have read the Algemeene Amster- damsche Handelsblad. What do you hear? There is no news of importance. How are the stocks? The Dutch bonds are up. What is said of Spain and Portu- gal? 1t is thought , that Spain and Por- tugal will go to war. What is the news from England? England has signed a treaty of peace with France. What do you say to that? I am glad of it. Take a seat, Sir. I thank you, Sir. Draw towards the fire. I would rather sit away from the fire. What shall I offer you? Not any thing, I thank you. I am afraid, that I derange you. Not at all. What is your business? I want to speak with you. Pray , tell me. What have you heard? I have heard something of impor- tance. 0blige me by telling me. Be candid. Messrs. A. and B. have suspended payment. What will be the end of it? I think, that they will be bankrupt. Who told you that? PHRASES AND DIALOGUES. De Heer J. Gelieft gij met ons thee te drinken? Met genoegen. Gebruikt gij suiker en room? Van beide een weinig, als het u be- lieft. Schenk de thee. Is uwe thee naar uwen smaak? Geef mij nog een weinig suiker, als het u belieft. Geef mij uw kopje. Geeft het geroosterd brood en de boter aan de dames. Belieft gij nog een kopje, Jufvrouw M?* Als het u belieft , Jufvrouw — (Me- VIOuW). 1k wensch u goeden dag. Wat gaat gij doen? Ik wensch wat Engelsch geld voor Hollandsch te wisselen. Waar kunnen wij het wisselen ? Laat ons naar den geldwisselaar gaan. Hoe is de wisselkoers thans? De wisselkoers is f11,96 c. voor het pond Engelsch. Hoe worden de rekeningen in En- geland gehouden? In Ponden, Shillings, Pence en Farthings. Een pond is twintig shillings. Een shilling is twaalf pence. De penny wordt verdeeld in vier farthings. Mr. J. Will you take tea with us? With pleasure. Do you take sugar and cream? A little of both , if you please. Pour the tea out. Is your tea to your liking? I will thank you for a little more sugar. Hand me your cup, Hand the toast to the ladies. Will you take another cup, Miss M? If you please, Ma'am (Madam). I wish you good bye. What are you going to do? I want to change some English money for Dutch. Where can we get it changed? Let us go to the money-changer’s. How is the exchange now? The exchange is 11,96 ¢. for the pound English. How are accounts kept in England? In Pounds, Shillings, Pence, and farthings. A pound is twenty shillings. A shilling is twelve pence The penny is divided into four far- things. * Jufvrouw, Miss is used in addressing unmarried ladies; Mejufvrouw Ma'am is used in addressing married ladies in the middle rank of society ; Mevrouw, Madam is used in addressing ladies of the higher class down to the wives of gentlemen of the learned professions. 186 Wat zijn de gangbare muntstukken van Engeland? De souverein is een gouden munt- stuk ter waarde van twintig shillings. Daar zijn ook halve souvereinen. De zilveren muntstukken zijn : shil- lings en stukken van zes pence, alsook kroonen en halve kroo- nen. En de koperen muntstukken zijn: de penny, half-penny en far- thing. Wat was een guinea? De guinea was een gouden munt- stuk ter waarde van een-en-twin- tig shillings. Zijn de guineas ganghbaar ? Neen, Mijnheer, die zijn niet gang- baar. Hoe worden de rekeningen in Hol- land gehouden ? In guldens en centen. Hoeveel is een pond engelsch in hollandsch courant? Als een algemeene regel worden twaalf gulden voor een pond ster- lings gerekend. Hoe wordt de gulden verdeeld? De gulden wordt verdeeld in hon- derd centen. Wat zijn de ganghare muntstukken in Holland? De zilveren muntstukken zijn: de guldens, halve guldens, en kwart guldens, en tien cents en vijf cents stukken. De kwart gulden wordt een vijfje geheeten, het tien cent stuk een PHRASES AND DIALOGUES. What are the current coins of Eng- land? The sovereign ts a gold coin value twenty shillings. There are also half-sovereigns. The silver coins are shillings, and sixpences , and also crowns, and half-crowns. And the copper coins are , the pen- ny, halfpenny, and farthings. What was a guinea? The guinea was a gold coin value twenty one shillings. Are guineas in circulation? No , Sir, they are obsolete. How are accounts kept in Holland? In guilders and cents. How much is « pound English in Dutch currency? As a general standard twelve guil- ders are equal to a pound. How is the guilder divided? The guilder is divided into a hundred cents What are the coins in circulation in Holland? The silver coins are , the guilders, half guilders , quarter guilders , and ten and five cent pieces. The quarter guilder is called a vijfie, the ten cent piece @ PHRASES AND DIALOGUES. dubbeltje, en het vijf cent stuk een stuiver. Hoe was de gulden eertijds ver- deeld ? De gulden was eertijds verdeeld in twintig stuivers. Zijn er ook andere zilveren munt- stukken in omloop? Daar zijn ook zilveren muntstuk- ken van twee en een halve gul- den. : Buiten deze waren er vroeger ook eenige andere zilveren munt- stukken in omloop, zoo als het stuk van acht en twintig stuivers. De daalder, ter waarde van ander- halve gulden. De zeeuwsche daalder ter waarde van twee gulden en zestig cents. Daar waren ook meer andere oude muntstukken in minder alge- meen gebruik, zooals de rijks- daalder en de ducaton en zijne gedeelten. Wat was de waarde van deze munt- stukken? De waarde van eenen rijksdaalder was twee gulden en vijftig cents, en de dukaton drie gulden vijf- tien cents. Waarover zullen wij nu spreken? Laat ons van iets anders spreken Hoe laat zijt gij naar bed gegaan? Ik ging om elf ure te bed. Hoe laat zijt gij opgestaan ? Ik stond om zes ure op. Staat gij vroeg of laat op? Dan het een dan het ander. 187 dubbeltje, and the five cent piece a stiver. How was the guilder formerly divi- ded? The guilder was formerly divided into twenty Stivers. Are there other silver coins in cir- culation? There are also silver coins of two guilders and a half. Besides which there were formerly other silver coins in circulation , as the twenty eight stiver piece. The dalder, value a guilder and « half. The zeeland dalder, value two guil- ders and sixty cents. There were also some other old coins in less common use, such as the rizsdalder , and the duca- ton, and their respective divisi- ons. What was the value of these coins? The value of the rizdalder was two guilders and fifty cents, and the ducaton three guilders and fifteen cents. Of what shall we speak now? Let us speak of something else. At what 0’ clock did you go to bed? I went to bed at eleven 0 clock. When did you get up? I got up at siz 0 clock. Do you rise early or late? Sometimes the one and sometimes the other. 188 Hoe laat zijt gij van morgen opge- staan? Ik stond laat op van morgen. Hebt gij ontbeten? Neen, ik kom hier om te ontbijten. Wat verkiest gij voor het ontbijt? Ik zal koffij, thee en eijeren ge- bruiken. Verkiest gij geroosterd brood, of brood en boter? Geef mij geroosterd brood en wat warme broodjes. Neemt gij suiker en room? Een stukje suiker en een weinig room. Is uwe thee naar uwen smaak? Ik dank u, zij is voortreffelijk. Reik de kopjes rond. Schenk neg een kopje rond. Hebt gij gegeten ? Ik heb niet gegeten. Gelieft gij met mij te eten? Met genoegen. Wanneer gaat gij aan tafel? Wij eten om vier ure. Is het eten klaar? Het eten is op tafel. Neem plaats. Gelief dat hoen fe snijden. Verschoon mij, Mijnheer, ik snijd niet voor. Aan welke groenten geeft gij de voorkeur ? Gelieft mij wat wortelen, erwten en hoonen te geven. Belieft u knollen ? Als het u belieft. Zal ik u met wat spinazie bedienen? PHRASES AND DIALOGUES. When did you rise this morning? I rose late this morning. Have you breakfasted ? No, Iam come here to breakfast. What do you choose for breakfast? I will take coffee, tea, and eggs. Do you prefer toast , or bread and butter? Give me toast and some hot rolls. Do you take sugar and cream? A small piece of sugar, and a litle cream. Is your tea to your liking? I thank you , it is excellent. Hand the tea. Pour out another cup. Have you dined? I have not. Will you take dinner with me? With pleasure. When do you dine? We dine at four o'clock. Is the dinner ready? Dinner is on the table. Take your seat. Will you carve that fowl? Excuse me, Sir, Ido not carve. What vegetables do you prefer? I will thank you for a few carrots, peas , and beans. Will you take some turnips? I thank you. Shall I give you a little spinage? PHRASES AND DIALOGUES. ~ Dank u, ik houd niet van spinazie. ~ Laat mij u wat van deze aspersies t dienen. Als het u belieft. ~ Waarmede kan ik u dienen? ~ Reik mij een stuk brood. Kan ik u met iets dienen? Gelief mij wat erwten en boonen te geven. ~ Drinkt gij wijn of ale? - Ik zal een glas ale gebruiken. ~~ Waaraan geeft gij de voorkeur voor ~ nageregt ? ~ Druiven, kersen en chinaasappe- Elen. ~ Zet het nageregt op tafel. Is het tijd voor het avendeten. ~ Het avondmaal is gereed. Eet gij des avonds? ~ Somtijds. Wat hebt gij voor het avondmaal? ~ Koud vleesch en salade. ~ Wat voor landslieden zijt gij? Ik ben een Hollander, en hij is cen : Engelschman. Deze heer is een Duitscher, Waar komen die dames van daan? Zij komen van Utrecht ‘Waar gaan zij naar toe? Zij gaan naar Belgie. Waar komt zij van daan? Zij komt uit Zwitserland. Wat voor eene landsvrouw is zij? Zij is eene Belg. Welke taal spreekt zij? Zij spreekt Viaamsch. Is uw goed klaar? Alles is ingepakt. 189 No , I thank you , I do not like spi- nage. Allow me to help you to some of this asparagus. If you please. What can I hand you? Hand me a piece of bread. Can I help you to any thing? I will thank you for a few pease and beans. Do you drink wine or ale? I will take a glass of ale. What do you prefer for desert? Grapes, cherries and oranges. Set the desert on the table. Is it supper time? The supper is served up. Do you take supper? Sometimes. What have you got for supper? Cold meat and salad. What countrymen are you? Iam a Dutchman, and he is an Englishman This Gentleman is a German. Where do those ladies come from? They come from Utrecht. Where are they going ? They are going lo Belgium. Where does she come from? She comes from Switzerland. What country-woman is she? She is a Belgian. What language does she speak? She speaks Flemish. Is your luggage ready? It is all packed up 190 Wanneer vertrekt gij? Ik zal de aanstaande week vertrekken. Waar gaat gij naar toe? Ik ga naar de Nederlanden. Wanneer zult gij terugkomen ? 1k zal den aanstaanden herfst te- rugkomen. Weet gij eene goede herberg? Gij kunt in het Wapen van Amster- dam gaan. In welke straat is dat? Het is op de Hoogstraat. Kunt gij mij dat wijzen ? Ik zal u daar brengen. Gij zijt zeer beleefd. Waar is de waard of de waardin? Wat belieft u, Mijnheer? Kan ik hier logeren voor eenige dagen? Zekerlijk , Mijnheer. Gelief mijeene kamer te laten zien. Kom met mij, Mijnheer. Hoelang zult gij hier vertoeven? Ik zal hier blijven tot het einde van de maand. ‘Waar zult gij dan heengaan? Dan ga ik naar huis. Hoe zult gij gaan? Ik zal met de stoomboot gaan. Hoe zullen zij gaan? Zij gaan met de spoor-trein. Hoe laat vertrekt de spoor-trein? Wanneer vertrekt de stoomboot? Zij verirekt maandag. Om hoe laat? Om zes ure, 'smorgens. Ik wensch u eene goede reis. PHRASES AND DIALOGUES. When do you leave? I shall leave next week. Where are you going? I am going to The Netherlands. When shall you return ? I shall return in the autumn. Do you know of a good inn? You may go to the Amsterdam- arms. : In what street is it? It is in High-street. Can you direct me to it? I will conduct you to it. You are very polite. Where is the landlordor the land- lady? What is your pleasure, Sir? Gan I lodge here for a few days? Certainly, Sir. Will you show me a room? Walk this way , Sir. How long shall you remain here? I shall remain here till the end of the month. Where shall you go then? Then I shall go home. How shall you go? I shall go by the steam-boat. How will they go? They are going by the rail-road train. At what o'clock does the train leave? When does the steamer leave? She leaves on monday. At what o'clock? At siz o'clock in the morning. T'wish you a pleasant voyage. ] i ¢ f. | a Ld PHRASES AND DIALOGUES. Is het lang geleden dat gij in Rotterdam geweest zijt ? Ik was daar verleden jaar. Zijn er veel geleerde mannen in Holland? Ik geloof dat er even zooveel zijn als in Duitschland, naar even- redigheid van de bevolking. Welk land heeft den meesten bui- tenlandschen handel? De Nederlanden hebben meer han- del dan Belgié. Wat is de regeringsvorm van Hol- land? Die is eenhoofdig, adelsregering en volks regering. Kunt gij de hollandsche taal goed spreken en verstaan ? Niet goed , maar ik zal mij daarin oefenen tot dat ik er in staat toe ben. 191 Is it long since you were in Rotter- dam? Twas there last year. Are there many learned men in Holland? I think there are as many as in Germany , in proportion to the population. Which country has the most com- merce? The Netherlands have more com- merce than Belgium. What is the government of Holland? It vs monarchical, aristocratical , and democratical. Can you speak and understand the Dutch language well? Not well, but I will study it untill I am able to do so. PROSODY. Prosody is that division of grammar which treats on the pronun- ciation of words, comprising the accent and quantity of syllables in them, and the emphasis, pause, and tone of words in sentences; and it treats also on the laws of versification. The Accent and Quantity of syllables have already been cursorily treated upon in the former part of this work , under orthography, and do not seem to require further elucidation here. Emphasis, Pause, and Tone, cannot be treated upon in books with advantage to the student, and indeed these are malters belonging more particularly lo the art of rhetoric, a higher branch of grammar, and are of importance to those only, who aspire to the acquisition of eloquence in public speaking. and must be taught orally. As to Versification, though Dlelonging, in some measure, to the grammatical art, it cannot be expected to find a place here. To treat on the various feet or measures into which verse is divided, or on the different kinds of verse, would be of use and interest to none but those of poetical taste and genius. We therefore dismiss these matters and supply the place with a few pages of Familiar phrases and dialogues, exhibiting the phraseology of the language as employed in daily intercourse; and then a few extracts from one or other of the Dutch prose-writers of the former and present centuries , both serving as praxes on the Dutch grammar The Dutch language will be found to be sonorous and emphatic, and possessed of much vigor; it has retained more of its original character than any other of the Teutonic branches. The affinity which exists between this language and our own is calculated to raise our warmest sympathy and esteem ; this affinity is exhibited in the following old Dutch proverb: Wenn den wijn is in den man, When the wine is in the man, Is de wijsheid in de kan. Is the wisdom in the can. 4 1 5 i ’ ] s PROSODY, 193 Indeed no language claims a closer kindred with ours than this, as will be further seen on a perusal of the following specimens. The number of Dutch writers of eminence, as also that of men of genius distinguished in the arts, is perhaps greater than that of any other country of the continent of Europe, in proportion to the number of inhabitants; yet” » strange it is” » says Mr. Bowring,” that there is a country almost within sight of the shores of our island, whose literature is less known than that of Persia or Hin- dostan, a country too, distinguished for ils civilisation and its important contributions to the mass of human knowledge — It is indeed most strange, that, while the poets of Germany have found hundreds of admirers and thousands of critics, those of a land nearer in position — more allied by habit and by history with our thoughts and recollections — should have been passed by unnoticed — yet there are many among them, whose reputation is as firmly established, though not so widely diffused, as that of the most renowned among the sons of fame. But Vondel himself, ingenious, emphatic, and sublime, as he is, has never found an interpreter, scarcely a reader, in England”. The English version adjoined to the praxes is as literal as the genius and analogy of the two languages will admit: indeed all translations, to be faithful, ought to be as literal as the genius and the structure of the language into which the translation is made, will allow, observing, however, that the laws of syntax and harmony are not violated; as it is by this means that the sense and style of the author is conveyed into the language into which the translation is rendered, whilst a deviation from (his particular, or what is termed afree translation, is rather an imitation, than, strictly speaking a translation. The following Praxes on Dutch Grammar can be employed by the student as exercises in reading and for translation; to which end it is recommended that he make a translation of them from the Dutch into the English, without looking to the English version on the opposite page; having completed which, he can compare his translation with that in the book, and correct where necessary; and then translate it back into Dutch in the same manner. The contents of the pieces being well understood, the student can then derive advantage from a careful reading of them. 13 OEFENINGEN follandsche Spraakkunst, Uittreksels uit hedendaogsche hollandsche proza-schrijvers. Oplkomst , bloei, en verval der Letteren. Op den maalstroom van gedurige omwentelingen en oorlogen volgt een staat van evenwigt en vrede. Overvloed neemt de plaats in van behoefte, gerustheid die van gedurige vreeze. Geen wonder, zoo men zich nu van zijnen overvloed bedienen wil, om den kring der ge- noegens van het leven uit te breiden; genoegens, die men nu in veiligheid genieten, en, zonder gevaar van stoornis, smaken kan. De weelde moet alsdan geboren worden. Het noodlottig, onvermij- delijk tijdstip is daar. Gelukkig, zoo alsdan ook de letteren tot een heilzaam tegengift ontluiken; zoo, naarmate de weelde het lig— chaam in veerkracht en sterkte doet afnemen, deze de vermogens van den geest ontwikkelen ; zoo, naarmate de aanlokselen tot ondeugd vermeerderen, het verstand de hartstogten leert bestieren en in toom houden; zoo, wanneer de natuurdrift, die de helden vormde, zich allengs door de weelde belezen laat en in vuur verflaauwt, de letteren daarentegen hare stem verheffen, den mensch naar het gebod des pligts doen hooren, zijne deugd tegen de verleiding der ondeugden wapenen, en, door het te bovenstreven aller hinderpalen , werkelijk den naam van deugd doen verdienen. Rampzalig daaren- tegen het volk, dat, door een’ toevalligen zamenloop van omstan- digheden, eerder met de weelde, dan met de letteren, bekend werd; aan 't welk bruisende hartstogten gretig het vergift deden inzwelgen , zonder dat het tegengift nog daar was. Vloek over de Europeérs, PRAXIS ON THE Dutch Grammar, Extracts from modern Dutch prose-writers. Rise, prosperity, and decline of Learning. After the whirlpool of continual revolutions and wars follows a state of equalization and peace. Superfluity occupies the place of want, quietude that of continual fear. No wonder, if we desire to avail of our superfluity to extend the range of the comforts of life ; comforts, which are now enjoyed in security, and which we can laste without apprehension of disturbance. Luxury must then be born. The fatal and inevitable period is there. Fortunate if then learning springs forth as a salutary antidote; so that in proportion as luxury deprives the body of its elasticity and force, the former may unfold the powers of the mind; so, that in proportion as the allurements of vice increase, the understanding may learn to guide the passions and check them (in their progress); so, that when the passion of nature which formed heroes, allows ilself to be gradually seduced by luxury, and loses ils energy, learning on the other hand, may raise its voice, tell to man the calls of duty, arm his virtue against the seduction of vice, and, by subduing all resistance, virtually merit the name of virtue. Wretched on he other hand is that nation. which. by an accidental combination of cir- cumstances, rather embraced luxury than learning ; besides which, foaming passions greedily swallowed the poison, whilst the antidote was out of reach. A curse on the Europeans, who distributed to so many nations of different parts of the world, the fatal productions 196 PRAXIS ON THE die aan zoo vele volkeren der onderscheidene werelddeelen de nood- lotlige voortbrengselen hunner weelde toedienden, eer zij hen door beschaving tot kennis, tot het regte gebruik hunner geestvermogens hadden opgeleid. D. J. vax Lenser. Huie pe Groor. Huic oe Groor stamde af van een der aanzienlijkste hollandsche geslachten, dat reeds sedert eeuwen de hoogste waardigheden in de stad Delft bekleed had. Zijn vader was Burgemeester dier stad, en tevens bezorger der hoogeschool te Leijden, tot welken laatsten post, ten dien tijde, geene dan de aanzienlijkste personen werden gekozen. Deze was een geleerd man en vlijtig beoefenaar der letter- kunde, en tevens, door zijn aanzien en middelen een bevorderaar van dezelve. Hier trof men dan alles te zamen; goed zaad, uil- muntenden grond, en de beste opkweekers. Hoe veel goeds kon men van de kinderen dezes mans niet verwachten ! Reeds in de vroegste jeugd van bE Groot ontluikten vermogens en talenten , die duidelijk voorspelden, welk eenen trap van grootheid hij ten eenigen tijd kon beklimmen. Verre boven zijne jaren, waren zijn geheugen, zijne opmerkzaamheid, vatbaarheid, en zijn oordeel. Deze onschatbare gaven werden gelukkig aangeprikkeld door eene blakende leerzucht en onvermoeide werkzaamheid. Op zijn zevende jaar reeds begon hij Latijn en Grieksch fe leeren; een jaar zich hierop toegelegd hebbende, schreef hij Latijnsche verzen, waarvan een waardig geacht werd, om aan den Prins van Oranje vertoond te worden Zijn ijver was zoo groot, dat hij zclfs een groot gedeclte van den nacht tot leeren besteedde, en, daar zijne ouders, uit zorg voor zijne gezondheid, hem daartoe licht weigerden , kocht hij, van zijn zondagsgeld, heimelijk, kaarsen. Intusschen bepaalde hij zich alleen tot deze oefeningen. Op zijn elfde jaar vertrok hij reeds naar de hoogeschool te Leijden, om daar het onderwijs der Hoogleeraren te genieten, C. Rocas. Frosodie. De Prosodie van eene taal is dat gedeelte van hare spraakkunst, waardoor de regels der uitspraak bepaald worden. DUTCH GRAMMAR. 197 of their luxury, before first leading them to knowledge and to a right use of their mental [aculties. Hugn pe Groot, (Grorivs.) Huen ve Groot, (better known in England by the name of Grorivs) descended from one of the most respectable families of Holland, which had for several centuries filled the highest offices in the city of Delft. His father was Mayor of that city, and also Procurator of the University of Leiden, to which office, at that time, none but the most respectable were chosen. He was a man of learning and a zealous cultivator of literature, and also, by his respectability and means, a promoter of it. Therefore every thing was found here concentrated : good seed, excellent soil , and the best cultivators. How much good was there not to be expected from the children of this man! Already , in the earliest years of Grorivs, abilities and talents developed themselves, which clearly prognosticated to what a high degree of celebrity he might at sometime arrive. His memory, ob- servation , capacity , and judgment, were far beyond his years. These invaluable gifts were luckily encouraged by a passionate desire for learning and an indefatigable industry. In his seventh year he began to learn Latin and Greek, and having applied himself to them a year, he wrote Latin verses; one of which was considered worthy of being shown to the Prince of Orange. His zeal was so great, that he passed a great part of the wight in study; and, when his parents, from a regard for his health, denied him a light for that purpose, he secretly bought candles with his sunday pocket-money. In the mean time he devoted himself exclusively to this study. In his eleventh year he went to the University of Leiden, for the purpose of enjoying the instruction of the Professors. Prosody. The Prosody of a language is that part of is grammar, by which the rules of ils pronunciation are determined. 198 PRAXIS ON THE Zal eene Prosodie dus volledig zijn; dan moet men in dezelve niet alleen die regels aantreffen. waarbij de langheid of kortheid der lettergrepen aangetoond wordt, maar cok die, welke, in het algemeen, tot het toonkundige van eene spraak behooren: want ook het spreken, schoon van het eigenlijk gezegde zingen onderscheiden, is een, van de kracht en beteekenis der woorden afhangende, en door den smaak des sprekers gewijzigde zang, die wel minder aan- gehouden, vloeijend, en zamensmeltend is dan die des zangers; maar daarom niet minder in toon, maat, en leiding bestaat, dan de zang zelve. Niet alleen in hel opzeggen van verzen en het uit- spreken eener redevoering, maar ook in het gewone spreken eener taal, in de dagelijksche zamenleving, kunnen wij dit opmerken. Nimmer worden wij bedrogen in den toon, waardoor bijv. eene vraag, of eene geéindigde volzin aangeduid wordt. Het loestemmende of ontkennende wordt niet alleen door woorden, maar ook door den toon, te kennen gegeven het vervolg eener rede, waarin meer aangedrongen wordt door een » want,” is, in den klank, geheel anders dan dat, waarin een, » maar’ uitzonderingen of nadere bepalingen opgeeft. Ik zwijg van de levendige uitdrukking der hartstogten, welke, door het verheffen en nederdrukken der toonen, de leiding der stem, de snelheid of traagheid der elkander in het spreken opvolgende woorden, bijna alleen, geboren wordt. Mr. J. Kivker. De Batavieren. De Batavieren waren de oudste bewoners van een gedeelte van het tegenwoordige Kleefsland, Gelderland, en Holland, oorspronkelijk een Germaansch volk, uit Hessen afkomstig; zij kwamen, ten gevolge van een twist met hunne naburen, op den raad hunner priesters, zich hier ten lande nederzetten, ruim 100 jaren voor Jrzus Caristus. Zij werden weldra door de Romeinen beborloogd, en, na een’ hard- nekkigen en dapperen tegenstand, eindelijk wel overwonnen, maar toch als vrienden en bondgenooten des Romeinsehen volks aangemerkt , hetwelk inderdaad goede diensfen van de Batavieren genoot, maar dezen met ondank en onderdrukking beloonde. Deze behandeling ein- delijk moede, spoorde Cravprus Crvinis, een aanzienlijk, onderne- mend, en dapper Batavier, zijne landslieden tot opstand aan, voerde langen tijd openbaren oorlog met de Romeinen, en dwong hen tot een’ eervollen vrede; doch Trasanus en Hapruanuvs bragten hen RT mam ERI" Y DUTCH GRAMMAR. 499 If a Prosody be therefore perfect; then, we shall not only find there those rules, by which the length or shortness of syllables is shown, but also those, which, in general, belong to the harmony of a language; for speaking, also, though differing from singing, literally so called, is a song dependent on the power and meaning of the words, and modified by the taste of the speaker, which is indeed less continued, flowing, and incorporated than that of a singer ; but therefore does not depend less on tone, measure, and guidance, than song. We can perceive this not only in the rehearsal of verses or the delivery of an oration, but also in the familiar speaking of a language; and in daily conversation, Wo are never deceived in the tone, whereby, for example, a question or the conclusion of a sentence is shown. The admitting or denying is not communicated by words merely, but by the tone. The continuation of a discourse, in which more is enforced by a » because,” is, in sound, quite otherwise than that, in which a » but” gives exceptions of closer limitations. I say nothing of the lively expressions of the passions, which almost exclusively arise out of the rising or falling of the tone, the conducting of the voice, and the velocity or slowness of the words in following each other. The Batavians. The Balavians were the oldest inhabitants of a part of the present Cleefland, Guelderland, and Holland, originally a German people, from Hesse; they came and established themselves in this country, at the advice of their Priests, in consequence of a quarrel with their neighbors, about 100 years before Christ. The Romans soon made war upon them, and, after an obstinate and brave resistance, finally conquered them, but were considered as friends and allies of the Romans, who enjoyed indeed important services from the Batavians, but rewarded them with ingratitude and oppression. Finally , becoming weary of this treatment, Cuavnivs Civinis excited his countrymen to a revolt, carried on for some time an open war with the Romans, and forced them to an honorable peace, but (the Roman Emperors) Trasas and Abprian brought them again under subjection. In the course of time they associated themselves 200 PRAXIS ON THE weder tot onderwerping. Allengs vermengden zij zich met de Vriezen; en op het einde der derde eeuw maakten de Salische Franken zich meester van het land der Batavieren, naderhand der Saksers; en onder deze versmolt hunne zelfstandigheid, en de naam zelfs des lands, Batavié, werd in Neder-Saksen veranderd. Het Eiland der Batavieren. Dit Eiland zoo gcheeten in de oude Aardrijkskunde, is de land- streek tusschen den Rijn en de Waal, bevatlende een gedeelte van Kleefsland, Gelderland, en Zuid-Holland, vroeger bewoond door de Cimbren , doch door deze, uit hoofde der geweldige overstroomingen, verlaten, en door de Batavieren in bezit genomen en bebouwd. Gescliktheld van Europa in het algemeen voor Zeevaart en Handel. Wanneer wij de gesteldheid van ons werelddeel in het algemeen beschouwen , en dezelve met die van andere werelddeelen vergelijken , dan moeten wij erkennen, dat Europa door de naluur geenszins bevoorregt is. Oorspronkelijk gaf het weinig meer dan vleesch en brood; fijnere vruchten en kruiderijen behoorden hier niet te huis, en zullen hier ook thans slechts in zeer enkele landen welig tieren. Ook in kleedingstoffen kon men op geen rijkdom roemen; purper, zijde, en zelfs katcen is van elders. Paarlen en edelgesteenten, 700 begeerlijk in der menschen oogen, vond men hier evenmin, behalve den barnsteen in Pruissen. Maar juist deze armoede aan eigene voortbrengselen maakte de Europeanen begeerig, om andere wereld- deelen te bezoeken, en was een sterke prikkel voor Zeevaart en Handel. En hierin was de Schepper der Natuur den bewoneren van dit werelddeel te gemoet gekomen. Bijna aan alle kanlen omringd door zeeén en baaijen, allerwege doorsneden met bevaarbare rivieren en meren , lokte deze gesteldheid reeds vroeg de menschen uit, om zich op het onzeker element te wagen. Wat voor de zuidelijke Europeanen de Middellandsche zee geweest was, werd voor de noordelijke de Oost- en Noordzee; eene oefenschool namelijk voor Koophandel en Zeevaart, niet louter bespiegelend , maar met dadelijke proeven verbonden. RG Tr Tom DUTCH GRAMMAR. 904 - with the Frisons; and, at the end of the third century, the Salic Franks, afterwards the Saxons, became masters of the country of the Batavians; and under the latter, their existance as a distinct nation ceased, and even the name of the country, Batavia, became changed into that of Lower Saxony. The Island of the Batavians. This Island, which is so called in Ancient geography, is the country situated between the Rhine and the Waal, embracing a part of Cleefland, Guelderland, and South Holland; in earlier times it was inhabited by the Cimbrens , but was abandoned by that people, in consequence of dreadful inundations, and afterwards was taken possession of by the Batavians, and was brought by them into cultivation. Adaptation of Europe in general for Na- vigation and Trade. If we view the position of our part of the world in general, and compare it with that of the other parts, then we must confess, that Europe is by mo means favored by Nature. Al first it yielded very little else than meat and bread; delicate fruils and spices were not indigenous to it, and they will flourish here only in very few countries. Also as to articles of dress we can boast of no riches ; purple, silk, and even cotton, belong lo other paris. Pearls and precious stones, so attractive to the sight of man, are also not found here, except wmber in Prussia. Bul just this poverty in its own productions, made the Europeans solicitous to visit other parts of the world, and it was a strong excitement to Navigation and Trade. And in this particular the Creator of Nature came to the assistance of the inhabitants of it. Surrounded almost on all sides by seas and bays, intersected in all directions with navigable rivers and lakes, the people were soon invited oul, to venture on the unstable element. What the Mediterranean was to the Southern Europeans, the East and #the North-sea were to the Northern; a nursery, namely for Commerce and Navigation, not merely theo- retical, but combined with actual operations. 202 PRAXIS ON THE Geschiltheid van ons Vaderland in het bijzon- der voor Zeevaart en Handel. En wat alzoo waar is omtrent Europa in het algemeen, geldt niet minder ten opzigte van ons Vaderland in het bijzonder. In vroegere dagen vooral, toen onze velden nog minder door dijken en zeeweringen beschut waren tegen de woede der zee, kon de akker- bouw onmogelijk een voornaam middel van bestaan opleveren. Ook was de grond daartoe velerwege te moerassig. Met de veeteelt ging het beter, wegens de menigte onzer vette beemden. Maar vooral moest ons laag, waterachtig en van rivieren, meren, en poelen doorsneden land uitlokken tot Visscherij, Scheepvaart, en Handel. Een lange, smalle kustzoom aan twee zijden bood daartoe de schoon- ste gelegenheid aan; en geplaatst in het middelpunt van Europa, werden wij, als door onze ligging, tevens het middelpunt der handeldrijvende natién van ons werelddeel; hebbende ten westen een volk van mededingende kooplieden in de Engelschen, terwijl drie groote rivieren, die hier hare uitwatering hebben, ons met de binnenlanden vereenigen. Aldus op de grenzen van het vaste land en den oceaan geplaatst, kon het niet missen, of wij moesten, bij de toeneming van zeevaart, de markt- en stapelplaats verkrijgen van verschillende landen en vooritbrengselen. Aan zulk eene gun- stige ligging hebben ook de grootste koopsteden der oudheid en der middeleeuwen, Tyrus, Carthago, Alexandrié, Venetié, en Genua, derzelver opkomst te danken gehad. De geschikiheid der Nederlanders daarvoor. Uil het bovenstaande is duidelijk, dat natuur en ligging van het land onze vaderen wel tot handeldrijvenden en zeevarenden vormen moesten. En er is inderdaad schaars een land, waar men in het algemeen zoo veel van scheepvaart en handel heeft geleerd. Maar om zeevaart en handel tot dien trap van luister en wel- vaart op te voeren, welken zij bij onze vaderen hebben bereikt, daartoe werd meer vereischt, dan eene uilnoodiging der natuur en de geschiktheid onzer ligging. Daarloe was zulk eene geaardheid DUTCH GRAMMAR. 203 Adaptation of our Mother-Country in partic- ular for Navigation an Commerce. And what is true with respect to Europe in general, is not less applicable to our Mother-Country in particular. In former days especially , when our fields were still less protected from the raging of the sea, by dykes and sea-mounds, agriculture could then by no means have yielded a principal source of subsistence. The land was also in many respects too marshy for that purpose. In the breeding of cattle it went better, in consequence of our numerous luzxuriont pastures. But our low and watery country intersected with riers, lakes, and pools, invited the natives to fishery, navi- gation, and trade. A low small sea-border, on two sides, presented the finest opportunities thereto ; and situated in the centre of Europe , we became, as it were , by our position, at the same time, the central point of the Commercial nations of our qnarter of the world ; having on the west the English, commercial competitors , whilst three great rivers, which here empty themselves into the sea, connect us with the inland countries. Thus situated on the boundaries of the continent and the ocean, it could not fail; but that we must Secure the market and staple-place of different countries and products. To a such like favorable position the greater commercial lowns of antiquity and of the middle ages, Tyre, Carthage, Alexandria, Venice, and Genoa, owe their rise. Adaptation of the Netherlanders for Trade and Navigation. From what has been said , it is evident that the nature and position of the country must indeed have formed our ancestors for a com- mercial and navigating people. And there is indeed scarcely any country, where the people in general have advanced so far in navigation and trade. But to bring navigation and trade to that state of importance and prosperity which they attained under our ancestors, more was required than the invitation of nature, and the suitableness of our situation. To this end, such a natural disposition was wanting, 204 PRAXIS ON THE noodig, als de Nederlander bezit, zulk een welberaden overleg, zulk eene zucht tot werkzaamheid, zulk een bedaarde moed in de grootste gevaren, kortom, zulk eene zelfstandigheid, als onze vaderen hebben aan den dag gelegd; en die, Gode zij dank! ook bij het nageslacht nog niet verdwenen is. De handel vereischt een’ bedaar- den, welwikkenden geest, een ijverig, werkzaam leven, bedacht- zaamheid en volharding in voor- en tegenspoed; en wie erkent hier niet onzen koopman van den ouden, degelijken stempel? De zee- vaart, aan duizend wisselvalligheden, aan duizend kwellingen van hitte en koude blootgesteld, bij gedurigen strijd tegen wind en golven, wil een vast ligchaamsgestel, aan de snelste veranderingen van lucht en weder gewoon; wil dezelfde ondernemingszucht en standvastigen moed ; en wie denkt hier niet aan onzen ouden schipper en matroos? En indien wij aldus zoowel de geaardheid van den Neder- lander als de natuur en ligging van zijn land, in aanmerking nemen, dan worden die werken en plannen ons begrijpelijk, welke aan vele vreemde natién als wonderen moeten toeschijnen. J. Braveor Ten Cate. Invloed van eigenbelang op de juistheid onzer waarnemingen. Er is iets, waardoor het eigenbelang op de juistheid onzer waar- nemingen eenen verstorenden invloed heeft. Het doet ons, namelijk, zoo ligt een denkbeeld opvatten van eene zaak, nog voor dat wij die hebben beschouwd; wel een denkbeeld, waarin wij behagen scheppen, dat onze geheele ziel inneemt. Het zijn die Kkinderen onzer verbeelding, die kleur en gedaante geven aan de voorwerpen, welke deze geenszins hebben, ja ons voor de oogea tooveren, wat in het geheel niet bestaat. Ik behoef mij geenszins te beroepen op het domste bijgeloof, dat al de herschenschimmen, die men hel eenmaal in het hoofd heeft gepraat, buiten zich kan zien, noch op dweepers, zoo hoog en fijn van lucht, dat het gezond verstand er niet in kan ademen. Ik zou op geleerden kunnen wijzen, om hunne uilgebreide kennis, heldere inziglen en diep nadenken beroemd. Geschiedkundigen van grooten naam hebben eerst den loop der gebeurtenissen naar hunne denkbeelden ontworpen; — daarna onderzoekende, vonden zij in- derdaad ook alles juist zoodanig geschied, als het door hen was A To AR Tr eA Lr En DUTCH GRAMMAR, 205 as the Netherlander possesses, such a well conducted contrivance, such an industrious disposition, such a cool courage in the greatest dangers, in short, such a self-sufficiency, as our ancestors have displayed, and which, thank God! has not disappeared in their offspring. Commerce requires a deliberate and considerate mind, a zealous, industrious life, thought-fulness and perseverance in good fortune and adversity ; and who does not discover here our merchant of the old genuine stamp? Navigation, exposed to a thousand changes , to a thousand inconveniences of heat aud cold, in incessant contests against wind and waves, requires a firm constitution , accustomed to ithe speediest changes of air and weather; requires the same enter- prise, spirit, and steadfast courage; and who does not think here of our old captain and sailor? And if we thus take into conside- ration as well the character of the Netherlander as the nature and situation of his country, then are those achivements and plans com- prehensive to us, which must appear astonishing to many foreign naLons. Influence of seli-interest on the accuracy of our observations. There is something, by which self-interest prejudicially influences our observations. It induces us, namely, to come to a conclusion on a mailer before we have investigated it; truly, a conclusion in which we take delight, which gratifies our whole soul. It is that child of our imagination which gives color and shape to objects which they no way possess, nay, bewitchingly sets before our eyes what does not at all exist. I need not allude to the blindest superstition, that can externatly behold all the chimeras, which have been talked into men’s heads, nor yet of fanatics, of so high and rarified an air that sound understanding cannot breathe in it. I could instance learned men , celebrated for their extensive knowledge , clear views , and deep thought. Celebrated historians have framed events according to their notions; — who, subsequently investigating them , found that every thing had fallen out precisely as they had tmagined. It has gone thus with many great projectors of new systems in every science, and with 206 PRAXIS ON THE gedacht. Niet anders is het met vele en groote stelselmakers in allerlei wetenschappen gegaan, en beroemde oordeelkundigen en uitleggers van gewijde en ongewijde schriften. Dat, meenen zij, terwijl zij het boek openen, dat moet er staan, en dat moet het beteekenen. En zij zien toe, en het staat er voor hen ook zoo te lezen, en het heeft ook dien zin. Zoo hebben wij, gewone menschen in het gewone leven, ovk onze te voren opgevatte gedachtenis over gebeurtenissen, gevoelens, woorden hoe die gesproken zullen zijn en wat er mede is gemeend; en zoo wordt het dan ook bevonden te zijn. Wij zijn hierin niet geheel ongelijk aan den man, die meende een voorwerp vddr zijunen kijker te hebben, en tegen iets aanzag, dat in den kijker zat. S. K. pg Warp. Het betrachter. der Deugd. De Deugd is de staat der gezondheid van de ziel, en de ondeugd derzelver menigvuldige gebreken en ziekten. Er zijn verscheidene zijden, waarop men de deugd betrachten kan; verscheidene geneesmiddelen, waarmede men de zieke ziel {racht te herstellen, en tot den staat van gezondheid weder te brengen, en deze middelen zijn de lessen, welke de deugden-leeraar zijne toehoor- ders voordraagt. Men kan namelijk, die lessen, op een’ norschen en gebiedenden toon uilknorren — men kan dezelve op een’ deftigen en staligen trant leeraren, — en eindelijk, — men kan ze op eene vrolijke en luchtige wijze voordragen. — De eerste wijze doet zeer weinig nut, en verwekt meer afkeer dan genegenheid tot derzelver beoefening, en dit blijkt genoegzaam uit de groote zelfverveling, waarmede de aanhoorders van de, op zulk een’ toon uilgebulderde lessen, vervuld worden, waardoor dezelve geen den minsten ingang bij hen vinden, daar ze slechts verlangen dat de spreker een besluit make, en zij gelegenheid hebben van zich uit hunnen staat van gevangenschap in vrijheid te stellen, om, met niet weinig ongenoegen tegen den grompot, hunnen ouden weg weder op te wandelen, hij moge dan kwaad of goed zijn. In dit geval wordt het geneesmiddel in een allerbitterst vehiculum van coloquint en aloé toegediend; de lijder walgt er tegen, en kan hefzelve niet innemen. De tweede wijze, namelijk om de Deugd door eenen ernstigen en statigen redeneertrant aan het verstand aangenaam te maken, DUTCH GRAMMAR. 207 celebrated critics and expounders of the sacred and heathen writings. That, they conclude, whilst they are opening the book, that must be related there, and that it must tmply that. And they look, and it is there before their eyes, and it has just that meaning. So we, like ordinary men in ordinary life, have also our previously con- ceed ideas of events, of opinions; of words how they must be pronounced and what they mean ; and so it is found to be. We are not altogether unlike the man, who imagined that he had an object before his telescope, and he was looking at something that sat in the telescope. The Practising of Virtue. Virtue is the healthy state of the soul, and Vice is its numerous defects and diseases. There are many ways in which one can practice virtue; many remedies with which one endeavors to cure the disodered mind, and to bring it back again to a state of sanity , and these remedies are the lessons which the moralizer offers to his auditors. One can , for example, grumble out those lessons in an angry and imperative tone — One can teach them ina grave and dignified manner, — and finally — one can bring them forward also in a merry and humorous manner. — The first method does little good, and creates more disgust than inclination for the practice of it, and this is sufficiently evident from the great wearines with which the auditors of such like blusteringly delivered lessons are affected ; whereby the lessons do not make the least impression upon them, as they are only longing that the speaker may come to a conclusion, and that they may have an opportunity lo be set free from their stale of imprisonment , and thus not best pleased with this grumbler, be enabled to follow their old course, which may be good or ill. In this case the remedy is administered in a most bitter vehiculum of coloquintida and aloes; the patient loathes it, and cannot take it off. The second method, which is, to present Virtue pleasingly to the understanding, in an earnest and dignified manner of reasoning, 208 PRAXIS ON THE is verre verkieselijk boven de eerst genoemde; doch vereischt ook in 't algemeen zulke toehoorders, die allen zoodanig gestemd zijn, dat zij, met gemak, voorwerpen van eenen eenigzins afgetrokkenen en min zinnelijken aard, zoodanig oogenblikkelijk kunnen bevatien, dat ze inderdaad door de waarheden, die in het onderwerp dier voordraglen gelegen zijn, getroffen worden. Doch zoodanige toe- hoorders hebben minst noodig om door de lessen der Deugd in hunnen pligt gehouden te worden, zij zijn reeds het beschaafde gedeelle van het menschdom, en het is dus meer eene herinnering dan eene nieuwe leer, welke aan dezelve voorgesteld wordt, hunne toevallige ongesteldheid is slechis een haat van voorbijgaande zielen Rhumatismus, die van zelven uitslijt. In dit geval dient de Geneesheer zijne zieken deszelfs middelen enkel in ligno dulce, of in zoet hout, toe; maar er blijft toch altijd een apothekers geurtje aan, zoo dat alleen bedaarde lieden hetzelve kunnen gebruiken, omdat ze weten dat het voor hun wel- zijn dient; maar ze zijn toch altijd blijde als’t binnen is, en zullen er buiten noodzakelijkheid, niet naar verlangen. De derde, namelijk de luchtige en vrolijke wijze om de beoefe- ning der deugd onder de menschen algemeen te maken, is meer nieuw en meer zeldzaam dan de twee opgenoemde wijzen ; doch zoo ze meer algemeen konde worden, zoude ze welligt van eenig nut voor de maatschappij kunnen wezen; waarvan men de vol- gende reden zou kunnen geven. De mensch schijnt uit zijn’ aard tot vrolijke gewaarwordingen genegen te zijn, en de Geneesheer dient in alles het gestel te bestuderen, en de werkingen der natuur voorzigtig te volgen; van daar zou men kunnen afleiden, dat wanneer de Deugd op eene vrolijke wijze geleerd wierde, dezelve meer aanneming bij het meer- der gedeelte van het menschdom zoude aanireffen, en daardoor beter in het geheugen bewaard en opgevolgd worden, In dit laatste geval wordt de pil niet alleen verguld, maar zelfs in bankeldeeg gewikkeld en zoo smakelijk gemaakt, dat zelfs kinderen en onberedeneerde medecijnhaters er trek in krijgen, en ze met gretigheid binnen slokken. Evenwel behoort men behoedzaam te zijn in het voorschrijven van zoodanige pillen ; immers het zoele en smakelijke kan de maag ligt hinderlijk worden, en de daar ingewikkelde medecijn in hare werking beletten ; men behoort zich derhalve, in zware zicle-ziekten, DUTCH GRAMMAR 209 is far preferable to the first mentioned; but it requires generally such auditors, as are so adapted, that they can in an instant easily catch objects of a somewhat absiract and less significant nature, and that they are really struck with the truths which lie in the subject of those propositions. But such auditors have least need of being reminded of their obligations by lessons of virtue; these are already the enlightened part of society, and that which is proposed lo them is therefore more a calling to mind, than a new doctrine, their casual indisposition is merely a temporary rhumatism of the soul, which cures of itself. In this case the physician administers to his patient remedies of ligno dulei, or liguorice root; however, an apothecary’s scent always remains to be added, so that none but sedate people can use it, as they know that it is for their advantage; but they are also glad when it is down, and will not long for it, except in cases of necessity. The third method, namely, the humorous and merry method of making the practice of Virtue amongst men universal, is newer and more rare than the two forementioned methods; but if it could be more general, it might perhaps be of some advantage to society ; as to which, the following reasons may be adduced. Man appears by nature to be inclined to cheerful perceptions, and the physician ought to study the temperament in every particular, and cautiously to follow the operations of nalure; from this it may be inferred, that if virtue were taught in a wilty manner, it would obtain a better reception with the greater part of society, and by this means would be fixed belier in the memory and would be better followed. In this last case the pill is not only gilt, but is even rolled up in pastry, and made so nice that even children and irrational detesters of physic take a liking to it, and swallow it greedily. However one ought to be cautions in prescribing such pills; indeed the sweet and delicious portion can easily injure the stomach, and prevent the operation of the medicine in it; one ought therefore to abstain from the use of it in severe diseases of the mind, as 14 210 PRAXIS ON THE daarvan te onthouden, alzoo de maag dan reeds te zwak is om het vehiculum behoorlijk te kunnen verteren; in zoo een geval zoude ik voor de tweede geneeswijze, en voor de pillen in zoet hout ge- wikkeld, pleiten ; — maar de banketpillen, altijd voor de nog sterke lijders, en in de beginselen der ziekte, voorschrijven, wanneer, er wel eenige ongesteldheid in ’t hoofd plaats heeft, maar dal het hart nog gezond is. In dien staat zijn echter de meeste geneeselijke zielenziekten, en daarom zouden die zoete lekkere pillen ook wel van het grootste en algemeenste gebruik zijn; laat ons derhalve met deze opmerking onze tweede afdeeling besluilen, en tot de derde en laatste overgaan, waarin wij zoodanig een aangenaam recept voor uw aller ooren zullen trachten te bereiden. : Onder al de ondeugden, welke in de burgerlijke maatschappij als hoogst schadelijk mag gerekend worden, en zelfs als eene besmettende Epidemie heerschen, is zekerlijk de ongevoeligheid voor de ongemak- ken en moeijelijkheden onzer medemenschen, vergezeld van eene Aristocratische heerschzucht, valschheid en bedrog, eene dwingelandij, en lijrannij, die wel de lastigste is; wijl men daardoor eens anders welvaren stuit, en zich zelven in de onaangename gesteldheid brengt, van, in tijd van nood, ook bij anderen, geene hulp te vinden, en in zijne behoefte te worden afgewezen. De ondeugden}, welke men onaandoenlijkheid, ongevoeligheid, ongastvrijheid, en onmeedoogenheid noemt, behooren daarom bij uitzondering door den zielen-doetor , is het mogelijk, het eerst uitgeroeid te worden, wijl ze den mensch voor brave en vaderlandslievende daden in de maatschappij onbekwaam maken, uit een schadelijk egoismus ontslaan, de Vrijheid overschrij- den, de Broederschap tegenwerken, en daarbij niet onder bedwang der Wet vallen, en van dien aard zijn, dat geen wetlig gezag het tegendeel derzelve bevelen kan, als behoorende onder de officia im- perfectae obligationis, of pligten van eene onvolkomene verpligting. In één woord, de ongevoeligheid voor de klagten onzer natuurge- nooten, besluit in zich de zaden van dwingelandij, despotismus en de allerhatelijkste en verachtelijkste eigenbaat; alhoewel ze, in der- zelver beginsel, meer aan eene zwakheid van het hoofd, dan wel aan een bederf van het hart te wijten is; daar die ongevoeligheid, de lijders in den aanvang voorkomt, als ware zij een gevolg van hun meer doorzigl, voorziglig beleid en wijze oeconomie. A. FokkE SyMONS. DUTCH GRAMMAR. 24 the stomach is already too weak to be able properly to digest the vehiculum ; in such a case I should prefer the second remedy, and vole for the pills made up in liquorice root : — but always prescribe the pastry pills for the severe sufferers, and in the early stages of diseases, when there is an affection in the head, but the heart still healthy. Most curable diseases of the mind are in this state, and therefore these sweet delicious pills might be of wvery great and general use, let us therefore conclude our second division with this observation, and pass on lo the third, in which we shall endeavour to prepare such a prescription as shall sound agreeable lo all your ears. The most troublesome of all the Vices, which are considered the most destructive in civil society, and which even rage like an Epidemic, is, certainly, an insensibility to the inconveniences and difficulties of our fellow- creatures, accompanied by an aristocratic dominancy, falsehood, deceit, oppression, and tyranny; as one thereby checks the welfare of some, and brings oneself into the unpleasant condition of not finding help also from others, in cases of need, and of being turned away when in want. The vices which are termed insensibility , unfeelingness, inhospitality, and incom- passion, ought therefore particularly to be first exierpated by the physician of the mind, if it be possible, as they make man unfit for honorable and patriotic actions in sociely, they originale in a hurtful egoism, violate liberty , destroy equality , oppose brotherhood, and, with all, do not fall under the operation of the laws, and are of that nature, that no legal authority can avail against them, as belonging to the officia imperfectae obligationis, or duties of an imperfect obligation. In a word, a regardlessness lo the complaints of our fellow creatures, embraces in it the seeds of tyranny, despotism, and the most hateful and most detestable selfishness ; though , in its principle it is to be ascribed more to a weakness of intellect than to a cor- ruption of the heart; as that regardlessness strikes the patients at first, as if it was a consequence of their greater penetration, prudent conduct, and wise economy. 242 PRAXIS ON THE Kwaadsprekendheid. Er is, onder het beschaafde gedeelte des menschdoms, geen gebrek algemeener, dan dat der kwaadsprekendheid ; het heerscht in alle standen en kringen der zamenleving; het is van geene bijeenkomsten uitgesloten, en maakt niet zelden de levendigheid derzelve uit; ja! hoe zeer alle menschen zich vereenigen, om de kwaadsprekendheid als eene hatelijke ondeugd te veroordeelen, er zal echter bezwaarlijk iemand gevonden worden, die zich aan dezelve niet heeft schuldig ge- maakt, en niet gedurig, in meerdere of mindere mate, voortgaat zich met dit euvel te besmetten. De uitgestrektheid dezer ondeugd vertoont zich nog duidelijker, als wij in aanmerking nemen, dat zij zoo wel lijdelijk, als dadelijk gepleegd kan worden ; dat men ook zwij- gende kwaad kan spreken, en dat hij, die kwaad van een ander met genoegen aanhoort, terstond de medepligltige wordt van hem, die het verbreidt, vermits er welhaast geene kwaadsprekers meer zijn zouden ; indien er geene menschen waren, die het kwade liever hoorden, dan het goede: de heeler, verkooper, of verruiler van gestolen goederen wordt met regt als medestander van den dief gestraft. Wij zijn er echter ver van af, de verbastering onzer mensche- lijke natuur zoo ver uiltestrekken, dat zij eene eigenlijk gezegde vijandschap, van allen jegens allen, zou medebrengen : het is alleen verborgen hoogmoed en ijdelheid, doch die helaas! dezelfde uitwerk- selen hebben, als of het wezenlijke vijandschap ware, die ze voort- bragt. Als wij van anderen kwaad zeggen of hooren, smaakt onze eigenliefde het zoet van een’ kleinen triumf, en heimelijk verheffen wij ons boven hem, wiens gebreken of misslagen wij verbreiden, of door andere hooren ophalen. Daarenboven, die bijzondere gebre- ken, die wij van onzen medemensch hooren vermelden, of zelve in hem berispen, schijnen wij even daardoor te verfoeijen, en althans zelve er van vrij te zijn, waardoor, naar onzen waan, het denk- beeld onzer zedelijke waardij in het oog van anderen moet rijzen. Het is uit ditzelfde beginsel van hoogmoed, dat wij liefst het kwaad hooren van menschen, die door hunne deugd , verdiensten of aanzien beroemd zijn, omdat wij hen daardoor, als 't ware, uit den kring hunner grootheid , nader brengen aan onze eigene nieligheid, en zelfs, in zekeren zin, beter schijnen dan zij. Doch wat spreek ik van hoogmoed en eigenliefde ? veel geringer drijfveéren dan deze zijn genoegzaam , om onze zucht tot kwaadsprekendheid uittelokken, de a a es a ER DUTCH GRAMMAR. 23 Slander. There is not, in the higher class of society , a more common defect, than that of slander; it prevails in every stage and circle of social intercourse ; it is present in every meeting, and often constitutes its wvivacity ; nay! though men generally agree in pronouncing slander as a detestable vice, it is still difficult to find any one who has not rendered himself culpable of it, and incessantly continued in some degree to corrupt himself with this evil. The extent of this vice shows itself still more evidently, when we consider that it can be practised as well passively as operatively ; that one can slander tacitly, and that he who hears evil of another with satisfaction, becomes instantly the accomplice of kim who disseminates it; for there would scarcely exist any more slanderers, if there were no men who prefer hearing evil to good; the receiver, seller, or exchanger of stolen goods is justly punished as an abettor of the thief. Far be it however from us, to extend the degenerateness of our human nature so far, that it comprehends a literal enmity of all towards all ofhers: it is merely a concealed pride and vanity, but which alas! has the same effects, as if it was in reality enmily which produced it. If we speak ill or hear ill of others, our self- love tasts the sweet of a little triumph, and we secretly raise ourselves above him, whose defects or faults we disseminate, or hear related by others. Moreover, by seeming to detest those particular defects, which we hear related of our fellow creature, or which we ourselves contemn in him , we seem at the same time to be free from them, by which means, according to our opinion, the idea of our own moral worth must be advanced in the eyes of others. It is from this principle of ostentation that we prefer hearing evil of those who are known for their virtue , services, or respectability , because, we thereby bring them, as it were, from the circle of their elevation nearer to our own insignificance , and even in some respects we seem to be better than they are. But what am I saying of pride and self-love? far more trivial impulses than these are sufficient to excite our inclination to slander ; the abstract desire of saying something in company, in order lo please one or other of the party, nay, 24 enkele begeerte , om in de zamen- leving mede te spreken, om aan den een’ of ander’ van het gezel- schap te behager, ja zelfs! om het gesprek niet te doen verflaauwen, maakt van den mensch een ver- breider van het kwaad gerucht zijns naasten ! G, H. vay per Panm. PRAXIS ON THE DUTCH GRAMMAR. indeed! in order to keep up the conversation , makes a man a dis- seminator of the evil report of his neighbour. THE PRONUNCIATION OF FOREIGN WORDS. It has been observed page 15. that words derived from the Latin, Greek , or from modern European languages, as the German , French, English, &c, are not readily incorporated into the Dutch language, and that, in the creation of new names, the compounding of words is more generally availed of; however, a prevailing fashion has given rise to the introduction and sanctioning of some words from these languages, and which are not inaptly termed bastard words ; such as , actie , ambitie , glorie, chemie , astronomie , geographie , &e. which are infinitely more happily expressed by the words aandeel, share or action ; eerzucht, ambition ; roem, glory ; scheikunde , che- mistry ; sterrekunde, astronomy ; aardrijkskunde, geography. In the pronunciation of such like words, the following sounds are heard : Cha, sound ka, as in Chaldeérs, Chaldeans. Ch, sounded sh, as in chirurgijn, surgeon. Cie, sounds cie, as in beneficie, benefice. Gie, sounds ge, as in collegic, a college; astrologie, astrology. G, sounds soft like ge, as in chirurgijn, surgeon ; genie, enginery ; Georgius, George : except g in agent, agent; in which it retains its guttaral sound as in Dutch. Ph, sounds like f, as in philosoof, philosopher. Th, In this combination , the / is mute, as in thee, tea ; apotheek, apothecary. Tie, sounds she, as in natie, nation; ambitie, ambition: EXERCISES FOR TRANSLATING INTO DUTCH. On the article and noun. See pages 19 and 124. EXERCISE I. f= m. Mamelijk. v. Vrouwelijk. o. Onzijdig. The child's father. The son's house and the daughter's garden. The teacher's pupil. The boy's book, the girl's copybook , and the master’s desk. John and Thomas are the sons of Mr. B — William and Henry are good boys. Charles, Peter, and Samuel, the sons of this gentleman and lady. Sarah, Elizabeth, and Jane, the children of the school. Napoleon , emperor of France, was a Corsican. Julius Cesar, commander in chief of the Roman army. Victoria, queen of England. The roof of the house. The army and navy of The Netherlands. The universities of Leiden, Utrecht, and Groningen. The fleetness of dogs. The beauties of nature. The silence of the night. Child, kind. o. Gentleman , heer. m. Father, vader. m. Lady, MEVTouUW. V. Son, 2000. mM. Emperor, keizer. m. House, huis. o. Commander in opperbevelleb- Danghter, dochter. wv. chief , ster, wn Garden, tuin. m. Army , leger.o. Teacher, leermeester. m. Roof, dak. o. Pupil, leerling. m. Navy, zeemagt. v. Boy, Jongen. m. University , hoogeschool. wu. Girl , meigje. o. Fleetness, snelheid. v. Copybook, schrijfboek. o. Dog, hond. m. Desk, lessenaar. m. Beauty, schoonheid. v. Mr, mijnheer. m. Silence, stilte. wv. EXERGISES. EXERCISE II. 27 The cows and calves are in the meadows. The rats and mice are in the graineries. a rose , or a violet is agreeable. The pianoforte is out of tune. The fragrance of The fishes of the sea, the birds of the air , and the beasts of the field. The drover’s oxen, sheep, calves, and lambs are in the market. The constitution of England. The strength of Hercules. The wisdom of Mentor. The patriotism of the Athenians. The heroism of the Romans. The tyrant Nero, emperor of the romans. Cow, koe. wv. Air, lucht , v. Calf, kalf. o. Beast, beest. o. In, op. Field, veld. o. Are, 2m. Drover , veedrijver. m. Meadow , weide. v. Ox, 03. 7, Rat, rat. v. Sheep , schaap. o. Mouse, muss. v. Lamb, lam , o. Grainery , korenzolder. m. Market , markt. v. Out of tune, ontstemd. Constitution, regeringsvorn. v. Fragrance , reuk. m. Strenghth , sterkte. v. Rose, 7008. V. Wisdom , wijsheid. v. Violet, viooltje. o. Patriotism , vaderlandslief- Agreeable, aangenaam. de. v. Fish, visch. m. Heroism , heldenmoed m. Sea, zee. v. Tyrant, dwingeland. m. Bird , vogel , m. On the noun and adjective. See pages 20 and 128. EXERCISE III. A good counsel. A bad action. A strong horse. A beautiful house. An interesting book. Important news. Rich merchants. A long and broad street. The body is mortal. The soul is immortal. A diligent boy and a negligent girl. Beautiful white paper. Virtuous people are always happy. The se are steel knives and silver forks. A low and marshy country. The inhabitants are strong and healthy. This palace is beautiful. Our horse is strong, but her father’s is yet stronger , it is the strongest horse in the village. 218 EXERCISES. John is idle, William is idler, and your brother is the idlest boy in the school. My sister is obedient to her parents, but your brother is more obedient, and this young lady is the most obedient pupil that I know. Good, goed. Virtuous, deugdzaam. Counsel , . raad. m. People , menschen.’ m. Bad, slecht. Always, aliiyd. Action, dood. Happy, gelulkig. Horse, paard. o. These, deze. Beautiful, schoon. Steel , staal. o. Interesting, onderhoudend. Knife , mes. 0. Important, belangrijk. Silver, zilver. o. Rich , rik, Fork, vork. v. Merchant, koopman. m. Low, laag, Body, ligchaam. o. Marshy , MOerassig. Mortal , sterfelijk. Inhabitants , Tuwoners. m. Immortal , onsterfelijk. Village , dorp. o. Diligent , vlijtig. Idle, luz. Negligent , ualatig. Obedient, gehoorzaam, White , wit. Know, kennen. Paper, papier. o. EXERCISE IV. Amsterdam is a populous city. Paris is more populous than Am- sterdam , and London is the most populous city of Europe. My youngest son is more diligent than yours. I am taller than you. Are you ill ? Yes sir, I am very sick. The tops of the mountains and the bottons of the vallies are equally agreeable. The sun, moon and stars are the glory of nature. Poetry, painting, and music are sister arts. The history of The Netherlands is sometimes very interesting. The colonies of Java and Surinam are profitable to the mother-country. Populons, volkryk. Mountain, berg. m. City, stad. v. Bottons, bodem. m. Tall, lang. Vally, dal. o. Mij, min. Equally, even. Your, uw. Glory, glorie. v. m, zich. Poetry, dichtkunst. v. Tops , top. Painting , schilderkunst. 1 EXERCISES. 219 Music, muziek. v. Interesting , onderhoudend. o. Art, kunst. v. Profitable, winstgevend. Sometimes, somiyds. Mother-country, wvaderland. Very, | zeer. On the pronoun. See pages 45 and 133. EXERCISE V. Every country has its customs and laws. None of them is able to do it. Do you understand me? Nobody is able to understand you. Many men think so, but it is not true. Each has a good place , but mine is better. I am old, you are young, and he is poor. She is rich , we are healthy. Thou art the man. What is the colour of these dresses? My hat is white, your coat is blue, and her gown is yellow. It is a fine house, who is the owner of it? Mr. Williams, the merchant. Will you go with me? With much pleasure. Let us go to our house or to yours. Every, zeder. Each , zeder. Country , land. o. Dresses , kleeden. Its , zn. Mine , de mijne. Custom, gewoonte. v. Boot, Jas. m. Law, wet. v. Blue, blaauw. None, geen een. Gown , Japon. m. Them, hen. v. Yellow, geel. Able, in staat. Fine , fraai. Nobody, ntemand. Owner , elgenaar. Mm. Understand , verstaan. Yours, de uwe. Many , vele. On the verbs. See pages 63 and 143. EXERCISE VI. What have they done? This boy and that girl have bought these books. Of which books do you speak ? We speak of those books. Bring me that pen and those penknives. What must you do? I must write letters to my friends in London. Are these pupils idle? 220 EXERCISES. This pupil is more diligent than that, but that is more obedient than this. To whom do you owe money? To your cousin. What can we do? Let us do what we can. Whose houses and gardens are those? They belong to me. Are you content? No sir, I am not. What do you see there? I see a man who cannot get up. The young man of whom I have spoken is not at home. These big boys beat those little ones. What did the gentleman say? He said so- mething but I know not what. What do you say ? I speak nothing but the truth. This, deze. Cousin , neef, m. That, dat. Belong, behooren. Bought, gekocht. Get up, opstaan. Which, welke. At home, te huis. Do you speak? spreekt gij? Big groot. Those , die. Beet, slaan.. Penknife , pennemes. o. Little one, kleine. To Whom, aan wien. Nothing , mits. Do you owe, zit gij schuldig. But, thans. EXERCISE VII. What will you have in your garden? 1 will have in my garden fine flowers and trees. He may be an honest man. Virtue and vice have different consequences. It is as easy to do good as to do evil. I shall come and you will go. What shall we do? will play, and you shall not. Let him grow rich. Where were you yesterday ? I dined yesterday at my cousin's, and met there two of your friends. A diligent boy is always learning. Will you go to the Hague? I shall go to-morrow. Have you been there already? No madam, not yet. Do you choose water, wine, or beer ? I will take a glass of ale. Be so kind as to make my pen. I must write letters to my friends. Lend me a sheet of paper. Give me some black ink. The winter occupations are succeeded by those of summer. This young man neglects his studies, he is idle. You know that God is everywhere present. What am I to do? You must pay the strictest attention to your duties, and be diligent. Flowers , bloems v. Virtue , deugd. v. Tree, boom. m. Vice, ondeugd. v. May be. kan zijn. Different , verschillend. EXERCISES. 224 Consequence , gevolg. o. Lend, leen Evil, kwaad. o. Sheet of paper, wel papier, o. Play , spelen. Some , wat. Grow , worden. Occupation , bezigheid. v. Dine, midday eten. Succeeded, opgevolyd. At my cousin’s, by minen neef. Neglect, verzuimen. Meet, ontmoeten. Every where , overal. Learning, leeren, Present, tegenwoordiy. Choose, ciezen to pay attention, oplettend zijn. Kind , vriendelijk Strict, stipt, @n the adverbs. See pages 106 and 155 EXERCISE VIII. How have you been? I was ill last night. If I had been impru- dent, I should not have succeeded in my enterprise. What do you think of my conduct? You could have done belter than you have done. You would have acted differently, if you had followed my advice. Can you help me? I can still be of great service to you. Can you walk hence to Amsterdam? No, I am too weak now. How does he write now? He writes better and better , but you write worse and worse. When will he go? He will positively go to-day, but he wil pro- bably, come back to-morrow. I have almost done my exercise, I shall be ready in time. Is he industrions? He works diligently from morning till night , and by degrees he will become learned. How shall you act in future ? Henceforth I shall learn my lessons diligently , for I have lost my time, and I have been sometimes idle. Last night, verledene nacht. Acted, handelt. Had been, ware geweest. Differently, anders. Imprudent, onvoorzigtig. Walk, loopen. Succeeded, geslaan. Hence, hier van daan. Enterprise , : onderneming. v. Weak, zwal. You would have, gi zoudt hebben. - 222 EXERCISES. On the preposition. See pages 110 and 156. EXERCISE IX. He has done it against the advice of his parents They will all come here to-morrow , except his uncle and your niece. I shall not go by land, but by sea. He will not sell it under a hundred guilders. Let us take a walk along the river, we shall be back about four o'clock. Instead of learning your lessons, you are playing. He lives opposite the king's palace. These hills are covered with fruit trees loaded with fruit already ripe, its pure streem rolls its limpid waters through luxuriant meadows enamelled with flowers. Fly, vain youth, fly from the enchanting allurements of a giddy life. Against, tegen. Already , alreeds. Except, uitgezonderd. Rolls, stroomt. By land, over land. Limpid, helder. Along, langs. Luxuriant, weelderig. Instead, im plaats van. Enamelled, versierd. Opposite , tegen over. fly, ontvlug. Hill, heuvel. m. Enchanting , aanlokkelijk. Covered , gedelkt. Allurement, verleiding. v. Loaded, geladen. Giddy , vrolijk. On the conjunction. See pages 116 and 157 EXERCISE X. Gold and silver are metals less useful than iron. To listen with pleasure and satisfaction to a slanderer, and to applaud him, is to cherish the serpent which stings. I like neither flatterers nor the wicked. Those who have never suffered know nothing; they know neither good nor evil. He is an inconsistant man, he is sometimes of one opinion and sometimes of another. Corn sells for eight guilders a mud. Veal and beef cost three stivers a pound. This lace is sold at five guilders an ell. How much will you take? Give me ten ells. How much does it come to? At six guilders an ell | EXERCISES. 223 it comes to sixty guilders. How often do you go to Holland ? I go twice a year. What a beautiful morning! Come, let us go and walk in the fields. Less, minder. Wicked, boos. Useful , nutlig. To suffered, levden. Lister, luister. m. Inconsistant , ongerijmd. Satisfaction , voldoening. v. ~~ Opinion , denkwijs. ». Slanderer , lasteraar. m. Sells, verkoopt. Applaud, toejuiching. v. Lace, kant. o. Cherish ; koesteren. At, tegen. Serpent , slang. v. Come to, bedragen. Flatterer, vletjer. m. EXERCISE XI. My good friend, you are in the wrong, and though it is but a trifle you will be obliged to pay him what he demands. I should have told you this Lefore, but you come too late; why did you not come in due time? We have neither books nor pens but we have good post paper and excellent black ink. I lend you these books upon condition that you return them when you have read them out. I will reward him liberally, but I must first see that he do his duty. Where do they live? At Rotterdam. How long have they lived there? About five years. To bein the wrong, ongelijk hebben. Upon condition, onder voorwaarde. ‘What , wat. Read out, uitlezen. In due time. in tijds. Liberally , PUN. Neither-nor, noch-noch. EXERCISE XII. Gold is the purest, the most precious, the most ductile, and, after platina, the heaviest of all metals. Chastity is an obligation of all times, all ages, and all conditions. It is the sense of feeling which teaches us to guard against the errors of sight. Learn early to distinguish truth from falsehood. Sleep is the image of death. Dignity of mind is the distinguishing mark of a man of esteem and true worth. I am a Dutchman and a merchant, after having been at most of the towns of Germany and Italy , my commercial affairs bring me here. 224 EXERCISES. Ductile, buigzaam. Guard against, op de hoede zijn. Chastity , Lieschheid. v. Image, zinnebeeld. o. Obligation, verpligting. v. ~~ Dignity of mind, zielenwaarde. v. Condition, stand. m. Commercial af- fhandelszaken. v. fairs, On the interjections. See pages 118 and 161. EXERCISE XIII. Alas! my friend, I am indone! Wo be to me! Brisk! my workmen be at hand! For shame! to deceive me thus, Ah! that men were wise and good. A ha! do I see you here! EXERCISE XIII. Ox is the general name for horned cattle ; and of all these the cow is the most useful. The flesh of the ox is beef. Oxen are often used to draw in ploughs or carts. Their flesh supplies us with food. Their blood is used as manure; their fat is made into candles; the hair is mixed with lime to make into mortar; their horns are made into curious things, as combs, boxes, handles for knives , drinkingecups , and instead of glass, for lanterns. Their bones are used to make little spoons, knives and forks for children, buttons, &e. Cows give us milk, which is excellent diet, and of the milk we make cheese, of the eream we make butter. The young animal is a calf ; its flesh is veal; calf-leather for covers of books is made of the skin. The cow may be considered as more universally con- ducive to the comforts of mankind, than any other animal. In some parts of South-America the cow is still found in its wild state; but, as all parts of Europe are at present peopled, wild cows are no longer met with in that quarter of the world. Horned cattle, ‘Zoornvee. o. Lanterns, lantaarnen. v. Plough (plow), ploeg. m. Diet, voedsel. o. Manure . mest. m. Calf-leather, kalfsleér. o, Lime, Lalk. v. Covers of books. bandenvanboeken. Mortar , tras. m. Universally , in het algemeen. Curious things, snuisterjjen. v. Conducive , bevorderlijk. Met with, getroffen. Peopled, bewoond, Handles, heften. o. EXERCISES. -295 EXERCISE XIV. Lord Chesterfield in one of his letters to his son, thus advises him : — «Take care to open your teeth when you speak , fo arli- culate every word distinctly , and to beg of any friend you converse ~ with, to remind and stop you, if ever you fall into a rapid and unintelligible mutter. - You should even read aloud (o yourself, and tune your utterance to your own ear, and read at first much slower than you need to do, in order to correct that shameful habit of speaking faster than you ought. In short, you will make it your business, your study, and your pleasure, to speak well, if you think rightly. » Advises, raadt. Mutter , gemompel. o. Articulate , uiispreken. Tune, stem. v. Beg of, verzoeken. Utterance, uitspraak v. Converse with, onderhouden. In order, om Remind , oplettend maken. Ought, moet. Unintelligible, onverstaanbaar. In short, kortom. EXERCISE XV. Of all parts of the world, America, as it exhibits the most lofty mountains , so it supplies the largest rivers. The principal of these is the great river Amazon , which performs a course of nearly four thousand English miles. The breadth and depth of (his river are answerable to its vast length , and where ils width is most contracted , its depth is augmented in proportion. So great is the body of its waters, that other considerable rivers, objects of admiration , are swallowed in its bosom. It proceeds, after their junctions , with its usual appearence without any visible change in its breadth or rapidity; and at length discharges itself into the ocean, by a channel, which is a hundred and fifty miles broad. The other great American rivers are the Missisippi, the St. (saint) Lawrence , and the La Plata. Exhibits , toont. In proportion, naar evenredig- Supplies , verschaft. herd. Performs a course, legt een loop af. Objects, voorwerpen. o. Answerable , overeenkomstig. Swallowed , ingezwolgen. Vast , grools Proceeds, stroomt voort. Contracted , naauwer geworden.Junctions , vereenigingen. Augmented , vergioot. Dischargesitself. ontlast zich. 15 226 EXERCISES. EXERCISE XVI. Esop relates the following pleasing fable. A proud jay chanced to find a quantity of beautiful peacock-feathers. This black bird ornamented its whole body with them, and said : «now I resemble a peacock » ; and then he went into a yard and joined a flock of these beautiful birds; but they soon pecked off all his fine feathers; and then they pecked him also, and drove him out of the yard. The moral , which the good Esop draws from this fable, is, that a man, who is not contented with the station, in which he is placed , and aspires to that, which is above his abilities and con- dition , will meet with contempt and reproach. Jay, meerkol. v. Went, ging. Peacocks, paauwen. v. Yard, hof. o. Relates, verhaalt. Joined, voegde zich bi. Chanced to find, vond bij toeval. Flock, hoop. m. Ornamented, versterde. Pecked off, pikten af. I resemble, ik gelijk. Drove, Joegen. Moral, zedeleer. v. Abilities, bekwaamheden. EXERCISE XVII. The Hague, 1 January , 1854. My Dear Miss. A. W. I am just arrived from England. If you are at leisure to pay me a visit, I cantell you some important news that will interest you. I shall be at home for some days, so that you may suit your own convenience. I am yours sincerely, B.-A, Mrs A. WW. Dear, lief. At home, te huis. At leisure, tijd hebben. Suit, schikken. To pay a visit, bezoeken. Convenience, gemak. o. Important, belangrijk. Yours, uwe. Interest, behagen. Sincerely , opregt. EXERCISES. 997 EXERCISE XVIII. Amsterdam , 15 January , 1854. Messrs A. B. & Co. New-York. Gentlemen , Bij order and for account of Mr. M. of Liverpool, we have shipped to your address on board the ship Twee Gezusters, J. vAN Hares , twenty casks of Madderroot, and five casks of Gin, amoun- ting, as per invoice enclosed, to f2495,75. We send you herewith bill of lading, and beg you will effect insurance on the best terms. The vessel will leave our port in about ten days. We have another shipment of the same nature to forward to you in a few weeks. We are, Sirs, Your obedt. Servants, B. A. & Co. Messrs , mine heeren. Effect ensurance, verzekeren. By order, volgens order. On, op. For account, voor rekening. Shipment, lading. v. Shipped , geladen. Nature , aard. m. Amounting to, bedragende. Forward , werzenden. Bill of lading, wvrachtbrief. m. EXERCISE XIX. All birds, that swim in the water, are webfooted. Their toes are joined together by a skin , that grows between them, and this is being webfooted ; and it helps the birds to swim well, for then their feet are like the fins of a fish. The swan is a beautiful creature, it is a large bird, larger than a goose. Its bill is red, but the sides of it are black, and it has black about ils eyes. Ils legs are dusky , but its feet are red, and it is webfooted. Its body is all white, as white as snow, and very beautiful. It has a very long neck. It lives in waters, as rivers, lakes, and ponds; and it eats plants , that grow in the water, and seeds, and insects. The swan builds her nest among the reeds and rushes. The nest’ is made of sticks and long grass, and it is very large and high. 228 EXERCISES. The eggs, which she lays, are white, and very large , larger than a gooses egg, and she sits upon them for two months ; then, they are hatched. The young ones are called cygnets. They are not white at first, but greyish. ‘Webfooted, zwempootig. Builds, bouwt. Joined together , aan elkander ge- Among, tusschen. voeqd. Reeds and rushes, riet en biezen. Fin , vinnen. v. Stick , tak. m. Creature , schepsel. o. Lays, legt. Large, groot. Sits, broeit. Bill, bek. m. Hatched, uiigebroeid. About, rondom. Cygnet , zwaantje. o. Dusky , donkerbruin. Greyish , graauwachtig. EXERCISE XX. The hare is an innocent gentle animal; but it is timid. Its color is brown; but in countries , which are very cold, it turns as white as snow. It has a short bushy tail ; its lip is parted, and very hairy. Its hind-legs are very long, that it may run the better. The hare feeds upon herbs, and roots, and green corn; and in cold weather it will creep through the hedge, and steal into the gardens, to eat pinks and a little parsley. It loves to skip and play about by moonlight, and to bite the tender blades of grass, when the dew is upon them; but in the daytime it sleeps in its form. She sleeps with her eyes open, because she is very fearful and timid ; and when she hears the least noise, she starts, and pricks up her large ears. And when the huntsman sounds his horn, and the poor harmless hare hears the dogs coming, she runs hastily away , and leaves them all behind. But the dogs pursue her, and she grows tired, and cannot run so fast as at first. Then she doubles and turns, and runs back to her form, that the hounds may not find her; but they run with their noses to the ground, smelling till they have found her out. So when she has run five or six miles at last she stops, and pants for breath, and can run no further. Then the hounds come up, and tear her, and kill her. Timid, vreesachtig. Parted , gescheiden. Turns white, wordt wit. Hind-legs, achterpooten. Bushy, harig. Feeds upon voedt zich mel. EXERCISES. 229 Herbs, Fruiden. Blades of grass , grashalmen. Creeps through , kruipt door. Form, leger. Steal into, sluipwijs inkrui- Starts, verschrikt. pen. Pricks up, steekt op. Pinks, anjelieren. Grows tired , wordt vermoeid. Skip, huppelen. Doubles and turns, keert terug. Play about, in hetrond spelen. Pants for breath , Aggt. EXERCISE XXI, The Hague , 24 October, 1670. Sir William Temple , My Lord, I received both your Excellency's letters of the 23 and 30 of September, upon the subject of the English ship which the director of the West-India company , in the Island of Curaccoa has arrested. Messrs Boreel and Beuninghen have written about it, at the same time , to the States-General who are very much disposed to give order in this matter, for all that justice can suffer to be done , in consideration of the King of England, as the Spanish Am- bassador has presented them a memorial upon the same affair, and that it is without doubt , of importance for the common good, to have this matter amicably terminated between the parties: their High-Mightinesses have given direction to their Ministers at London to endeavor to bring the affair to an accomodation between the ministers of Great-Britain and M. de Molina, the Ambassador of Spain, at His Majesty ’s Court, For the rest, I refer to what the said Deputies of the State will tell you upon the subject of your last letters: as for me , Ishall ever think it an honor to let the king know , that after the service I owe my country , I shall employ myself for that of His Majesty , with all imaginable zeal, especially if you will please to mix yours with mine. I am, My Lord , Your Excellency’s most humble and most affectionate Servant , Jouan pe Wirt. 230 EXERCISES. Sir William T. de ridder W. 7. High Mightinesses, Hooge Mogendhe- My Lord, mijn Lord. den. Subject , onderwerp. Accommodation, beslissing. Director, beheerder. Deputies, zaakgelastigde. Arrested , in beslag genomen. Your Excellency’s, uwe Ezxcellenties. States General, Staten-Generaal. Affectionate, toegenegen. Memorial , toelichting. EXERCISE XXII. Rotterdam , January 4, 1854. My Dear Father, In duty to you and my teacher, and from a conviction of the importance and utility of a knowledge of the Dutch language in my intended career in life, I have the pleasure to inform you, that by my application and with the assistance of my worthy teacher, I have translated all the exercises in this Grammar; I shall now proceed to do the same with the Praxes which precede them, after which I hope to find myself fully enabled to address you in the Dutch language, and in a style, and with such grammatical correctness as will convince you that your care for my learning has not been in vain ; at least I will endeavor to make it so. I am, Dear father, Your dutiful and affectionate Son, JG. NIEUWE BOEKEN. Bij T. MARSHALL & Co., Boekhandelaars te Rotterdam, en bij P. N. VAN KAMPEN , Boekhandelaar te Amsterdam , worden uitgegeven , en zijn verder bij alle Boekhande- laars in het Koningrijk te bekomen : DE EncerscHE TAAL, SPrRAAKKUNST EN LETTERKUNDE, door T. Mar- shall, Onderwijzer der Engelsche Taal- en Letterkunde, 4 Deelen, Past B00: oe A dn siete J R60, Dit werk is reeds in eenige nationale en stedelijke Inrigtingen en Instituten ingevoerd. Het werk bevat eene uitlegging der Engelsche Taal, Spraakkunst en Letterkunde, met Lees-en Vertaaloefeningen; en kan op zichzelve dienen, met behulp van een woordenboek, om de volledige kennis dezer Taal trapswijze en wel op eene gemak- kelijke en aangename manier te verkrijgen; weshalve de uitgevers de vrijheid nemen, hetzelve aan Leeraars en Beoefenaars der En- gelsche Taal- en Lefterkunde bescheidenlijk aan te bevelen. Beoordeelingen van dit werk in de volgende Tijdschriften : De Gids, Mei, 1847. Ons gevoelen over deze Spraakkunst is overigens gunstig. Zij is met zorg bewerkt en doeltreffend ingerigt, de taal- regels worden beknopt, doch duidelijk voor gedragen, de opstellen zijn gepast gekozen, en de lees- en vertaaloefeningen bevatten voorbeelden van sierlijkheid, en tevens onderwerpen, die Of nuttig onderrigt in verschillende takken van wetenschappen aanbieden of gevoelens van menschlievendheid en deugd opwekken. Wij prijzen deze Spraakkunst den eerstbeginnenden in het Engelsch, met volle ruimte aan. Nieuwe bijdragen, September, 1848. Wij hebben het geheele werk met groote opmerkzaariheid gelezen en met andere van denzelfden aard vergeleken, wij hebben er veel goeds in gevonden, het heeft ons een zeer goed, bruikbaar boek toegeschenen; wij meenen dat het met de beste werken, die wij over het onderwerp bezitten, kan wedijveren. &. . . . Wij moeten des schrijvers arbeid (over de klanken der letters en uitspraak der woorden) echter het regt laten wedervaren, dat zoo veel gedaan is als met zigthare teekens in eene zaak des gehoors geschieden kon, en wij hier meer dan ééne zeer goede aanwijzing gevonden hebben, die welligt in geen Hollandsch boek over de Engelsche uitspraak voorkomt. — 232 — Teder deel van dit werk wordt ook afzonderlijk verkocht , aldus : 1ste Deel. InLEIDING TOT DE ENcELscue TAAL- EN SPRAAKKUNST voor cerstheginnenden , bevattende de grondbeginselen der Engelsche uit- spraak, eene woordenlijst, korte zinsneden en zamenspraken, lees- en vertaaloefeningen. Vierde, met zorg herziene, verbeterde druk. f 1,10. 2de Deel. DE ENGELSCHE SPRAAKKUNST MET LEES- EN VERTAALOE- FENINGEN, voor mingevorderden. Vierde, met zorg herziene en ver- beferdesdriths C0 £4.50, 3de Deel. De Encerscre Syntaxis or Woorpvokeeing, bevaitende de hoofdregels der Engelsche woordvoeging met voorbeelden, op- stellen met fouten ter verbetering, en opstellen om uit het Hollandsch in het Engelsch over te zetten, toepasselijk op den voorafgaanden Yegehina i ai er a a a a aE f 1,50. Key mo MarsuaLy's Exerisn Syntax. Eene LErTERL1IKE VERTALING der Oefeningen en eene verbetering der Exercises in het derde Deel der Engelsche taal of Syntaxis voorkomende, voor onderwijzers en cigenbeoefenaars Ingerigh.lv vo ole ale al f 0,60. 4de Deel. (EvcLIsH READINGS ,) ENGELSCHE LEESOEFENINGEN, meestal stukken uit voorname Engelsche schrijvers getrokken, met aanteeke- ningen en opheldering van de beteekenis der min voorkomende woorden en taaleigenheden; alsmede aanmerkingen over de schoon- heden der taal- en dichtkunst, met voorbeelden uit voorname En- gelsche dichiers. gotrokken... . .i. vi... 4 hie von. £1,50, De Taal- en letterkundige voorbeelden, welke de oefening in deze taal ten doel hebben, wat derzelver inhoud aangaat, terwijl zij soms aangenaam en nuttig onderrigt verschaffen, zijn ook geschikt om godsdienstige en zedelijke gevoelens op te wekken. Tne Durce Lavcuace, LITERATURE. A¥p GRAMMAR, preceded by a Historic sketch of the origin and progress of the language of the Netherlands, and a list of the most celebrated Dutch writers: to which are added Specimens of the Dutch language with an English version; Phrases and Dialogues; Praxes and Translating Exercises. By T. MARSHALL. In 1 vol, 8°,. Second Edition carefully revised and with additions. . . . . . State a Pa f 2,60. ru DESK FROM WHICH (| BORRO - am man - RETURN TO: CIRCULATION DEPARTMENT 198 Main Stacks LOANPERIOD 1( 2 Home Use 4,5 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS. Renewals and Recharges may be made 4 days prior to the due date. Books may be renewed by calling 642-3405. DUE AS STAMPED BELOW. AUG 05 2005 v.16 2010 FORM NO. DD6 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY 50M 1-05 Berkeley, California 94720-6000 | Hine dL | fed Fete h Ni i A hh il bi aA Alay AHR HEI UB S5dn0 i pe ha AEH 3h 0d; LAN i i lag LL fh i len 7 Soni EOL Jot FTI I h 4 Pei} AS A I Hradgh Lo Wh er ns A ¢ 2) p EE ht Cds a a IRR nha ry ER PLE RY